Sony PM-0490 PDA Phone User Manual Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications AB

Download:
Mirror Download [FCC.gov]
Document ID	1994466
Application ID	kR62IUA8sPynUh67OQ9T0Q==
Document Description	userguide_EN_[PRODUCT NAME]_[PART NUMBER]_Android4.0
Short Term Confidential	No
Permanent Confidential	No
Supercede	No
Document Type	User Manual
Display Format	Adobe Acrobat PDF - pdf
Filesize	239.92kB (2998975 bits)
Date Submitted	2013-06-19 00:00:00
Date Available	2013-12-17 00:00:00
Creation Date	2013-04-26 10:02:18
Producing Software	Antenna House PDF Output Library 2.6.0 (Windows)
Document Lastmod	2013-04-26 10:02:18
Document Title	Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications AB
Document Creator	AH Formatter V5.3 MR1 (5,3,2011,0610) for Windows
Document Author:	Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications AB

Draft
User guide
Product name variable is
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Contents
Xperia™ V User guide....................................................................6
Getting started...............................................................................8
What is Android™?............................................................................8
Overview............................................................................................8
Assembly...........................................................................................9
Turning the device on and off .........................................................12
Screen lock......................................................................................13
Setup guide......................................................................................13
Accounts and services.....................................................................14
Getting to know your phone.........................................................16
Using the keys.................................................................................16
Battery..............................................................................................16
Using the touchscreen.....................................................................21
Using the lockscreen.......................................................................25
Home screen....................................................................................26
Accessing and using applications...................................................30
Status and notifications...................................................................36
Phone settings menu.......................................................................39
Typing text.......................................................................................39
Customising your device.................................................................48
Enhancing the sound output............................................................53
Memory............................................................................................54
Using a headset ..............................................................................55
Internet and messaging settings......................................................56
Controlling data usage.....................................................................58
Mobile network settings...................................................................59
Google Play™..............................................................................62
Getting started with Google Play™.................................................62
Downloading from Google Play™....................................................62
Clearing your application data.........................................................63
Permissions......................................................................................64
Installing applications not from Google Play™ ...............................65
Calling..........................................................................................66
Emergency calls...............................................................................66
Making and receiving calls...............................................................66
Rejecting calls..................................................................................69
Recent calls.....................................................................................70
Voicemail..........................................................................................71
Multiple calls....................................................................................72
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Setting up a conference call............................................................73
Call settings.....................................................................................74
Contacts ......................................................................................77
Getting contacts into your device....................................................77
Adding and editing contacts............................................................80
Searching and viewing contacts......................................................82
Favourites and groups.....................................................................84
Sending contact information............................................................85
Backing up contacts........................................................................86
Messaging....................................................................................88
Using text and multimedia messaging.............................................88
Text and multimedia message options............................................91
Google Talk™ .................................................................................92
Email.............................................................................................94
Getting started with Email................................................................94
Using email......................................................................................96
"WALKMAN" application ...........................................................102
About Music...................................................................................102
Transferring media files to your device .........................................103
Using the "WALKMAN" application ..............................................103
Getting more information about a track or artist...........................106
Using My music to organise your tracks ......................................107
Managing playlists.........................................................................109
"WALKMAN" application widget ..................................................111
Protecting your hearing..................................................................111
TrackID technology........................................................................112
FM radio.....................................................................................116
About the FM radio........................................................................116
Using your favourite radio channels..............................................118
Sound settings...............................................................................119
Identifying radio tracks using TrackID™........................................120
Camera.......................................................................................121
About the camera..........................................................................121
Using the still camera....................................................................122
Face detection...............................................................................124
Using Smile Shutter™ to capture smiling faces............................125
Adding the geographical position to your photos.........................125
Using still camera settings.............................................................126
Using the video camera.................................................................133
Album.........................................................................................141
About Album..................................................................................141
Viewing photos and videos in the Pictures tab .............................142
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Viewing photos and videos in the My albums tab ........................143
Viewing your photos on a map......................................................152
Viewing online albums...................................................................155
Movies........................................................................................157
About Movies.................................................................................157
Using Movies.................................................................................158
Video Unlimited..........................................................................161
About Video Unlimited...................................................................161
Renting or buying a video..............................................................163
Watching a video from Video Unlimited........................................165
Web browser..............................................................................167
About the web browser..................................................................167
Connectivity...............................................................................168
Connecting to wireless networks...................................................168
Sharing content with DLNA Certified™ devices............................174
NFC................................................................................................179
Bluetooth™ wireless technology...................................................183
Connecting your device to a computer.........................................186
Scanning barcodes with the NeoReader™ application.................191
Smart Connect...............................................................................194
Synchronising data on your phone............................................196
About synchronising data on your device.....................................196
Synchronising with Google™........................................................196
Synchronising your corporate email, calendar and contacts........197
Synchronising with Facebook™....................................................198
Maps and locations....................................................................200
About location services..................................................................200
Using GPS.....................................................................................200
Google Maps™..............................................................................201
Using Google Maps™ to get directions.........................................202
Calendar and alarm clock..........................................................203
Calendar.........................................................................................203
Alarm clock....................................................................................204
Support and maintenance..........................................................209
Updating your device.....................................................................209
Backing up and restoring phone content......................................211
Resetting your device....................................................................212
Locking and protecting your device..............................................212
Support application.......................................................................218
Recycling your phone....................................................................218
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Reference...................................................................................219
Settings overview...........................................................................219
Status and notification icons overview..........................................220
Application overview......................................................................226
Important information.................................................................231
Important information leaflet..........................................................231
Limitations to services and features..............................................231
Legal information...........................................................................231
Index...........................................................................................233
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Xperia™ V User guide
[]
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
ID: SCR-SONY-12NU-HTML-UG-FRONT
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E6E8CB91-86CA-4D8B-962F-F345E3A3EC1C
User guide - Front page
Front page for XPERIA Care HTML UG
AnnE
Released
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Getting started
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-939577FB-1BE0-4C23-9106-0910EFDEC761
Getting started - heading only
From Robyn RTL. Valid for eDream 3.0 - Home screen label changed.
KomalL
Released
What is Android™?
Indexterm: "Android™"
Your Xperia smartphone from Sony runs on the Android platform. Android phones
can perform many of the same functions as a computer and you can customise them
to your own needs. For example, you can add and delete applications, or enhance
existing applications to improve functionality. On Google Play™ you can download a
range of applications and games from a constantly growing collection. You can also
integrate applications on your Android™ phone with other applications and with
online services that you use. For example, you can back up your phone contacts,
access your different email accounts and calendars from one place, keep track of
your appointments, and engage in social networking.
Android™ phones are constantly evolving. When a new software version is available
and your phone supports this new software, you can update your phone to get new
features and the latest improvements.
Your Android™ phone is pre-loaded with Google™ services. To get the most out of the
provided Google™ services, you should have a Google™ account and sign in to it when you
first start your phone. You also need to have Internet access to use many of the features in
Android™.
New software releases may not be compatible with all phones.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-F3EE4549-8847-4A4D-AA20-28FBC7647298
What is Android?
JorgenL
Released
Overview
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-FRONT-OVERVIEW
Front camera lens
Proximity/Light sensor
Ear speaker
Power key
Volume/Zoom key
Camera key
Microphone 1
Touchscreen
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-BACK-OVERVIEW
Main camera lens
10
Microphone 2
11
Headset jack
12
Camera light
13
Port for charger/USB cable
14
NFC™ detection area
15
Speaker
16
Strap hole
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-5CE66CCE-D5DA-422E-9290-40E257A0082E
Phone overview - Nicki
Only for Nicki html guide - adjust the topic structure; no content change
1.1.1
WangT
Draft
Assembly
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
GUID-A00623F6-271A-44C6-BACC-F441DAA2AB8C
Assembly - heading
Generic
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Author
Status
CarlosG
Released
To remove the back cover
Indexterm: "back cover"
Sub-indexterm: "removing"
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-REMOVING-BACK-COVER
•
Insert a thumbnail into the gap between the back cover and one side of your
device, then lift up the cover.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-512F5C21-6B2C-44AA-B2C3-E1B9C6CB9BBB
To remove the back cover
Term change from "phone" to "device"
WangT
Released*
To insert the memory card
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-INSERTSD-SS
Remove the back cover.
Insert the memory card into the memory card slot, with the gold-coloured
contacts facing down.
The memory card may not be included at purchase in all markets.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
GUID-481057C3-65CD-4FFD-B582-46EA6F8AA9B0
To insert the memory card
Update for Nicki - add condition on the illus to differentiate SS and DS
7.1.1
10
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Author
Status
WangT
Released
To insert the micro SIM card
Indexterm: "micro SIM card"
Sub-indexterm: "inserting"
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-INSERT-SIM-SS
•
Remove the battery cover, then insert the micro SIM card into its slot with the
gold-coloured contacts facing down.
You must use a micro SIM card for your phone to work correctly. Some standard-sized SIM
cards allow you to detach an integrated micro SIM card. Once you detach the micro SIM card
from the standard-sized SIM card, you cannot reattach it and use the standard-sized SIM card
again. If you do not have a micro SIM card, or if your current SIM card does not contain a
detachable micro SIM card, contact your network operator for information on how to collect or
exchange your SIM card.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E44925B5-53C5-401B-A805-846F0EB0D296
To insert the SIM card
VikkiL
Released*
To attach the back cover
Indexterm: "back cover"
Sub-indexterm: "attaching"
11
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-ATTACHING-BACK-COVER
Place the back cover over the back of the device from the bottom side.
Moving from bottom to top, press down the sides of the cover until you hear
clicking noises as they lock into place.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-F642FE56-9AA2-4E63-8B4F-8172A84F30F2
To attach the back cover
The direction to attach the back cover changed - first attach at the bottom
and then press dowm from bottom to top - like Nicki
WangT
Draft
Version
Author
Status
Turning the device on and off
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
"powering on"
"powering off"
"turning on"
"turning off"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-F3910263-29C3-4AC1-974D-7A25AA32A88F
Turning on or off the device - heading only
device term change
QianWang
Released
To turn on the device
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-ON
Press and hold down the power key ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-POWER-K90
until the device vibrates.
If your screen goes dark, briefly press the power key ID: ICN-SONY-KEYAND-POWER-K90 to activate the screen.
To unlock the screen, swipe up or down on the screen.
Enter your SIM card PIN when requested, then select OK [sim_enter_ok] .
Wait a while for the device to start.
Your SIM card PIN is initially supplied by your network operator, but you can change it later
from the Settings [settings_label] menu. To correct a mistake made while entering your SIM card
PIN, tap
ID: ICN-SONY-DELETE-PHONE-NUMBER-BLK.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-69945514-1C19-44BC-A4B6-16499F44D9BB
To turn on the device
For Togari; text changed; only change "drag" to "swipe" in step3.
18
Tan Nellie
Draft
To turn off the device
Press and hold down the power key ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-POWER-K90
until the options menu opens.
In the options menu, tap Power off [global_action_power_off] .
Tap OK [button_ok] .
It may take a while for the device to shut down.
GUID
GUID-18CE50BE-7FF2-40F4-B93F-8CBB76E4AF3C
12
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To turn off the device
changed a label id only no need ed review
MikeCao
Released
Screen lock
Indexterm: "locks"
Sub-indexterm: "locking the screen"
Sub-indexterm: "activating the screen"
Sub-indexterm: "screen lock"
When your phone is on and left idle for a set period of time, the screen darkens to
save battery power, and locks automatically. This lock prevents unwanted actions on
the touch screen when you are not using it.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-257D8ADA-2FAB-46AB-AC65-0351FE70EC94
Screen lock
Valid from 2.1. Valid for eDream 3.0.
HannaB
Released*
To activate the screen
Briefly press the power key
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-POWER-K90.
GUID-0C3A14A1-C558-4C86-B6E1-45351B7F553D
To activate the screen
From eDream6.0: updated based on editorial comments.
VikkiL
Released*
To unlock the screen
ID: ILL-SONY-EDREAM-SCREEN-LOCK
•
Drag ID: ICN-SONY-EDREAM3-ANDROID-LOCK-UP up or drag
SONY-EDREAM3-ANDROID-LOCK-DOWN down.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
ID: ICN-
GUID-5F698464-1BEC-40EC-976F-FED186599B31
To unlock the screen
Valid from Odin and Yuga (chagned the way to unlock the screen)
PengLeon
Released*
To lock the screen manually
When the screen is active, briefly press the power key
AND-POWER-K90.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-
GUID-229DFA2D-0E19-4782-B952-ACEBB0E8C755
To lock the screen manually
From eDream6.0: updated as per editor's comments
VikkiL
Released
Setup guide
Indexterm: "setup guide"
The first time you start your device, a setup guide opens to explain basic functions
and help you enter essential settings. This is a good time to configure the device to
your specific needs. You can also access the setup guide later from the settings
menu.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-C9CE16A0-5953-4C4B-B27D-E546F04377B5
Setup guide
For JellyBean. Changed "the application screen" to "the settings menu". No
other text update.
13
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Version
Author
Status
12
QianWang
Released
To access the setup guide manually
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Tap Settings [settings_label] > Setup guide [setupguide_settings_title] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID-45BAC9AF-99A4-4D6C-979B-E6E88255911E
To access the setup guide manually
For Jelly Bean projects. Steps changed.
QianWang
Released
Accounts and services
Indexterm: "accounts"
Indexterm: "services"
Sign in to your online service accounts from your device to get easy access when
you're on the move. For example, you can integrate contacts from your Google™
account into your Contacts, so you have everything in one place. You can sign up to
new online services from your device as well as from a computer.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-59021D9A-ABD0-412C-A582-5DA4E43841EE
Services
change phonebook to Contacts
LuLinda
Released
Google™ account
Indexterm: "accounts"
Sub-indexterm: "Google™"
Having a Google™ account is key to using a range of applications and services with
your Android device. You need a Google™ account, for example, to use the Gmail™
[GOOGLE-GMAIL-PLAIN] application in your device, to chat with friends using Google Talk™,
and to synchronise the calendar application on your device with your Google
Calendar™. You also need a Google™ account to download applications and games,
music, movies and books from Google Play™.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-887CAF1C-9BBE-477E-B164-01220815B2AC
Google account
Update for Term change from phone to device
PanL
Released
Microsoft® Exchange ActiveSync® account
Indexterm: "accounts"
Sub-indexterm: "Exchange Active Sync®"
Synchronise your device with your corporate Microsoft® Exchange ActiveSync®
account. This way, you keep your work email, contacts and calendar events with you
at all times.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-80919EF6-5273-4790-AEF0-EE09B4D8CD50
Exchange Active Sync account
Update for Term change from phone to device
PanL
Released
Facebook™ account
Indexterm: "accounts"
Sub-indexterm: "Facebook™"
14
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Facebook™ is a social networking service that connects you with friends, family and
colleagues around the world. Set up Facebook to work on your device so that you
can stay in touch from anywhere.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-63DB6971-BA62-4881-96C7-583E78F463F2
Facebook account
Update for Term change from phone to device
PanL
Released
15
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Getting to know your phone
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-AA4FF55E-CC16-4F0C-8A77-A735D267BF46
Getting to know your phone - heading only
Generic
JorgenL
Released*
Using the keys
Indexterm: "keys"
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-HARDWARE-KEYS
ID: Back
ICN- • Go back to the previous screen
SON • Close the on-screen keypad, a dialog box, an options menu, or the Notification panel
YKEYANDBACK
ID:
ICNSON
YKEYANDHOM
Home
• Go to the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt]
ID: Task
ICN- • Tap to open a window showing your most recently used applications and a small apps bar
SON
YKEYOPEN
RECE
NTAPPS
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CA3D8D48-DDF0-40EB-8E9F-26C4BFB4D6DD
Using the hardware keys - Three keys
Key update for Mint/Hayabusa
Aiping
Released*
Battery
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-08267A67-94DC-4C15-8A25-EAD0CE6D540A
Battery
Device Term Change
Gan Lu
Released
16
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Charging the battery
Indexterm: "charging"
Indexterm: "battery"
Your battery is partly charged when you buy the device. It may take a few minutes
before the battery icon ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-SYS-BATTERY-CHARGE-ANIM3
appears on the screen when you connect the charger cable to a power source, such
as a USB port or a charger. You can still use your device while it is charging.
Charging your device over a long period of time, for example, overnight, does not
damage the battery or the device.
The battery will start to discharge a little after it is fully charged and then charges again after a
certain time when the charger is connected. This is to extend battery life and may result in the
charge status showing a level below 100 percent.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-391714A7-52F8-4D33-A3C0-4BB20F347FBF
Charging the battery
Device Term Change
11
Gan Lu
Released
To charge your device
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-CHARGING
Plug the charger into a power outlet.
Plug one end of the USB cable into the charger (or into the USB port of a
computer).
Plug the other end of the cable into the micro USB port on your device, with
the USB symbol facing up. The notification light lights up when charging starts.
When the notification light is green, the device is fully charged. Disconnect the
USB cable from your device by pulling it straight outwards. Make sure not to
bend the connector when removing the cable from the device.
If the battery is completely discharged, it may take a few minutes before the notification light
lights up after you connect the charger cable to a power source.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-AB7653A6-94E4-487D-8E13-755BAC8DC744
To charge your device
for Pollux html UG; remove 2 images
11.1.1
Gan Lu
Released
Battery notification light status
Green
The battery is fully charged
Flashing red
The battery level is low
Orange
The battery is charging. The battery level is between low and full
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
GUID-15D5D981-229B-451C-9F58-DEAE6FC82CDD
Battery LED status
for Pollux; change "Battery LED" to "Notification light"
17
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Author
Status
Gan Lu
Released
To check the battery level
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > About phone [about_settings] >
Status [device_status] > Battery level [battery_level_title] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-1769B484-1C7F-4F81-B850-45A7984995AB
To check the battery level
For ICS update: changed the label for "About phone"
VikkiL
Released*
Improving battery performance
Indexterm: "device"
Sub-indexterm: "battery"
Sub-indexterm: "performance"
The following tips can help you improve battery performance:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Charge your device often. This will not affect the lifetime of the battery.
Downloading data from the Internet is power consuming. When you're not using the
Internet, you can save power by disabling all mobile data connections from the
expanded status bar. This setting does not prevent your device from transmitting
data over other wireless networks.
Turn off Bluetooth™ and Wi-Fi® when you don't need these features. You can turn
them on and off more easily from the expanded status bar.
Use the STAMINA mode [extended_standby_mode_label] and Low battery mode [power_save_mode_label]
features to reduce battery consumption. You can select the power saving mode that
best suits the way you use your device. You can also customise the settings of each
power saving mode.
Set your synchronisation applications (used to synchronise your email, calendar and
contacts) to synchronise manually. You can also synchronise automatically, but
increase the synchronisation intervals.
Check the battery usage menu in your device to see which applications use the most
power. Your battery consumes more power when you use video and music streaming
applications, such as YouTube™. Some applications downloaded from Google
Play™ may also consume more power.
Close and exit applications that you are not using.
Lower the screen display brightness level.
Turn off your device or activate the Airplane mode [airplane_mode] setting if you are in an
area with no network coverage. Otherwise, your device repeatedly scans for available
networks, and this consumes power.
Use a Sony original handsfree device to listen to music. Handsfree devices demand
less battery power than your device's own loudspeakers.
Keep your device in standby mode whenever possible. Standby time refers to the
time during which your device is connected to the network and is not being used.
Disable any live wallpaper.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-F9A76820-0B4C-41EA-A31F-152FE937C886
Improving battery performance
From Togari; text changed; change the way of controlling Bluetooth™ and
Wi-Fi®.
22.1.1.1.2
Tan Nellie
Draft
To access the battery usage menu
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Power management [power_settings_title] >
Battery usage [battery_label] .
GUID
Title
GUID-72DC8FCB-A113-4E57-88FB-5C55DCE9CFE3
To access the battery usage menu with eco mode
18
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Changes
Version
Author
Status
for Odin & Yuga; update a label only
Gan Lu
Released
Using STAMINA mode
Activate the STAMINA mode [extended_standby_mode_label] feature to pause your Wi-Fi®
[udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] connection, data traffic and several power consuming
applications when your screen is inactive. When STAMINA mode is active, you can
still receive phone calls, and text and multimedia messages. You can also set up an
applications list to allow some applications to keep running when your screen is
inactive. Once the screen becomes active again, all paused functions are resumed.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To activate STAMINA mode
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Power management [power_settings_title] .
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-LAGAN-SWITCH-OFF next to STAMINA mode [extended_standby_mode_label] , then tap Activate [activate_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-BAD9774F-09BB-4637-AE5C-C88606ADFD46
Using the STAMINA mode feature
for Odin & Yuga; new feature
Gan Lu
Released*
GUID-18315E99-CD26-4905-ADE0-B8514A1912E8
To activate STAMINA mode
for Odin & Yuga
Gan Lu
Released
To deactivate STAMINA mode
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Power management [power_settings_title] .
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-LAGAN-SWITCH-ON next to STAMINA mode [extended_standby_mode_label] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-4A739D0C-9062-4D68-ADD9-75E89178E876
To deactive the STAMINA mode
for Odin & Yuga
Gan Lu
Released
To change the settings for STAMINA mode
Indexterm: "STAMINA mode"
Sub-indexterm: "changing settings"
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Power management [power_settings_title] .
To open the settings menu, tap STAMINA mode [extended_standby_mode_label] .
Add or remove applications, as desired.
When you're finished, tap Done [button_done] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-04D506B4-63EE-426D-8D1B-BD8C18C3DBB0
To change the settings for STAMINA mode
for Odin & Yuga
Gan Lu
Released
19
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Estimating the standby time of your device
Indexterm: "standby time"
Sub-indexterm: "estimating"
Standby time refers to the amount of time the battery can last when your device is
connected to the network but is not in active use, for example, to receive or make
phone calls. STAMINA mode, when activated, continuously evaluates the remaining
standby time, which can vary depending on how you use your device. STAMINA
mode is more effective in lengthening the standby time if you keep the screen of your
device locked. If you rarely lock the screen, you may not see much improvement in
battery performance.
When you use your device for the first time, the estimated standby time may not be accurate
since there is no previous usage history to estimate from.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-F75634BA-0777-4510-B021-E7A5AF6EAB76
Viewing the estimated standby time
From Lotus & Nypon JB update; add this info due to CS request.
Tan Nellie
Released*
To view the estimated standby time
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Power management [power_settings_title] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-AEFF9658-539B-41D1-83FF-9BA660166F47
To view the standby time
From Lotus & Nypon JB update
Tan Nellie
Released
Using Low battery mode
You can activate the Low battery mode [power_save_mode_label] feature to save power when
the battery level is low. This feature helps you to adjust the settings for screen
brightness, data traffic and the vibrate function so that you can reduce battery
consumption.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-9276E04F-3CB5-4764-BA73-5B99161CBEBD
Using Low battery mode
From Togari; text changed; only change the description in the 1st sentence.
Tan Nellie
Draft
To activate Low battery mode
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Power management [power_settings_title] .
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-LAGAN-SWITCH-OFF next to Low battery mode [power_save_mode_label] , then tap Activate [activate_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E2DBA1A1-C68E-471F-982B-14BCBB074753
To activate Low battery mode
for Odin & Yuga
Gan Lu
Released
20
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To deactivate Low battery mode
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Power management [power_settings_title] .
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-LAGAN-SWITCH-ON next to Low battery mode [power_save_mode_label] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E22485F8-EBCA-44F5-93F5-F9C449CC7A23
To deactivate the Low battery mode
for Odin & Yuga
Gan Lu
Released
To change the settings for Low battery mode
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Power management [power_settings_title] .
To open the settings menu, tap Low battery mode [power_save_mode_label] .
Adjust the settings as desired.
When you're finished, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-BACK.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-DC6395BB-6010-4667-9E56-6E99F8E0DACC
To change the settings for Low battery mode
for Odin & Yuga
Gan Lu
Released
Using the touchscreen
Indexterm: "screen"
Sub-indexterm: "glass"
Sub-indexterm: "cracked"
Sub-indexterm: "warranty"
Indexterm: "protective plastic sheet"
A protective plastic sheet is attached to the screen of your phone when you buy it.
You should peel off this sheet before using the touchscreen. Otherwise, the
touchscreen might not function properly.
When your phone is on and left idle for a set period of time, the screen darkens to
save battery power, and locks automatically. This lock prevents unwanted actions on
the touchscreen when you are not using it. You can also set personal locks to protect
your subscription and make sure only you can access your phone content.
Your phone screen is made from glass. Do not touch the screen if the glass is cracked or
shattered. Avoid trying to repair a damaged screen yourself. Glass screens are sensitive to
drops and mechanical shocks. Cases of negligent care are not covered by the Sony warranty
service.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-D59D1053-4072-417B-BFE8-E3918A3A263F
Using the touch screen
From Nozomi and Aoba: added Sony brand condition
VikkiL
Released*
To open or highlight an item
Tap the item.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-4B6D2343-E130-4C7B-8ED3-DC492017558B
To open or highlight an item
esheep - Rachael. Valid for eDream 3.0.
CarlosG
Released
Marking options
Indexterm: "marking options"
21
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
ID:
ICNSON
YSEM
CBTNCHE
CKON
Marked checkbox
ID:
ICNSON
YSEM
CBTNCHE
CKOFF
Unmarked checkbox
ID: Switched on
ICNSON
YLAGA
NSWIT
CHON
ID: Switched off
ICNSON
YLAGA
NSWIT
CHOFF
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-05D9C0FB-AA3E-412D-98C4-9A9546F74EE9
Marking options
JorgenL
Released
To mark or unmark options
Tap the relevant checkbox or the switch beside the option name.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-A9C9B443-B48A-4567-9DC1-3C16D7F1316C
To mark or unmark options
For Tsubasa html User guide. Moved table to a separate reference topic to
adjust bad table output.
8.1.1
JorgenL
Released
Zooming
The zoom options available depend on the application you are using.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D1209E7D-44CB-4C13-A974-59E329DA156B
Zooming
From eDream6.0: updated as per editorial comments
VikkiL
Released
22
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
•
To zoom
When available, tap
ID: ICN-SONY-BTN-ZOOM-UP-NORMAL or
SONY-BTN-ZOOM-DOWN-NORMAL to zoom in or out.
ID: ICN-
You may have to drag the screen (in any direction) to make the zoom icons appear.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-A9D127B5-9544-4829-A1DD-FBF2FE84EAA0
To zoom
esheep - Rachael
CarlosG
Released*
To zoom with two fingers
•
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-PINCH
Place two fingers on the screen at once and pinch them together (to zoom out)
or spread them apart (to zoom in).
Use the zoom function when viewing photos and maps, or when browsing the web.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-AF988EC9-7FA1-48DD-917B-95A95C0F86CE
To zoom with two fingers
From eD4.0: added the condition to remove the note for startup guide
VikkiL
Released*
Scrolling
Scroll by moving your finger up or down on the screen. On some web pages you can
also scroll to the sides.
Dragging or flicking will not activate anything on the screen.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3E94DC18-4F0D-4A82-AC50-1175DBD96056
Scrolling
From Teacake new tone of voice Valid for eDream 3.0
VikkiL
Released
23
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To scroll
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-SCROLL
•
Drag or flick your finger in the direction you want to scroll on the screen.
To scroll more quickly, flick your finger in the direction you want to go on the screen.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-589997EB-983E-4E86-832D-75437CC06999
To scroll
from eD4.0: removed the note for Startup guide
VikkiL
Released
To flick
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-FLICK
•
To scroll more quickly, flick your finger in the direction you want to go on the
screen. You can wait for the scrolling movement to stop by itself, or you can
stop it immediately by tapping the screen.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-9D531CF3-373B-4C29-A83F-1DD9FFD3ED62
To flick
Valid for eDream 3.0 Updated that you can flick in any direction. Not just up
and down.
VikkiL
Released
Sensors
Your device has sensors that detect both light and proximity. The light sensor detects
the ambient light level and adjusts the brightness of the screen accordingly. The
proximity sensor turns the touch screen off during voice calls when your ear is close
24
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
to the screen. This prevents you from unintentionally activating other functions on
your device when you are engaged in a call.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CF3F851C-41A7-4353-9B04-8F57E6BA8251
Sensors
Term change for Odin/Yuga
Aiping
Released*
Using the lockscreen
On the lockscreen, you can play tracks, take photos and record videos without
unlocking the screen.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-7F914249-507B-4361-A5EA-BF223E1297D2
Using the lockscreen
Device term change
PengLeon
Released
To take a photo from the lockscreen
ID: ILL-SONY-ACTIVATE-CAMERA-ON-LOCKSCREEN
To activate the screen, briefly press the power key ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-ANDPOWER-K90.
To activate the camera controls, drag ID: ICN-SONY-LOCKSCREENCAMERA to the left across the screen.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-CAP-MODE-NORMAL.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-981E3E0B-ED63-40BC-9450-82D67F92A373
To take a photo from the lockscreen
Valid for Huashan (only changed the position of illustration according to Jorgen comments)
PengLeon
Released
To play an audio track from the lockscreen
ID: ILL-SONY-ACTIVATE-MUSIC-PLAYER-ON-LOCKSCREEN
To activate the screen, briefly press the power key ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-ANDPOWER-K90.
To display the music player controls, drag ID: ICN-SONY-LOCKSCREENMUSIC-PLAYER to the right across the screen.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PLAY-NORMAL.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C213F36C-06E8-4172-B07A-EA59A7ED5ABA
To play an audio track from the lockscreen
Valid from Huashan (only illustration position changed according ot Jorgen
comments)
PengLeon
Released
25
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To pause an audio track from the lockscreen
To activate the screen, briefly press the power key ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-ANDPOWER-K90.
When the music player controls appear, tap ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSICPAUSE-NORMAL.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3B168A06-AFA8-4D87-8CBE-55C4F4C6B867
To pause a playing track from the lockscreen
From ICS update: added another way of activating the screen
VikkiL
Released
To change the currently playing audio track from the lockscreen
To activate the screen, briefly press the power key ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-ANDPOWER-K90.
When the music player controls appear, tap ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSICPREVIOUS-NORMAL or ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-NEXT-NORMAL.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-278C3FC9-2E03-46AC-9E1F-8F2671CBBC73
To change audio tracks from the lockscreen
For ICS update: added one more way of activating the screen
VikkiL
Released
Home screen
Indexterm: "Home screen"
Indexterm: "extensions"
Your phone Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] is the equivalent of the desktop
on a computer. It's your gateway to the main features in your phone. You can
customise your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] with widgets, shortcuts,
folders, themes, wallpaper and other items.
The Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] extends beyond the regular screen
display width, so you need to flick left or right to view content in one of the screen's
four extensions.
ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-PAGINATION shows which part of the
Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] you are in.
ID: SCR-SONY-13NY-HOMESCREEN
The items in the bar at the bottom of the screen are always available for quick
access.
GUID
Title
GUID-8EB25E2F-8807-407D-B459-A8E350B6D7D8
Home screen
26
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Changes
From eDream 4.0 all products: added text about 4-corner UI with condition
"UI size"
VikkiL
Released*
Version
Author
Status
•
To go to the Home screen
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-HOME.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-05D1C81E-123C-471F-BD70-D65BF2E49B8A
To go to the Home screen
Valid for eDream3.0 and Gingerbread.
VikkiL
Released
To browse the Home screen
Flick right or left.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-A5C4ECEC-DED9-4FCB-B023-22DEA2CF2F2C
To browse the Home screen
Valid for eDream3.0 and Gingerbread. Changed heading from "To view the
extended Home screen" to "To browse the Home screen"
VikkiL
Released
Version
Author
Status
To share an item from your Home screen
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-HOME to open your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] .
Touch and hold an item until it magnifies and the phone vibrates, then drag the
item to ID: ICN-SONY-DETAIL-SHARE-NORMAL.
Select an option and confirm, if necessary. You can now share the applications
and widgets you like with your friends so they can download and use them.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-55FD963B-6AF2-4FC0-BA37-51D2AD4727A8
To share an item from your Home screen
VikkiL
Released*
Widgets
Indexterm: "widgets"
Widgets are small applications that you can use directly on your Home screen [home. For example, the “WALKMAN” widget allows you to start
playing music directly.
screen_strings_application_name_txt]
Some widgets are resizable, so you can expand them to view more content or shrink
them to save space on your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-31FA03AF-3EA8-4F67-997F-72FC7043FC88
Widgets
For Taoshan: change music player widget to walkman widget
10
WangT
Released
To add a widget to the Home screen
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , press ID: ICN-SONYKEY-MENU.
Tap Add [home_menu_add_txt] > Widgets [home_option_add_widget_txt] .
Tap a widget.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-7AA3E1DD-C7DD-47D2-8DB4-4BB05D9E7686
To add a widget to the Home screen
From 4.0.1 Urushi: Updated labels in the topic
VikkiL
Released*
27
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To resize a widget
Indexterm: "widgets"
Sub-indexterm: "resizing"
Touch and hold a widget until it magnifies and the phone vibrates, then release
the widget. If the widget can be resized, for example, the Calendar widget,
then a highlighted frame and resizing dots appear.
Drag the dots inward or outward to shrink or expand the widget.
To confirm the new size of the widget, tap anywhere on the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-379CF5F0-A8C7-4D6F-A96C-9D06316E050B
To resize a widget
For Mint Amy. Added an example of resizable widget in step 1 as commented by ATT.
Xiaxin Li
Released*
Version
Author
Status
•
To get an overview of all widgets on your Home screen
Pinch on any area of your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] . All widgets
from different parts of your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] are now
displayed in one view.
When all Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] widgets are combined in one view, tap
on any widget to go to the part of the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] containing
that widget.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-172CC58A-1942-4B8C-BD9E-816B85EA3BAA
To get an overview of the widgets on all Home screens
From eDream 4.0: as per X-team comments
VikkiL
Released
Rearranging your Home screen
Indexterm: "Home screen"
Sub-indexterm: "customising"
Customise the appearance of your Home screen and change the features that you
can access from it. Change the screen background, move items around, create
folders, and add shortcuts to contacts.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-F0E2EDDE-9A6D-4354-BCE5-D2FFE325FC77
Rearranging your Home screen
From eDream4.0: added UI size condition
VikkiL
Released*
To open the options menu of your Home screen
You can open the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] options menu in two
ways:
•
•
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , press ID: ICN-SONYKEY-MENU.
Touch and hold on any part of your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-006FEB36-CD2E-4B2A-B429-E6FF72753075
To open the options menu of your Home screen
VikkiL
Released*
28
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To add a shortcut to the Home screen
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , press ID: ICN-SONYKEY-MENU.
Tap Add [home_menu_add_txt] > Shortcuts [home_option_add_shortcut_txt] .
Find and select a shortcut.
Add an application shortcut directly from the Application screen by touching and holding the
application.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To move an item on the Home screen
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-HOME to open your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] .
Touch and hold an item until it magnifies and the phone vibrates, then drag the
item to the new location.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-E0065909-6DCC-4137-BC73-976CB447E526
To move an item on the Home screen
from edream4.0: moved the tip to "To add a folder to your home screen"
VikkiL
Released*
To delete an item from the Home screen
Touch and hold an item until it magnifies and the phone vibrates, then drag the
item to ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-DELETE.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-846B78FE-AD6C-47FE-9BF8-715A3CBB7B61
To add a shortcut to the Home screen
From 4.0.1 Urushi: updated labels
VikkiL
Released*
GUID-B9D51246-2767-4FC7-B6A9-7F3A98343A35
To delete an item on the Home screen
Created for eDream3.0
VikkiL
Released*
To add a folder to the Home screen
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , press ID: ICN-SONYKEY-MENU.
Tap Add [home_menu_add_txt] > Folder [home_option_add_folder_txt] .
Enter a name for the folder and tap Done [gui_done_txt] .
Drag and drop an item on top of another item on your Home screen to create a folder
automatically.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-B4485B5D-75F7-46E8-A35F-7833E55CF1DC
To create a folder on the Home screen
From 4.0.1 SZ and UG for coming products: functional change on folder creation on HS
VikkiL
Released*
To add items to a folder
Touch and hold an item until it magnifies and the phone vibrates, then drag the
item to the folder.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-59731CD1-AB4A-40AE-BCCC-5D64928E2B5E
To add items to a folder
Valid for eDream3.0 and Gingerbread. Updated instruction text so it says
"item" instead of "application icon" to make more generic and align with the
heading.
VikkiL
Released*
29
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To rename a folder
Tap the folder to open it.
Touch the folder's title bar to show the Folder name [home_folder_dialog_folder_name_txt]
field.
Enter the new folder name and tap Done [gui_done_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D78DB4F3-D3D1-495D-B904-21104B8F19CA
To rename a folder
From 4.0.1 Urushi: updated labels
VikkiL
Released*
Changing the background of your Home screen
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
"animated wallpaper"
"live wallpaper"
"wallpaper"
"themes"
Adapt the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] to your own style using
wallpapers and different themes.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-ABAA5C9B-0C1F-41EE-8456-EDAF70D2BB98
Changing the background of your Home screen
From eDr4.0.1.1: changed index term from "theme" to "themes"
VikkiL
Released
To change your Home screen wallpaper
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , press ID: ICN-SONYKEY-MENU.
Tap Wallpaper [home_menu_wallpaper_txt] , then select a wallpaper.
You can use a photo you have taken, or an animation. Go to Google Play™ and other sources
to download, for example, live wallpapers that change with the changing hours of the day.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-19E276DF-4D6A-44AF-8D86-5CAAFFD4BFDD
To change your Home screen wallpaper
change Android Market™ to Google Play™ based on legal requirement
7.1.1
WangT
Released
To set a theme
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , press ID: ICN-SONYKEY-MENU.
Tap Theme [home_menu_theme_txt] , then select a theme.
When you change a theme, the background also changes in some applications.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-506DA76F-B990-4363-A85D-2F100F4C36A7
To set a theme
From eDream4.0.1 Urushi: Changing theme is applicable and affects more
than just Home screen - so update the topic accordingly
VikkiL
Released*
Accessing and using applications
Open applications from shortcuts on your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] or
from the Application screen.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-935DE265-ADC5-4C4D-8BD5-D097758DA59C
Accessing and using applications
Created for eDream3.0
VikkiL
Released
30
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Application screen
Indexterm: "applications"
Sub-indexterm: "screen"
The Application screen, which you open from your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , contains the applications that come pre-installed on your device as well as
the applications you download.
The Application screen extends beyond the regular screen width, so you need to flick
left and right to view all content.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-F02CAFC3-E592-4B0D-AA00-E5631B4A9301
Application screen
Device Term Change
XuCindy
Released
To open the Application screen
ID: SCR-SONY-13NY-APPLICATIONS-SCREEN
•
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
Version
Author
Status
GUID-A798DDA3-C3C7-49D5-975F-0D42DA2CB916
To open the Application screen
Valid from eDream3.0. Index term removed.
WangT
Released
To browse the Application screen
From the Application screen, flick right or left.
GUID
Title
Changes
ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID-76BB630C-11CA-44CF-A042-92465E3899FA
To browse the application screens
The content is same as version 3. Just changed "application" to "Application".
WangHerman
Released
To create a shortcut to an application on the Home screen
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Touch and hold an application icon until the screen vibrates, then drag the icon
to the top of the screen. The Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] opens.
Drag the icon to the desired location on the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , then release your finger.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-1CB2F7C4-2E83-4EAB-AFFB-0957648C639D
To create a shortcut to an application on the Home screen
Updated from version 3. Step 2 description changes because of Odin and
Yuga's UI changes.
Vera Qu
Released*
31
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To share an application from your Application screen
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU , then tap Share [share] . All applications which
can be shared are indicated by ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APP-SHARE .
Tap the application that you want to share, then select an option and confirm,
if necessary. A link to a download of the application is sent to the people you
have selected.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3626E628-C31A-4C0E-BCEC-07EB17CF2C3F
To share an application from your Application screen
Updated from version1. Step 2 changes due to UI's change for Odin and Yuga.
Vera Qu
Released*
Opening and closing applications
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
To open an application
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] or the Application screen,
tap the application.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-C41A794C-3079-4816-A08C-45D4DBEC5234
Opening and closing applications
Valid for eDream3.0 and Gingerbread.
VikkiL
Released
GUID-A38931CB-ACFB-42B2-B95E-852ABB09E511
To open an application
Created for eDream3.0
VikkiL
Released
To close an application
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-BACK.
Some applications are paused when you press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-HOME to exit,
while other applications may continue to run in the background. In the first case, the next time
you open the application, you can continue where you left off. Remember that some
applications may cause data connection charges when they are running in the background,
for example, social networking services.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-370B9F32-5544-4DA2-8DF2-414E9A7F69BA
To close an application
From eDream6.0: added text about data usage for paused applications
VikkiL
Released
Recently used applications window
Indexterm: "recently used applications window"
You can switch between recently used applications from this window. You can also
open small apps.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-4E475135-9A16-4587-AB71-F73F430BE6A9
Recently used applications window
From Blue 1.0: text changes made - added description about small apps
VikkiL
Released
To open the recently used applications window
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-OPEN-RECENT-APPS .
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-A60AC121-B7D1-4A48-859B-F8CA4DC4C077
To open the recently used applications window
writing style update - delete the last sentence based on minimalism
32
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Version
Author
Status
WangT
Released*
Using small apps
From the recently used applications window, you can get quick access to several
small apps at any time using the small apps bar. A small app only takes up a small
area of your screen. So you can interact with a small app and another application at
the same time on the same screen.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
Version
Author
Status
GUID-99100D9A-1CCC-4DD4-ABC8-2B58F09F39AE
To close a small app
VikkiL
Released
To move a small app
When the small app is open, touch and hold the top left corner of the small
app, then move it to the desired location.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-53383553-C8C3-4EA0-8F4E-DA9CB7757BAE
To open a small app
update for FAQ: add a condition for icon issue; add a small app bar image
due to ed comments (no effect for UG); no other change
Vera Qu
Released*
To close a small app
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-BTN-CLOSE-NORMAL on the small app window.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-C4580F48-66EB-4E34-AB54-977834E6926B
To open the small apps bar
For nxtstp UG
JorgenL
Draft
To open a small app
To make the small apps bar appear, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-OPENRECENT-APPS .
Tap the small app that you want to open. A small app window appears.
GUID
Title
Changes
•
VikkiL
Released*
To open the small apps bar
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-OPEN-RECENT-APPS. The small apps bar
appears at the bottom of the screen.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-2764F528-7A9A-401F-8523-DBB180E8235A
Using small apps
GUID-E71EDE79-D34F-41C1-9300-ABE639400C0F
To move a small app
Updated from version 2. Change the icon to "the name field of the small app"
for Odin & Yuga.
Vera Qu
Released
To minimise a small app
When the small app is open, touch and hold the top left corner of the small
app, then drag it to the right edge or to the bottom edge of the screen.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
GUID-3FA301BE-1DE5-4200-A944-FD66851191D2
To minimise a small app
Updated from version 2. Change the icon to "the name field of the small app"
for Odin & Yuga.
33
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Author
Status
Vera Qu
Released
To rearrange your small apps
To make the small apps bar appear, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-OPENRECENT-APPS.
Touch and hold a small app and drag it to the desired position in the small
apps bar.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3830D3E3-63FD-4C72-A393-E6F5E8D58EA5
To arrange your small apps
VikkiL
Released*
To remove a small app from the small apps bar
To make the small apps bar appear, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-OPENRECENT-APPS.
Touch and hold a small app icon and drag it away from the small apps bar.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-BF1EE6E5-D398-49CC-89A9-CCE7426CFF47
To remove a small app from the recently used applications window
VikkiL
Released*
To restore a previously removed small app
To make the small apps bar appear, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-OPENRECENT-APPS.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-BROWSER-ADD > Installed small apps [dialog_add_app_installed_title] .
Select the small app that you want to restore.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-1B077C5F-3405-4E30-BC25-453CECB522D9
To restore a previously removed small app
VikkiL
Released*
To download a small app
To make the small apps bar appear, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-OPENRECENT-APPS.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-BROWSER-ADD > ID: ICN-SONY-APP-MARKETPLACE.
Find a small app that you want to download, then follow the instructions to
complete the installation.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-AE4A69D2-7CB5-44EF-BF20-90B0B35793CB
To download a small app from Play Store
VikkiL
Released*
Application menu
You can open a menu at any time when you are using an application. The menu will
look different depending on which application you are using.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-7ECF296C-1511-432D-A846-7C99F6F65764
Application menu
From Blue: for phones without the menu key - no text change and removed
the illustration only
VikkiL
Released
34
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
•
To open a menu in an application
While using the application, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU.
A menu is not available in all applications.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C5E4E280-0AA6-4076-B7F6-8777FD219744
To open a menu in an application
From Shakira
AnnE
Released*
Rearranging your Application screen
Move the applications around on the Application screen according to your
preferences.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3809890F-C0C3-438A-BA16-A3C7F978256A
Rearranging your Application screen
Valid for eDream3.0
VikkiL
Released
To arrange applications on the Application screen
Indexterm: "applications"
Sub-indexterm: "arranging"
Indexterm: "applications"
Sub-indexterm: "sorting"
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL to go to the Application screen.
Tap the drop-down list on the top left of the screen and select an option.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-115D9148-D5DC-49BA-8428-A1AD178487AF
To arrange your applications on the Application screen
Updated from version 6. Step 2 changes for Odin & Yuga because the icon is
not be used.
Vera Qu
Released
To move an application on the Application screen
Open the Application screen.
Touch and hold an item until it magnifies and the device vibrates, then drag the
item to the new location.
You can only move your applications when Own order [home_action_bar_option_free_sort_txt] is selected.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-EE508701-3826-449B-BD0F-61BABEEA74C3
To move an application on the Application screen
Updated from version 5. Description changes due to UI changes. For Odin &
Yuga.
Vera Qu
Released
To uninstall an application from the Application screen
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU , then tap Uninstall [uninstall_text] . All uninstallable
applications are indicated by ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-UNINSTALL .
Tap the application that you want to uninstall, then tap Uninstall [uninstall_text] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-553D1225-BF53-4ED7-A71D-7D887D7F3D2B
To uninstall an application from the Application screen
Updated from version 2. Step 2 and step 3 description changes due to Odin
& Yuga's UI changes.
Vera Qu
Released*
35
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Status and notifications
Indexterm: "status"
Sub-indexterm: "bar"
Indexterm: "notification"
Sub-indexterm: "light"
Indexterm: "settings"
Sub-indexterm: "quick settings"
The status bar at the top of your screen shows what's going on in your phone. To the
left you get notifications when there is something new or ongoing. For example, new
message and calendar notifications appear here. The right side shows the signal
strength, battery status, and other information.
ID: SCR-SONY-13NY-STATUSBAR
The status bar allows you to adjust basic settings on your phone, for example,
Wi-Fi®, Bluetooth™, data traffic, and sound. You can also open the settings menu
from the Notification panel to change other settings.
A notification light also gives you battery status information and some notifications.
For example, a flashing blue light means there is a new message or a missed call.
The notification light may not work when the battery level is low.
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-NOTIFICATION-LAMP
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-065ACA94-7931-42F2-AEB8-381F304937E1
Status and notifications
For Tsubasa html User guide. Fixed bad image view by adding a p tag.
6.1.1
JorgenL
Released
Checking notifications and ongoing activities
Indexterm: "notification"
Sub-indexterm: "panel"
You can drag down the status bar to open the Notification panel and get more
information. For example, you can use the panel to open a new message or view a
calendar event. You can also open some applications that run in the background,
such as the music player.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-50D94BC7-3149-444A-88A6-86D400E5A76B
Checking notifications and ongoing activities
Changed "running applications" to "some applications that run in the background" according to TID's comments
PengLeon
Released
36
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To open the Notification panel
ID: SCR-SONY-13NY-NOTIFICATION-PANEL
•
Drag the status bar downwards.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-8560FF8D-B09C-4CDE-9A2D-79856DE785EC
To open the Notifications panel
From Robyn - Removed the tip
KomalL
Released
To close the Notification panel
ID: SCR-SONY-13NY-NOTIFICATION-PANEL-CLOSE
•
Drag the tab at the bottom of the Notification panel upwards.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-91179B0D-7B4D-48B3-B591-10D1868C3561
To close the Notification panel
Valid for eDream3.0 and Gingerbread.
VikkiL
Released
To open a running application from the Notification panel
Tap the icon for the running application to open it.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-1CC3ECCB-2344-4CC1-8764-29BD69172A3D
To open a running application from the Notification panel
ICS update: editorial review comments - minimalism
VikkiL
Released
37
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
•
To dismiss a notification from the Notification panel
Place your finger on a notification and flick left or right.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-967CAF72-88E4-4B35-ADD1-2B0EA7CF61A4
To dismiss a notification from the Notification panel
VikkiL
Released
To clear the Notification panel
From the Notification panel, tap Clear [status_bar_clear_all_button] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-DA62F1FF-BE58-4F3B-B236-8F2F85655D4F
To clear the Notification panel
Valid for Rrobyn/Mimmi (change in label)
KomalL
Released*
Setting your phone from the Notification panel
Indexterm: "notification"
Sub-indexterm: "panel"
Sub-indexterm: "setting"
You can open the settings menu from the Notification panel to adjust basic phone
settings. For example, you can turn on Wi-Fi®.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-DEDF9332-F8E7-4B61-BF9C-C58055553DBA
To open settings menu from the notification panel
Valid from Mint (only Step 1 added)
PengLeon
Released*
To adjust sound settings from the Notification panel
Drag the status bar downwards.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-SYS-SPEAKERPHONE.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
PengLeon
Released*
To open the phone settings menu from the Notification panel
Drag the status bar downwards.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-001BB4C3-E0FB-4953-8605-57D48285C63C
Setting your device from the Notification panel
GUID-379AC15A-BC4F-4496-A74F-090064D224AA
To adjust your sound settings from the Notification panel
PengLeon
Released
To control the Bluetooth™ function from the Notification panel
Drag the status bar downwards.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-SYS-DATA-BLUETOOTH.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-76B8B30E-0F68-45DE-A79C-2F11B0F0604A
To turn on or off the Bluetooth™ function from the Notification panel
PengLeon
Released
38
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To control the Wi-Fi® function from the Notification panel
Drag the status bar downwards.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-SYS-WIFI-SIGNAL-4.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-0E0F12AA-C120-4B5F-9977-A81FC38FC4D7
To turn on or off Wi-Fi® from the Notification panel
PengLeon
Released*
To enable or disable data traffic from the Notification panel
Drag the status bar downwards.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-SYS-DATA-TRAFFIC.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-2E74E4DD-6C24-4177-9238-032630E89AAF
To enable or disable data traffic from the Notification panel
PengLeon
Released*
Phone settings menu
View and change your phone settings from the Settings menu.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-99D19D2C-0BF8-4893-A15F-7CD052D96170
Phone settings menu
Valid for eDream 3.0
JessicaL
Released*
To access the phone settings
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Tap Settings [settings_label] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID-A9F73FEB-FB36-4722-BF69-5ABA7B7B020B
To access the phone settings
Valid for Rachael/Robyn/Mimmi eDream 2.0. Valid for eDream 3.0.
KomalL
Released*
Typing text
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
"keyboard"
"Phonepad"
"text input method"
"symbols"
"caps lock"
GUID-5EF956D7-B1A6-46E3-BE7A-206DBA9DAF00
Typing text - keyboard and keypad
Valid from eDream 4.0.
RongrongZ
Released*
On-screen keyboard
Indexterm: "on-screen keyboard"
Tap the keys of the on-screen QWERTY keyboard to enter text conveniently. Some
applications open the on-screen keyboard automatically. You can also open this
keyboard by touching a text field.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
GUID-047240C9-CBE3-4076-B626-8838F1999489
On-screen keyboard
Valid from eDream 4.0.
RongrongZ
39
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Status
Released
Using the on-screen keyboard
ID: SCR-10AU-ON-SCREEN-KEYBOARD
1 Change the character case and turn on the caps lock. For some languages, this key is used to access
extra characters in the language.
2 Close the on-screen keyboard view. Note that this icon does not appear in portrait mode.
3 Display numbers and symbols.
4 Personalise your keyboard. This key disappears after the keyboard is personalised.
5 Enter a space.
6 Enter a carriage return or confirm text input.
7 Delete a character before the cursor.
All illustrations are for illustration purposes only and may not accurately depict the actual
device.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
To display the on-screen keyboard to enter text
Tap a text entry field.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-C82BF299-B2B7-4FFE-911E-D0FC3A0B529E
Using on-screen keyboard
Device term change
Gan Lu
Released*
GUID-D53410B6-16DD-4BE2-8862-B460B3A8643F
To display the keypad/keyboard to enter text
Valid from eDream 4.0. Updated condition on keyboard-keypad.
RongrongZ
Released
To hide the on-screen keyboard
When the on-screen keyboard is open, tap
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: KEY-TEXT-INPUT-BACK.
GUID-B60C1834-DDC9-421A-8F96-2E9038A514BE
To hide the on-screen keyboard/Phonepad
for Odin; change a key
Gan Lu
Released
40
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To personalise the on-screen keyboard
Open the on-screen keyboard, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-TEXT-INPUTSETUPGUIDE-WAND-FEEDBACK .
Follow the instructions to personalise your on-screen keyboard, for example,
mark the Smiley key [textinput_strings_settings_show_smiley] and Gesture input [textinput_strings_settings_trace_input] checkboxes.
If you don't mark the Smiley key [textinput_strings_settings_show_smiley] checkbox when you personalise
the on-screen keyboard, the smiley icon will not appear.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-1833FEDD-7B56-4FD2-B800-187FF06AB7D9
To personalise the keyboard
for pollux; add "gesture input" to step 2
Gan Lu
Draft
To use the on-screen keyboard in landscape orientation
When you enter text, turn the device sideways.
For the keyboard to support this feature, landscape mode must be supported by the
application you are using, and your screen orientation settings must be set to automatic.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To enter text using the on-screen keyboard
To enter a character visible on the keyboard, tap the character.
To enter a character variant, touch and hold a regular keyboard character to
get a list of available options, then select from the list. For example, to enter
"é", touch and hold "e" until other options appear, then, while keeping your
finger pressed on the keyboard, drag to and select "é".
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-AD062D73-DE09-468F-8DCB-3F17D5A83CE9
To enter text using the on-screen keyboard
Valid from eDream 4.0. Specified for on-screen keyboard.
RongrongZ
Released
To shift between upper-case and lower-case letters
Before you enter a letter, tap ID: ICN-SONY-TEXT-INPUT-SHIFT-FEEDBACK
to switch to upper-case ID: ICN-SONY-TEXT-INPUT-SHIFT-CAPSFEEDBACK, or vice versa.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-E3D818B3-9DFF-4DDC-B279-5CD46A966698
To use the on-screen keyboard/keypad in landscape orientation
Device Term Change
Gan Lu
Released
GUID-E5ADF539-526B-4CA6-BFB2-F17AECB73C5A
To shift between upper-case and lower-case letters
Updated as per FG comment. Valid for all eDream 2.1 products
JuliaZ
Released
To turn on the caps lock
Before you type a word, tap ID: ICN-SONY-TEXT-INPUT-SHIFT-FEEDBACK
or ID: ICN-SONY-TEXT-INPUT-SHIFT-CAPS-FEEDBACK until ID: ICNSONY-TEXT-INPUT-SHIFT-CAPS-LOCK-FEEDBACK appears.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CA02935F-2636-481C-8064-DC00F523D22D
To turn on the Caps lock
Updated as per FG review comments. Valid for all eDream 2.1 products
JuliaZ
Released*
41
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
•
To enter numbers or symbols
When you enter text, tap ID: ICN-SONY-TEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-SYMBOLS.
A keyboard with numbers and symbols appears. Tap
ID: ICN-SONYTEXTINPUT-SYMBOL-PAGES to view more options.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-829C61AB-3536-4122-80EF-E4D3C174FE52
To enter numbers or symbols using the keyboard/keypad
Valid from eDream4.0. Added the page icon info.
RongrongZ
Released
To enter common punctuation marks
When you finish entering a word, tap the space bar.
Select a punctuation mark from the candidate bar. The selected mark is
inserted before the space.
To quickly enter a full stop, tap the space bar twice when you finish entering a word.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
To delete characters
Tap to place the cursor after the character you want to delete, then tap
ICN-SONY-DELETE-PHONE-NUMBER-BLK.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-A3C39984-81D4-419A-9F01-63DC364540FB
To delete characters
JuliaZ
Released
GUID-83E45AEE-6F56-4817-8260-CE9E7E139097
To turn to the next line in text
Valid for eDream 3.0
RongrongZ
Released
To select text
Enter some text, then tap and hold the text. The word you tap gets highlighted
by tabs on both sides.
Drag the tabs left or right to select more text.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID:
To enter a carriage return
ID: ICN-SONY-TEXT-INPUT-LIGHT-ENTER to
When you enter text, tap
enter a carriage return.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-6589FC1E-1265-4100-93E5-7006D5DD1E0E
To enter common punctuations
Valid from eDream 6.0.
RongrongZ
Released
GUID-AE2DF08C-CE44-4038-A35A-347DBD2C5903
To select text
for Nanhu; change "double-tap" to "tap and hold"
Gan Lu
Released
To edit text in landscape orientation
Enter some text, then double-tap the entered text.
Select the text you want to work with, then tap Edit... [extract_edit_menu_button] and
select an option.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E5B2A668-8E68-4FC8-948B-CB0BCFA0F634
To edit text in landscape orientation
For Aoba Amy. Removed the note per editorial comment.
3.1.1
QianWang
Released
42
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To edit text in portrait orientation
Enter some text, then double-tap the entered text to make the application bar
appear.
Select the text you want to edit, then use the application bar to make your
desired changes.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-570FACF3-512A-4631-82C7-DE1CC414CE8C
To edit text in portrait orientation
For Aoba Amy ICS. Removed the note per editor's comment
3.1.1
QianWang
Released
Application bar
ID: SCR-11ICS-TOOLBAR-EDITTEXT
Close the application bar
Select all text
Cut text
Copy text
Paste text
ID: ICN-SONY-MAGNIFIER-PASTE only appears when you have text stored on the
clipboard.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3773B154-CF41-471F-9469-DC7CD5560CCB
Application bar
Vera Qu
Released*
Using the Gesture input [textinput_strings_settings_trace_input] function to write words
Indexterm: "gesture input"
You can input text by sliding your finger from letter to letter on the on-screen
keyboard.
Gesture input [textinput_strings_settings_trace_input] is only available when you use the on-screen
keyboard.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-0D50805D-88A7-417D-BF39-293347812DD9
Gesture input
Device Term Change
Gan Lu
Released*
43
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To enter text using the Gesture input [textinput_strings_settings_trace_input] function
When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard, slide your finger from letter
to letter to trace the word you want to write.
Lift up your finger when you’ve finished entering a word. A word is suggested
based on the letters you have traced. If necessary, select the correct word in
the candidate bar.
To view more options, scroll right or left in the word candidate bar. If you
cannot find the desired word, tap ID: ICN-SONY-DELETE-PHONENUMBER-BLK once to delete the entire word. Then try again to trace the word
using the Gesture input function, or tap each letter to enter the word.
If the Space between gestures [textinput_strings_settings_trace_auto_accept] setting is activated,
trace the next word that you want to enter. If not, tap the space bar and then
trace the next word you want to enter.
To enter joined compound words when the Space between gestures [textinput_strings_settings_trace_auto_accept] setting is activated, you may need to slide to enter the first part of the word, then tap
each letter to enter the rest of the word.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-70F1F614-D699-4D32-98AF-4E0CBE268385
To enter text using the Gesture input function
Device Term Change
Gan Lu
Released
To change the Gesture input [textinput_strings_settings_trace_input] settings
When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard, tap ID: ICN-SONYTEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-SYMBOLS.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS, then tap Keyboard settings [textinput_strings_input_options_menu_item_personalize] .
Tap Text input settings [textinput_strings_settings_quick_text] .
Mark or unmark the Gesture input [textinput_strings_settings_trace_input] checkbox.
If you want to automatically add a space between gestures without having to
tap the space bar each time, mark the Space between gestures [textinput_strings_settings_trace_auto_accept] checkbox.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3C41CA62-030A-483B-8C09-E1CB01CAF541
To change the Gesture input settings
Valid for Nozomi ICS; text changes made; operation steps changed
WangT
Released*
Phonepad
Indexterm: "Phonepad"
The Phonepad is similar to a standard 12-key telephone keypad. It gives you
predictive text and multi-tap input options. You can activate the Phonepad text input
method via the keyboard settings. The Phonepad is only available in portrait
orientation.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-9D94BF81-E127-4971-B769-92AF75781DAE
Phonepad
Valid from eDream 4.0.
RongrongZ
Released
44
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Using the Phonepad
ID: SCR-11-PHONEPAD-OVERVIEW
Choose a text input option
Change the character case and turn on the caps lock
Display numbers
Display symbols and smileys
Enter a space
Enter a carriage return or confirm text input
Delete a character before the cursor
All illustrations are for illustration purposes only and may not accurately depict the actual
device.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CF8AE6C3-3225-46D4-8632-18F2F4FD71EF
Using the Phonepad
Device Term Change
Gan Lu
Released
To open the Phonepad for the first time
Tap a text entry field, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-TEXTINPUT-NUMBERSSYMBOLS.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS, then tap Keyboard settings [textinput_strings_input_options_menu_item_personalize] .
Tap Keyboard appearance [textinput_strings_settings_keyboard_appearance] > Keyboard layout
[textinput_strings_settings_keyboard_layout_title] .
Select the Phonepad.
The Phonepad can only be used in portrait mode.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-63194001-9DA2-43FD-98FC-B549C9D81580
To open the Phonepad for the first time
Valid for Hikari: change an icon on step 1
Gan Lu
Released*
45
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
•
•
To enter text using the Phonepad
When ID: ICN-SONY-TEXT-INPUT-PHONEPAD-SINGLETAP-ON appears in
the Phonepad, tap each character key only once, even if the letter you want is
not the first letter on the key. Tap the word that appears or tap ID: ICN-SONYTEXT-INPUT-PREDICTION-ARROW-RIGHT to view more word suggestions
and select a word from the list.
When ID: ICN-SONY-TEXT-INPUT-PHONEPAD-SINGLETAP-OFF appears in
the Phonepad, tap the on-screen key for the character you want to enter. Keep
pressing this key until the desired character is selected. Then do the same for
the next character you want to enter, and so on.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-25EC71FC-8474-4FEB-99F5-ED0485C15922
To enter text using the on-screen keypad
Remove incorrect usage of the context tag
RongrongZ
Released
To enter numbers using the Phonepad
When the Phonepad is open, tap ID: ICN-SONY-TEXTINPUT-NUMBERSHORIZONTAL. A Phonepad with numbers appears.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-99C92908-9500-4C3A-B3C1-FDC17779AE84
To enter numbers using the virtual keypad/keyboard
Valid from eDream4.0 Smultron. On-screen keypad.
RongrongZ
Released
To insert symbols and smileys using the Phonepad
When the Phonepad is open, tap
ID: ICN-SONY-TEXT-INPUT-PHONEPADSYM-SMILEY. A grid with symbols and smileys appears.
Scroll up or down to view more options. Tap a symbol or smiley to select it.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-A9123BFE-979A-40FB-9E68-904BDE6FF860
To insert symbols and smileys using the keypad
Valid from eDream4.0 Smultron - On-screen keypad.
RongrongZ
Released*
Keyboard and Phonepad settings
Indexterm: "keyboard"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
Indexterm: "language"
Sub-indexterm: "writing"
You can select settings for the on-screen keyboard and the Phonepad, such as
writing language and automatic correction.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3F81FB45-0DDC-4DE9-A7C4-8028057256A6
Keyboard/keypad settings
Valid from eDream 4.0.
RongrongZ
Released*
To access the on-screen keyboard and Phonepad settings
When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard or Phonepad, tap ID:
ICN-SONY-TEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-SYMBOLS or ID: ICN-SONYTEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-HORIZONTAL.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS, then tap Keyboard settings [textinput_strings_input_options_menu_item_personalize] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-5AA8DA1C-44F4-4634-AF38-A2945CA7C238
To access the on-screen keyboard and Phonepad settings
Valid for Nozomi ICS; operation steps changes; text changes made
WangT
Released*
46
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To add a writing language for text input
When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard or Phonepad, tap ID:
ICN-SONY-TEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-SYMBOLS or ID: ICN-SONYTEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-HORIZONTAL .
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS , then tap Keyboard settings [textinput_strings_input_options_menu_item_personalize] .
Tap Languages [textinput_strings_settings_language_options] > Writing languages [textinput_strings_settings_language] and mark the relevant checkboxes. Tap OK [button_ok] to confirm.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-5EBAE597-1B8B-43E5-95D0-C1C8ABC27F9C
To add a writing language to the on-screen keyboard or the Phonepad
for Nicki SS; change a label only; no text change
13.1.1
Gan Lu
Draft
Text input settings
When entering text using the on-screen keyboard or the Phonepad, you can access a
text input settings menu that helps you set options for text prediction, automatic
spacing and quick fixes. For example, you can decide how word options are
presented and how words get corrected as you type. You can also set the text input
application to remember new words that you write.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-2FCD6D60-C03C-4055-90C7-97DC630B64B0
Text input settings
Device term change
Gan Lu
Released
To change the text input settings
When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard or the Phonepad, tap ID:
ICN-SONY-TEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-SYMBOLS or ID: ICN-SONYTEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-HORIZONTAL.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS, then tap Keyboard settings [textinput_strings_input_options_menu_item_personalize] > Text input settings [textinput_strings_settings_quick_text]
and select the relevant settings.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-B505E8A0-AD82-4568-90AD-EC857B2CCDB0
To change text input settings
for Hayabusa; add an icon on step 2
Gan Lu
Released*
Entering text using voice input
Indexterm: "voice input"
Indexterm: "voice recognition"
When you enter text, you can use the voice input function instead of typing the
words. Just speak the words that you want to enter. Voice input is an experimental
technology from Google™, and is available for a number of languages and regions.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3948A877-17B6-4759-9BFC-0EFCA283BC8B
Entering text using voice input
for Taoshan; remove the note
Gan Lu
Released
47
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To enable voice input
When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard or the Phonepad, tap ID:
ICN-SONY-TEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-SYMBOLS or ID: ICN-SONYTEXTINPUT-NUMBERS-HORIZONTAL .
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS , then tap Keyboard settings [textinput_strings_input_options_menu_item_personalize] .
Mark the Google voice typing key [textinput_strings_settings_voice_input_start_from_keyboard]
checkbox.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-BACK to save your settings. A microphone
icon ID: ICN-SONY-VOICE-INPUT-MIC-ONLY appears on your on-screen
keyboard or Phonepad.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-60824615-DA86-4535-89BA-E47AAEC235A1
To enable voice input
update for FAQs: add a conditon for icon; no other changes;
3.1.1
Vera Qu
Released
To enter text using voice input
Open the on-screen keyboard or the Phonepad.
If ID: ICN-SONY-VOICE-INPUT-MIC-ONLY is available, tap it. If not, touch
ID: ICN-SONY-VOICE-INPUTand hold the input language key, for example,
LANG-MIC.
When ID: ICN-SONY-VOICE-INPUT-MIC-CIRCLE appears, speak to enter
text. When you're finished, tap ID: ICN-SONY-VOICE-INPUT-MIC-CIRCLE
again. The suggested text appears.
Edit the text manually if necessary.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-4D762661-CFA9-4D74-9134-B58D18FEECFC
To enter text using voice input
for Taoshan; remove step 1
Gan Lu
Released*
Customising your device
You can adjust several device settings to suit your own needs. For example, you can
change the language, add a personal ringtone, or change the screen brightness.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D9CF5557-AC85-4B4C-BEF7-A7B1BF31128F
Customising your phone
Device Term Change
LisaY
Released*
Adjusting the volume
Indexterm: "volume"
Sub-indexterm: "key"
Indexterm: "silent mode"
You can adjust the ringtone volume for incoming calls and notifications as well as for
music and video playback.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-96B4FB24-5A76-42F9-9F7C-3804DF486237
Adjusting the volume
Device Term Change from Odin
LisaY
Released*
To adjust the ring volume with the volume key
Press the volume key up or down.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
GUID-56F76480-7BEC-4AEA-A7A0-D5C62695A7F4
To adjust the ring volume with the volume key
Valid for Robyn & Mimmi. Valid for eDream 3.0.
48
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Author
Status
•
KomalL
Released
To adjust the media playing volume with the volume key
When playing music or watching video, press the volume key up or down.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-B0DBCBEE-A5CE-42D1-A138-9B6E57FA84B9
To adjust the media playing volume with the volume keys
Valid for Android Rachael. Valid for eDream 3.0.
SophieJ
Released
Adjusting the sound settings
You can adjust several sound settings. For example, you can set your device to silent
mode so that it doesn't ring when you're in a meeting.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-F97936DD-6D15-45A6-B517-7635755366D5
Adjusting the sound settings
Device Term Change
LisaY
Released*
To set your device to vibrate mode
Press the volume key down until ID: ICN-SONY-STATUSBAR-VIBRATE-ON
appears in the status bar.
You can also press and hold down the power key ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-POWER-K90
and then tap ID: ICN-SONY-STATUSBAR-VIBRATE-ON in the menu that opens to set your
device to vibrate mode.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3030B405-90E5-45F2-A0F7-30F1B3C9937D
To set the phone to vibrate mode
Device Term Change and steps change for Odin
LisaY
Released
To set your device to silent mode
Press the volume key down until the device vibrates and ID: ICN-SONYSTATUSBAR-VIBRATE-ON appears in the status bar.
Press the volume key down again. ID: ICN-SONY-ICS-SOUND-SILENCT
appears in the status bar.
You can also press and hold down the power key ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-POWER-K90
and then tap ID: ICN-SONY-ICS-SOUND-SILENCT in the menu that opens to set your
device to silent mode.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-DFB6F5BB-15B2-49A2-B023-828A4852DD0A
To set the phone to silent and vibrating mode
steps change for huashan
11
LisaY
Released*
To set your device to vibrate and ring mode
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Sound [sound_settings] .
Mark the Vibrate when ringing [vibrate_when_ringing_title] checkbox.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-238E06D2-6988-439A-8711-90ED73016194
To set the phone to vibrate and ring mode
Device Term Change and one label name change
LisaY
Released
49
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Time and date
Indexterm: "time"
Indexterm: "date"
Sub-indexterm: "format"
You can change the time and date on your device.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D9FE3D48-1528-4315-BFF7-BFB227CAB4C0
Time and date
Device Term Change
LisaY
Released
To set the date manually
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Date & time [date_and_time_settings_title] .
Unmark the Automatic date & time [date_time_auto] checkbox, if it is marked.
Tap Set date [date_time_set_date] .
Adjust the date by scrolling up and down.
Tap Done [date_time_done] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-813CD57B-7A26-4E14-BBED-243BEC6F048F
To set the date manually
only one label changed for Odin
LisaY
Released*
To set the time manually
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Date & time [date_and_time_settings_title] .
Unmark the Automatic date & time [date_time_auto] checkbox if it is marked.
Tap Set time [date_time_set_time] .
Scroll up or down to adjust the hour and minute.
If applicable, scroll up to change am [udoc_trans_set_time_am ] to pm [udoc_trans_set_time_pm ] ,
or vice versa.
Tap Done [date_time_done] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E9572FB8-BB60-4430-84D8-3F19D899681E
To set the time manually
only one label changed for Odin
13
LisaY
Released*
To set the time zone
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Date & time [date_and_time_settings_title] .
Unmark the Automatic time zone [zone_auto] checkbox, if it is marked.
Tap Select time zone [date_time_set_timezone] .
Select an option.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-0C804200-55DD-4779-BB20-7445141EC74C
To set the time zone
ICS update
Xiaxin Li
Released*
Ringtone settings
Indexterm: "notification"
Sub-indexterm: "ringtone"
Indexterm: "vibration"
GUID
GUID-36AE80F9-AAA9-408B-A8AE-5E58014B7377
50
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
Ringtone settings - heading
Valid for Robyn & Mimmi. Valid for eDream 3.0
KomalL
Released
To set a ringtone
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Sound [sound_settings] > Phone ringtone [ringtone_title] .
Select a ringtone.
Tap Done [gui_done_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-2EB51A75-25CA-45E2-8D75-C0A2C484EC07
To set a phone ringtone
Device Term Change
LisaY
Released
To enable touch tones
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Sound [sound_settings] .
Mark the Dial pad touch tones [dtmf_tone_enable_title] and Touch sounds [sound_effects_enable_title] checkboxes.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-8D4FF0B8-3A81-46F0-AE74-031B501F394E
To enable touch tones
update the label Sound
Xiaxin Li
Released*
To select the notification sound
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Sound [sound_settings] > Default notification
[notification_sound_title] .
Select the sound to be played when notifications arrive.
Tap Done [gui_done_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-2DC47BDA-6F13-480C-A3C6-10F11ADDE021
To select a notification ringtone
for Odin Yuga titile updated according to label changed to "Notification
sound"
10
LisaY
Released*
Version
Author
Status
Screen settings
Indexterm: "brightness"
Indexterm: "screen"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-EF960369-662D-46B3-9190-3ACD92FFE448
Screen settings - heading
Valid for Robyn. Valid for eDream 3.0. Changed index marker
KomalL
Released
To adjust the screen brightness
Indexterm: "LCD backlight control"
51
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Indexterm: "brightness"
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Display [display_settings_title] > Brightness [brightness] .
Drag the slider to adjust the brightness.
Tap OK [ok] .
The brightness level affects your battery performance. For tips on how to improve battery
performance, see Improving battery performance.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-6B929979-C7E3-45FB-85E0-C4A4BB05388A
To adjust the screen brightness
for Odin Yuga Xperia Care removing the cross reference only no other text
change
8.1.1
LisaY
Released
Version
Author
Status
To set the screen to vibrate
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Sound [sound_settings] .
Mark the Vibrate on touch [haptic_feedback_enable_title] checkbox. The screen now
vibrates when you tap soft keys and certain applications.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C6A8795B-B37A-4FD6-8AE9-1CE841DFA98E
To set the screen to vibrate
update the label Sound
Xiaxin Li
Released
To adjust the idle time before the screen turns off
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Display [display_settings_title] > Sleep [screen_timeout] .
Select an option.
To turn off the screen quickly, briefly press the power key
POWER-K90.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-
GUID-76BAB77B-B3AF-421C-8D41-F7F3D7CEBFA6
To adjust the idle time before the screen turns off
ICS update
Xiaxin Li
Released
Language settings
Indexterm: "language"
You can select a default language for your device and change it again at a later time.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E1D54EB1-8E02-4EA8-B64D-F1D56D4EF18B
Phone language
Device Term Change
LisaY
Released
52
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To change the language
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Language & input [language_settings] >
Language [language_picker_title] .
Select an option.
Tap OK [button_ok] .
If you select the wrong language and cannot read the menu texts, find and tap ID: ICNSONY-APP-SETTINGS. Then select the text beside ID: ICN-SONY-SETTINGS-LANGUAGE
and select the first entry in the menu that opens. You can then select the language you want.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-78FDB03D-5A9A-4DD3-B1EB-554524E573A7
To change the phone language
Device Term Change
11
LisaY
Released
Airplane mode
Indexterm: "Airplane mode"
Indexterm: "Flight mode - See Airplane mode"
In Airplane mode, the network and radio transceivers are turned off to prevent
disturbance to sensitive equipment. However, you can still play games, listen to
music, watch videos and other content, as long as all this content is saved on your
memory card or internal storage. You can also be notified by alarms, if alarms are
activated.
Turning on Airplane mode reduces battery consumption.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-4592770A-6B42-477E-9A27-8326386B4FC0
Airplane mode
Device Term Change
LisaY
Released
To turn on Airplane mode
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More… [radio_controls_title] .
Mark the Airplane mode [airplane_mode] checkbox.
You can also press and hold down the power key ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-POWER-K90
and then select Airplane mode [airplane_mode] in the menu that opens.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-0D75D33F-E108-41F8-B61A-F27882DA3E55
To turn on Flight mode
Device Term Change and rewrite the tip to avoid using the "phone options"
label
10
LisaY
Released
Enhancing the sound output
You can enhance the sound output that comes from the speakers in your device
using features such as Clear Phase™ and xLOUD™ technology.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-91BE04C9-56A8-4A40-A15A-348947A469C8
Enhancing the sound quality
LisaY
Released
53
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Using Clear Phase™ technology
Use Clear Phase™ technology from Sony to automatically adjust the sound quality
coming from your device's internal speakers and get a cleaner, more natural sound.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-48A17031-9A20-4C8C-9A02-0ACA60316D37
Using Clear Phase™ technology
LisaY
Released
To enhance the speaker sound quality using Clear Phase™
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Sound [sound_settings] .
Mark the Clear Phase™ [udoc_no_trans_clear_phase] checkbox.
The activation of the Clear Phase™ feature has no effect on voice communication
applications.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-DA49322A-6A65-4A9F-BCD3-C4E5F450AEDF
To enhance the sound quality of the speaker using Clear Phase™
remove "For example... voice call" in the tip for pollux windy
LisaY
Released
Using xLOUD™ technology
Use xLOUD™ audio filter technology from Sony to enhance the speaker volume
without sacrificing quality. Get a more dynamic sound as you listen to your favourite
songs.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-9BE06EDA-D4B0-41CC-9562-D89EBDDA4B01
Using xLOUD™ technology
LisaY
Released
To enhance the speaker volume using xLOUD™
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Sound [sound_settings] .
Mark the xLOUD™ [XLOUD] checkbox.
The activation of the xLOUD™ feature has no effect on voice communication applications.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-DADE3E84-AFBD-453C-A218-747C2077F534
To enhance the speaker loudness using xLOUD™
remove "For example... voice call" in the tip for pollux windy
LisaY
Released
Memory
You can save content to your device's internal storage and to a memory card.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-22B2F18B-DFF0-4F4E-9917-D71E95288CE9
Memory
From Odin and Yuga: remove application memory; only keep internal memory and memory card
WangT
Released
54
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Memory card
Your device supports a microSD™ memory card, which is used for storing content.
This type of card can also be used as a portable memory card with other compatible
devices.
You may have to purchase a memory card separately.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-82618BF1-CEB4-4D17-9849-F6DC73B15314
Memory card
For Odin and Yuga: remove the note
WangT
Released
Formatting the memory card
You can format the memory card in your device, for example, to free up memory.
This means that you erase all data on the card.
All content on the memory card gets erased when you format it. Make sure you make backups
of everything you want to save before formatting the memory card. To back up your content,
you can copy it to your computer. For more information, refer to the chapter Connecting your
device to a computer on page 186.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-27E17DFC-86F3-4FAE-AC9E-3C1E0009971A
Formatting the memory card
Created only for termchange
CynthiaH
Released
Using a headset
Indexterm: "headset"
Indexterm: "music"
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-HEADPHONES
Use the accessories provided with your device, or other compatible accessories, for optimal
performance.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-2815B6DC-4B35-4D59-AB4C-5200E6AFD31C
Stereo portable handsfree
Created for termchange only
WangT
Released
To use a headset
Indexterm: "headset"
Sub-indexterm: "using"
Indexterm: "music"
55
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Sub-indexterm: "using a headset"
Connect the headset to your device.
To answer a call, press the call handling key.
To end the call, press the call handling key.
If a headset is not included with the device, you may purchase one separately.
If you are listening to music, the music stops when you answer a call and resumes after you
end the call.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-804D9F4A-FDEA-40BE-BC7D-C6C3CE8DF02B
To use a handsfree
Created for termchange only
CynthiaH
Released
Internet and messaging settings
Indexterm: "Internet"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
Indexterm: "settings"
Sub-indexterm: "Internet"
Indexterm: "settings"
Sub-indexterm: "messaging"
Sub-indexterm: "MMS"
Indexterm: "messages"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
Indexterm: "Multimedia Messaging Service (MMS)"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
Indexterm: "download"
Sub-indexterm: "Internet settings"
To send text and multimedia messages and to access the Internet, you must have a
mobile data connection and the correct settings. There are different ways to get
these settings:
•
•
•
For most mobile networks and operators, Internet and messaging settings come
preinstalled on your device. You can then start using the Internet and send messages
right away.
In some cases you will get the option to download Internet and messaging settings
the first time you turn on your device. It is also possible to download these settings
later from the Settings [settings_label_launcher] menu.
You can manually add and change Internet and network settings on your device at
any time. Contact your network operator for detailed information about Internet and
messaging settings.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E108490D-17EF-4989-95D0-DB1F6F93AD07
Internet and messaging settings
Update for Term change from phone to device
PanL
Released
To download Internet and messaging settings
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Xperia™ [sonyericsson_settings_title] > Internet
settings [r2r_settings_download_title_txt] .
Tap Accept [r2r_strings_cost_button_accept_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-86823E16-0E31-4A88-AD3F-6BAFB84C490E
To download Internet and messaging settings
added the last step based on v5 for Odin and Yuga
MikeCao
Released
56
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To reset the default Internet settings
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More… [radio_controls_title] > Mobile networks [network_settings_title] > Access Point Names [ph_apn_settings] .
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU.
Tap Reset to default [menu_restore] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C806ACFF-830E-4A1B-8232-CA132C88AE40
To reset to the default Internet settings
only changed the word press to tap for OdinYuga
MikeCao
Released
Access Point Names (APNs)
An APN is used to establish data connections between your device and the Internet.
The APN defines which type of IP address to use, which security methods to invoke,
and which fixed-end connections to use. Checking the APN is useful when you
cannot access the Internet, have no data connection, or cannot send or receive
multimedia messages.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-31CA14E0-F62F-48B1-AC9C-5E907E30A153
Access Point Names (APNs)
Update for Term Change phone to device
PanL
Released
To view the current APN
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More… [radio_controls_title] > Mobile networks
[network_settings_title] .
Tap Access Point Names [apn_settings] .
If you have several available connections, the active network connection is indicated by a
marked button.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D3CA1D1D-9D77-409E-B090-A9F34E50E7C4
To view the current Access Point Name (APN)
From Mesona; only update the heading to use the acronym because a concept topic about APN is added.
Tan Nellie
Released
To add Internet settings manually
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More… [radio_controls_title] > Mobile networks
[network_settings_title] > Access Point Names [apn_settings] .
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU .
Tap New APN [menu_new] .
Tap Name [apn_name] and enter the name of the network profile that you want to
create.
Tap APN [apn_apn] and enter the access point name.
Enter all other information required by your network operator.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU , then tap Save [menu_save] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-32B23CC9-D90A-4769-AC96-E84045CC67B5
To configure Internet settings manually
removed an icon based on v9 for Odin and Yuga
12
MikeCao
Released
57
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Controlling data usage
Indexterm: "settings"
Sub-indexterm: "data usage"
Indexterm: "data traffic"
Keep track of and control the amount of data transferred to and from your device
during a given period. For example, you can set data usage warnings and limits for
your device to avoid additional charges. You can also limit the amount of data used
by individual applications.
Adjusting data usage settings can help you keep greater control over data usage but cannot
guarantee the prevention of additional charges.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C0566A1E-7656-4AA0-83CF-B16974F69C4C
Optimising data usage
Update for Term change from phone to device
PanL
Released
To access data usage settings
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Data usage [account_settings_data_usage] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-4AA02A5A-A8F4-4BD6-B3B2-4065096178D2
To access data usage settings
For Tapioca; For newly added data usage feature
Tan Nellie
Released
To turn data traffic on or off
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Data usage [account_settings_data_usage] .
To turn data traffic on or off, tap the on-off switch beside Mobile data [data_usage_enable_mobile] accordingly.
You can also turn data traffic on or off by marking or unmarking the Mobile data traffic [data_enunder Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More… [radio_controls_title] > Mobile networks [network_settings_title] .
abled] checkbox
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-AF0FB16B-F83D-452C-B097-C0BB9FC06865
To enable mobile data
Nypon JB TRS update from version 2 (note added with a condition for UG
use only)
Aiping
Released
To set a data usage warning
Make sure that you have turned on data traffic.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Data usage [account_settings_data_usage] .
To set the warning level, drag the lines to the desired values. You receive a
warning notification when the amount of data traffic approaches the level you
set.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E984931A-1304-4ADC-93A5-1CA4FAB17CBE
To set a level for data usage warning
For Tapioca; for the newly added data usage feature.
Tan Nellie
Released
58
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To set a data usage limit
Make sure that you have turned on data traffic.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Data usage [account_settings_data_usage] .
Mark the Set mobile data limit [data_usage_disable_mobile_limit] checkbox if it is not
marked, then tap OK [button_ok] .
To set the data usage limit, drag the lines to the desired values.
Once your data usage reaches the set limit, data traffic on your device will be turned off
automatically.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-387685B1-AC66-41E5-91FD-BAB3268E5AAF
To set data usage limit
Update for Term change from phone to device
PanL
Released
To control the data usage of individual applications
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Data usage [account_settings_data_usage] .
Find and tap the desired application.
Mark the Restrict background data [data_usage_app_restrict_background] checkbox.
To access more specific settings for the application, tap View app settings [data_usage_app_settings] and make the desired changes.
Specific settings for an application may not always be accessible.
The performance of individual applications may be affected if you change the related data
usage settings.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-16A3F307-2E86-443A-A431-7F192F049F2D
To change data usage settings by application
removed description about changing the "data usage limit" or "restrict all data traffic" from Taoshan
MikeCao
Released
Mobile network settings
Your device automatically switches between mobile networks depending on what
mobile networks are available in different areas. You can also manually set your
device to use a particular mobile network mode, for example, WCDMA or GSM.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-03604570-8FDB-4743-A698-1DD36415FCED
Network settings
Update for Term change from phone to device
PanL
Released*
To select a network type
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More… [radio_controls_title] > Mobile networks
[network_settings_title] .
Tap Network Mode [preferred_network_mode_title] .
Select a network type.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
GUID-D26F6D09-E741-4272-A36B-876F5D93772A
To select network mode
For Tapioca DSDS; text changed; change the function-related description in
the note
3.1.1
59
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Author
Status
Tan Nellie
Released
To select another network manually
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More… [radio_controls_title] > Mobile networks
[network_settings_title] > Service providers [networks] .
Tap Search mode [clh_settings_search_mode] > Manual [clh_settings_manual_selection] .
Select a network.
If you select a network manually, your device will not search for other networks, even if you
move out of range of the manually selected network.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D7ED045F-09E8-437A-B0FA-7F20B36A7B9E
To select another network manually
Update for Term change from phone to device
10
PanL
Released
To activate automatic network selection
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More… [radio_controls_title] > Mobile networks
[network_settings_title] > Service providers [networks] .
Tap Search mode [clh_settings_search_mode] > Automatic [select_automatically] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-9A348BA0-79C7-43D2-B4D1-CD1673E55076
To activate automatic network selection
From Togari; no text changed; only merge the last two step into one step.
Tan Nellie
Draft
Turning off data traffic
You can disable all data connections over mobile networks to avoid any unwanted
data downloads and synchronisations. Contact your network operator if you need
detailed information about your subscription plan and data traffic charges.
When data traffic is turned off, you can still use Wi-Fi® and Bluetooth™ connections. You can
also send and receive multimedia messages.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-742544F3-883A-46CC-AEB8-A348267E78B6
Turning off data traffic
Update for Term change from phone to device
PanL
Released
To turn off all data traffic
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More… [radio_controls_title] > Mobile networks
[network_settings_title] .
Unmark the Mobile data traffic [data_enabled] checkbox.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CC611F89-1392-4026-8612-ED7FF9CE6536
To turn off all data traffic
Label changed
PengLeon
Released
60
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Data roaming
Some network operators allow mobile data connections via mobile networks when
you are outside of your home network (roaming). Note that data transmission charges
may apply. Contact your network operator for more information.
Applications may sometimes use the Internet connection in your home network without any
notification, for example, when sending search and synchronisation requests. Additional
charges may apply when such Internet connections are established while you are roaming.
Consult your network operator for more information.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-73201F09-74A4-4501-8A3D-A733BDC1C923
Data roaming
Update from Tsubasa Gina LTE network description is rewritten
PanL
Released
To activate data roaming
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More… [radio_controls_title] > Mobile networks
[network_settings_title] .
Mark the Data roaming [roaming] checkbox.
You can’t activate data roaming when data connections have been deactivated.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C60097AE-0FB1-41C4-B18F-1FA5C7A7B8CC
To activate data roaming
Add conditions for FAQ
Vera Qu
Released
61
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Google Play™
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C30DF276-0F47-43A3-98AB-5696A071AD32
Google Play - heading only
JorgenL
Released
Getting started with Google Play™
Open Google Play™ and enter a world of applications and games. You can browse
these applications and games through different categories. You can also rate an
application or game and send feedback on it.
To use Google Play™, you need to have a Google™ account. See To set up a
Google™ account in your phone on page 96.
Google Play™ may not be available in all countries or regions
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-948C2660-2BA8-4007-BE93-4192F4B8B60A
Getting started with Google Play™
Valid for Tapioca Phoenix eDream 6.0 Aoba ROW Nozomi ICS and onwards
Label updated and plain text Android Market changed to Google Play only
No text change and no need review
WangHerman
Released
To open Google Play™
Indexterm: "Android Market™ - See Google Play™"
Indexterm: "Google Play™"
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Play Store [android-market-market] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID-A6466E9C-56BD-433F-BFEC-33CBCD2B6725
To open Google Play
Valid for Tapioca Phoenix eDream 6.0 Aoba ROW 6 Nozomi ICS and onwards Index updated only No need review
WangHerman
Released
Downloading from Google Play™
You can download all kinds of applications from Google Play™, including free
applications.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-49F15983-B569-4F3D-925B-068E32B35056
Downloading from Android™ Market
Valid for Tapioca Phoenix eDream 6.0 Aoba ROW 6.0 STE Nypon Kumquat
Pepper Nozomi ICS and onwards Plain text Android Market changed to Play
Shop only No text change and no need review
WangHerman
Released
Before you download applications
Before you start downloading from Google Play™, make sure that you have a
working Internet connection.
Also, remember that you might incur data traffic charges when you download content
to your phone. Contact your operator for more information.
GUID
Title
GUID-03BC5C4C-F4A2-43E2-841B-112DBE3EE81B
Before you download applications
62
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To download a free application
In Google Play™, find an item you wish to download by browsing categories,
or by using the search function.
Tap the item to view its details, and follow the instructions to complete the
installation.
If the application you want to download requires access to your data or control
of any functions on your phone, an additional screen appears with details.
Read this screen carefully because the functionality of your phone may be
seriously affected if you proceed. Tap OK [ph_ok] if you agree, or Cancel [cancel] if
you wish to cancel the download.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
Version
Author
Status
GUID-7F1229FC-3D9E-4AD7-B551-601E0A4FA6D0
To download a free application
Valid for Tapioca Phoenix eDream 6.0 Aoba ROW Nozomi ICS and onwards
Plain text Android Market changed to Google Play only No text change and
no need review
WangHerman
Released*
To download a paid application
In Google Play™, find an item you wish to download by browsing categories,
or by using the search function.
Tap the item to view its details, and follow the instructions in your phone to
complete your purchase.
If the application you want to download requires access to your data or control
of any functions on your phone, an additional screen appears with details.
Read this screen carefully because the functionality of your phone may be
seriously affected if you proceed. Tap OK [ph_ok] if you agree, or Cancel [cancel] if
you wish to cancel the download.
GUID
Title
Changes
Valid for Tapioca Phoenix eDream 6.0 Aoba ROW Nozomi ICS and onwards
Plain text Android Market changed to Google Play only No text change and
no need review
WangHerman
Released*
GUID-177043C5-8E5C-422D-9FFA-F6589DA0B947
To download a paid application
Valid for Tapioca Phoenix eDream 6.0 Aoba ROW Nozomi ICS and onwards
Plain text Android Market changed to Google Play only No text change and
no need review
WangHerman
Released*
To open a downloaded application
In Google Play™, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap My Apps [android-market-my-apps] .
Tap the downloaded application.
You can also access downloaded applications from the Application screen.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-EBFE0735-60B3-4E17-BE7F-C03345392F0F
To open a downloaded application
Valid for Tapioca Phoenix eDream 6.0 Aoba ROW Nozomi ICS and onwards
Plain text Android Market changed to Google Play only No text change and
no need review
WangHerman
Released
Clearing your application data
You may sometimes need to clear data for an application. This might happen if, for
example, the application memory becomes full, or you want to clear high scores for a
63
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
game. You might also want to erase incoming email, text and multimedia messages
in some applications.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-EAF62666-1ACE-41A8-B75E-0BA17DE3F88D
Clearing your application data
For Shakira and onwards
AnnE
Released
To clear all cache for an application
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] .
Tap Apps [applications_settings] .
Tap the application for which you want to clear all cache.
Tap Clear cache [clear_cache_btn_text] .
It is not possible to clear the cache for some applications.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-223FC104-FDE6-4850-B2BD-9B392F63ABAB
To clear all data for an application
Valid for eDream 4.1 ICS update Urushi Ayame Haida. Step 3 "Applications"
changed to "Apps" and removed "Manage applications"
WangHerman
Released*
Version
Author
Status
To delete an installed application
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] .
Tap Apps [applications_settings] .
Select the application that you want to delete.
Tap Uninstall [uninstall_text] .
ID: ICN-SONY-
It is not possible to delete some preinstalled applications.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-9CD7AFD4-1CA6-4816-9333-D43825F06633
To delete an installed application
Valid for eDream 4.1 ICS update Urushi Ayame Haida. Step 3 "Applications"
changed to "Apps" and removed "Manage applications"
WangHerman
Released*
Version
Author
Status
Permissions
Some applications may need to access data, settings and various functions on your
device in order to work properly. If so, then they need the relevant permissions from
you. For example, a navigation application needs permissions to send and receive
data traffic, and access your location.
Some applications might misuse their permissions by stealing or deleting data, or by
reporting your location. Make sure you only install and give permissions to
applications you trust.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-66ABAE3F-553A-4CC4-8ACA-88C9B976FF77
Permissions
Updated from Togari and valid for all projects onwards Breaked the whole
paragraph into two paragraphs according to concept team's request No text
change NO NEED REVIEW
WangHerman
Draft
64
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To view permissions of an application
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] .
Tap Apps [applications_settings] .
Tap the desired application.
Scroll down to view the relevant details under Permissions [permissions_label] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-5CA82138-A0F8-465B-B505-E2EDD4879535
To view permissions of an application
Valid for eDream 4.1 ICS update Urushi Ayame Haida. Step 3 "Applications"
changed to "Apps" and removed "Manage applications"
WangHerman
Released
Installing applications not from Google Play™
Installing applications of unknown or unreliable origin can damage your phone. By
default, your phone is set to block such installations. However, you can change this
setting and allow installations from unknown sources.
Sony does not warrant or guarantee the performance of any third-party applications or content
transferred via download or other interface to your phone. Similarly, Sony is not responsible for
any damage or reduced performance of your phone attributable to the transfer of third-party
content. Only use content from reliable sources. Contact the content provider if you have any
questions or concerns.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-4658ED14-9236-4B4B-80D8-EFB84089B731
Allowing applications from sources other than Google Play™
Valid for Tapioca Phoenix eDream 6.0 Aoba ROW Nozomi ICS and onwards
Plain text Android Market changed to Google Play only No text change and
no need review
WangHerman
Released*
To allow the installation of applications not from Google Play™
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] .
Mark the Unknown sources [install_applications] checkbox.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-1931F6D3-8F6E-4208-9D9E-C78CA2753904
To allow the installation of applications from sources other than Google
Play™
Valid for Tapioca Phoenix Nozomi ICS and onwards Plain text Android Market changed to Play Store only No text change and no need review
WangHerman
Released*
65
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Calling
Indexterm: "telephony - See calls"
Indexterm: "calls"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-71EA3573-EAE2-4B15-A2CF-DCED46EE7587
Calling - heading only
Valid from Nypon ICS (justed remove the italics form of index terms)
PengLeon
Released
Emergency calls
Indexterm: "calls"
Sub-indexterm: "emergency"
Indexterm: "SOS - See emergency numbers"
Indexterm: "emergency numbers"
Your device supports international emergency numbers, for example, 112 or 911.
You can normally use these numbers to make emergency calls in any country, with or
without the SIM card inserted if you are within range of a network.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-95D14376-6C16-4B4E-9B0D-8F78EFF123E6
Emergency calls
Device term change
PengLeon
Released
To make an emergency call
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and Tap Phone [launcherDialer] .
Enter the emergency number and tap Call [spb_strings_dialer_call_txt] . To delete a
number, tap ID: ICN-SONY-INPUT-DELETE.
You can make emergency calls when no SIM card is inserted or when outgoing calls are
barred.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-1C4DC7B4-8DD8-4046-82B6-4DB57A2FBB93
To make an emergency call
Changed "You can make emergency calls when no SIM card is inserted or all
outgoing calls are barred"
PengLeon
Released
To make an emergency call while the SIM card is locked
Tap Emergency call [clh_emergency_enable_radio_dialog_title_txt] .
Enter the emergency number and tap Call [spb_strings_dialer_call_txt] . To delete a
number, tap ID: ICN-SONY-INPUT-DELETE.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D5A8FEA8-E9B6-4234-8D05-ADDA04F5BC2B
To make an emergency call while the SIM card is locked
Modify lable
MaLijia
Released
Making and receiving calls
You can make a call by manually dialling a phone number, by tapping a number
saved in your contact list, or by tapping the phone number in your call log view. You
can also use the smart dial feature to quickly find numbers from your contact list and
call logs.
66
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
When you make a call, your device's main microphone works together with the
second microphone to suppress noise and background sound.
Do not cover the second microphone while you make a call.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-73E2425E-2DE6-4B9F-BC0A-F9473A8208B4
Call handling - heading
Changed the healing only no extra text changed due to comments from concept team
CynthiaH
Draft
Version
Author
Status
Contacts [contactsList] Ongoing call handling overview
ID: SCR-SONY-13TI-CALL HANDLING1
Answer a call
Decline a call
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-5E4AF474-9E9F-4344-8156-2C7B64C59E0F
Ongoing call handling overview
CynthiaH
Draft
Contacts [contactsList] Incoming call handling overview
ID: SCR-SONY-13TI-CALL HANDLING2
Mute the microphone during a call
Enter numbers during a call
End a call
Turn on the loudspeaker during a call
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D912EDDE-EAC1-4B36-BC45-CC568D8E32AC
Incoming call handling overview
CynthiaH
Draft
67
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To make a call by dialling
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Phone [launcherDialer] .
Enter the number of the recipient and tap Call [spb_strings_dialer_call_txt] . To delete a
number, tap ID: ICN-SONY-INPUT-DELETE.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To make a call using smart dial
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Phone [launcherDialer] .
Use the dialpad to enter letters or numbers that correspond to the contact you
want to call. As you enter each letter or number, a list of possible matches
appears.
Tap the contact you want to call.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
PengLeon
Released
GUID-AFD0943A-BF5A-4F5D-8FF0-0A30C3B98669
To make an international call
for eDream 4.0.1 (The number" 0" is changed after discussion
PengLeon
Released
To reject a second call
When you hear repeated beeps during a call, tap
SLIDER-DISMISS.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-7A25E697-13EE-481C-89D0-229396708D57
To make a call using smart dial
To make an international call
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Phone [launcherDialer] .
Touch and hold 0 until a “+” sign appears.
Enter the country code, area code (without the first 0) and phone number, then
tap Call [spb_strings_dialer_call_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-4FE375CD-48B9-4D81-8DA9-730361EE3AEC
To make a call
For eDream 4.0
PengLeon
Released*
ID: ICN-SONY-CALL-
GUID-20A61740-AB60-4D3D-BBF6-8191B6FEC058
To reject a second call
Comments from TID. From Huashan,changed drag into tap also changed the
icon.
CynthiaH
Released
To change the ear speaker volume during a call
Press the volume key up or down.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E0A64910-7B0A-4319-8169-9E7E9630ED50
To change the ear speaker volume during a call
eSheep Rachael
OskarW
Released
68
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
•
To activate the screen during a call
Briefly press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-POWER-K90.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-9CB25B9D-B1B8-4A2C-B6B7-76163D97AB11
To activate the screen during a call
Changed due to Ed comments just be more accurate
CynthiaH
Released
To mute the ringtone for an incoming call
When you receive the call, press the volume key.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-166E8451-D0EE-4A20-8D11-A7DC0BBA7027
To mute the ringtone for an incoming call
eSheep Rachael
OskarW
Released*
Rejecting calls
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-9CC9879B-B661-4EA1-A066-DA2827D97592
Rejecting calls
Created it out due to comments from concept team
CynthiaH
Draft
Rejecting a call with a message
Indexterm: "calls"
Sub-indexterm: "reject"
You can reject a call with a predefined message. When you reject a call with such a
message, the message is automatically sent to the caller and saved on your device.
Six messages are predefined on your device. You can select from these predefined
messages, which can also be edited if necessary.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
To reject a call with a predefined message
Drag Reject with message [call_reject_call_with_message] upward, then select a message.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-07BBFB8F-49E0-4484-B2DC-E4BCD9CD758F
Rejecting a call with a message
Device term change
PengLeon
Released
GUID-CAB1C7B1-044E-4072-BBAF-709C1E0FD0C3
To reject a call with a message
PengLeon
Released
To reject a second call with a predefined message
When you hear repeated beeps during a call, drag Reject with message [call_reject_call_with_message] upward, then select a message.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C7B2AAC2-90FE-4C43-A847-EDD862442B84
To reject a second call with a message
PengLeon
Released
69
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To edit the message used to reject a call
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Call settings [call_settings_title] > Reject call
with message [call_settings_reject_call_with_message] .
Tap the message you want to edit, then make the necessary changes.
When you're done, tap OK [button_ok] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-BD89ACAE-CE3B-4176-9AB1-961828375848
To edit the message used to reject a call
changed a label id no need ed review
MikeCao
Released
Barring calls
Indexterm: "calls"
Sub-indexterm: "diverting"
Sub-indexterm: "barring"
You can bar all or certain categories of incoming and outgoing calls. When you use
call barring for the first time, you need to enter your PUK (Personal Unblocking Key)
and then a new password to activate the call barring function.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-B96C42F8-041D-4CA5-9C24-FAB3231F9BF6
Barring calls
PengLeon
Released
To bar incoming or outgoing calls
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Call settings [call_settings_title] > Call blocking
[labelCallBarring] .
Select an option.
Enter the password and tap Enable [enable] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-7004AA90-417E-4304-85B9-6EB502561939
To bar incoming or outgoing calls
PengLeon
Released*
Recent calls
Indexterm: "calls"
Sub-indexterm: "log"
Sub-indexterm: "missed"
In the call log, you can view missed ID: ICN-SONY-CALL-LOG-HEADER-MISSEDCALL, received ID: ICN-SONY-CALL-LOG-HEADER-INCOMING-CALL and dialled
ID: ICN-SONY-CALL-LOG-HEADER-OUTGOING-CALL calls.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-40E5841D-C7A4-4B25-AC8D-3531B9D52AFC
Recent calls
Comments from TID changed an icon only for huashan
CynthiaH
Released
To view your missed calls
When you have missed a call, ID: ICN-SONY-CALL-LOG-HEADER-MISSEDCALL appears in the status bar. Drag the status bar downwards.
Tap Missed call [notification_missedCallTitle] .
GUID
Title
GUID-590BA208-6CD8-42C2-9D38-C05755E3917B
To view missed calls
70
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Changes
Version
Author
Status
Changed the varid for an icon only
CynthiaH
Released
To show the call log
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-DIALER > ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU.
Tap Show call log [spb_strings_show_call_log_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-ADDBBB5C-9B83-4C04-98D8-48FE46F95C39
To show the call log
PengLeon
Released
To call a number from your call log
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Phone [launcherDialer] .The call log view appears on the upper part of
the screen.
To call a number directly, tap the number. To edit a number before calling,
touch and hold the number, then tap Edit number before call [recentCalls_editNumberBeforeCall] .
You can also call a number by tapping ID: ICN-SONY-SMARTSEARCH-CALLLOG-DETAILBTN-NORMAL > Call back [callBack] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-06B252C0-D4D0-476C-ABA4-5D809E1F1615
To call a number from the call log
for ICS Wave2 update (Changed the way to call the number)
PengLeon
Released
To add a number from the call log to your contacts
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Phone [launcherDialer] .The call log view appears on the upper part of
the screen.
Touch and hold the number, then tap Add to Contacts [recentCalls_addToContact] .
Tap the desired contact, or tap Create new contact [pickerNewContactHeader] .
Edit the contact details and tap Done [menu_done] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3511CFE2-B8CC-4CF9-93AC-53529E89BC56
To add a number from the call log to your contacts
for ICS Wave 2 update (changed the way to view call log)
PengLeon
Released
Voicemail
Indexterm: "voicemail"
Indexterm: "answering service"
If your subscription includes a voicemail service, callers can leave voice messages for
you when you can't answer calls. Your voicemail service number is normally saved on
your SIM card. If not, you can get the number from your service provider and enter it
manually.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
GUID-C0B45CA8-3035-4A41-AF12-46F45200B8AA
Voicemail
Valid for R800x(CDMA condition added)
PengLeon
71
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Status
Released
To enter your voicemail number
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Call settings [call_settings_title] > Voicemail [general_dialpad_voicemail_txt] >Voicemail settings [voicemail_settings] > Voicemail number [voicemail_settings_number_label] .
Enter your voicemail number.
Tap OK [ok] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C89C34FD-27BE-4E69-A928-F67A90805CC9
To enter your voicemail number
comments from TID added only one step in 2 no text changed
5.1.1
CynthiaH
Released
To call your voicemail service
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Phone [launcherDialer] .
Touch and hold 1.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID-0C8C71F8-F089-4C9F-8CB4-AF024258D381
To call your voicemail service
Remove incorrect usage of tag 
PengLeon
Released
Multiple calls
Indexterm: "calls"
Sub-indexterm: "multiple"
If you have activated call waiting, you can handle multiple calls at the same time.
When it is activated, you will be notified by a beep if you receive another call.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-BFBB9A5A-25E5-4E72-9841-247169DEEB7A
Multiple calls
Changed title from More than one call to Multiple calls - From Robyn
OisinF
Released
To activate or deactivate call waiting
Indexterm: "calls"
Sub-indexterm: "waiting"
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Call settings [call_settings_title] > Additional settings
[additional_gsm_call_settings] .
To activate or deactivate call waiting, tap Call waiting [labelCW] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-1A9F7171-AD1D-443F-B906-7C346F87C151
To activate or deactivate call waiting
eDream 2.0 Robyn/Mimmi & Rachael
UlrikaK
Released*
To answer a second call and put the ongoing call on hold
When you hear repeated beeps during a call, tap ID: ICN-SONY-CALLSLIDER-ANSWER.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-7C422C9D-1720-407E-A0C8-6D8B8EB6B19F
To answer a second call and put the ongoing call on hold
Comments from TID. From Huashan,changed drag into tap also changed the
icon.
72
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Version
Author
Status
CynthiaH
Released
To make a second call
During an ongoing call, tap Dialpad [clh_large_icbp_dialpad_txt] .
Enter the number of the recipient and tap Call [spb_strings_dialer_call_txt] .
The first call is put on hold.
The same procedure applies to subsequent calls.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-0CE0A4D3-CA04-4D27-B17F-8973082C4EF3
To make a second call
label changed
PengLeon
Released
To switch between multiple calls
To switch to another call and put the current call on hold, tap
CALL-SLIDER-ANSWER.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID-1309D844-C17A-4A36-8E37-26A09CD358A2
To switch between multiple calls
comments from TID for Huashan changed an icon only no extra text changed
CynthiaH
Released
Setting up a conference call
Indexterm: "conference calls"
With a conference or multiparty call, you can have a joint conversation with two or
more persons.
For details on the number of participants you can add to a conference call, contact your
network operator.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-ED3A4BD7-2AAD-4A22-9486-AFBF100F1F0F
Setting up a conference call
Created it out only changed the name no extra text changed due to comments from concept team
CynthiaH
Draft
To make a conference call
During an ongoing call, tap Dialpad [clh_large_icbp_dialpad_txt] .
Dial the number of the second participant and tap Call [spb_strings_dialer_call_txt] . After
the second participant answers, the first participant is put on hold.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-CALL-CONFERENCE to add the second participant to
the conference call.
Repeat steps 1 to 3 to add more call participants.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-29B1365F-B898-4DD3-A624-19FFCDE9FC4B
To make a conference call
label changed
PengLeon
Released
73
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To have a private conversation with a conference call participant
During an ongoing conference call, tap {0} participants [clh_large_conference_call_participants] .
Tap the telephone number of the participant with whom you want to talk
privately.
To end the private conversation and return to the conference call, tap ID:
ICN-SONY-CALL-CONFERENCE.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-7FEE24C8-B5B3-4172-8A13-343441E63304
To have a private conversation with a participant
Changed due to Ed comments only.so that things are as clear as possible.
CynthiaH
Released
To release a participant from a conference call
During an ongoing conference call, tap the button showing the number of
participants. For example, tap 3 participants [3_participants] if there are three
participants.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-CALL-ONGOING-HANGUP next to the participant you
want to release.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-317CBA11-E778-4F0B-B2F6-16BE76B17DAE
To release a participant
For eDream 4.0 (End call icon changed)
PengLeon
Released
To end a conference call
During the call, tap ID: ICN-SONY-CALL-ONGOING-HANGUP.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-B7DE81B4-2DAB-4D55-9A3B-EAACC2C86A9F
To end a conference call
From Robyn
OisinF
Released*
Call settings
Indexterm: "calls"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
Indexterm: "settings"
Sub-indexterm: "call"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-25809A0F-E933-4AFD-ACC1-43091E006C84
Call settings - heading
Generic
OskarW
Released
Forwarding calls
Indexterm: "calls"
Sub-indexterm: "diverting"
Sub-indexterm: "forwarding"
You can forward calls, for example, to another phone number, or to an answering
service.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E1430643-8DEE-443C-8FD5-6DF310320AD0
Forwarding calls
eSheep Rachael
OskarW
Released
74
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To forward calls
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Call settings [call_settings_title] > Call
forwarding [labelCF] .
Select an option.
Enter the number you want to forward the calls to, then tap Enable [enable] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-24FD3201-10EA-418F-9B73-240458B3EEC2
To forward calls
label changed
PengLeon
Released*
To turn off call forwarding
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Call settings [call_settings_title] > Call
forwarding [labelCF] .
Select an option, then tap Disable [disable] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-89805283-2629-4D50-B89E-914E3EE2BCEA
To turn off call forwarding
label changed
PengLeon
Released*
Showing or hiding your phone number
You can select to show or hide your phone number on call recipients' devices when
you call them.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-32174486-684C-45E8-9877-5C21C6024A57
Showing or hiding your phone number
From Robyn
OisinF
Released*
To show or hide your phone number
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Call settings [call_settings_title] > Additional
settings [additional_gsm_call_settings] > Caller ID [labelCallerId] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-A0B707E1-2F16-4FCC-8188-E5DEC180AF5C
To show or hide your phone number
Valid for 4.0.1.1 ("Select an option" removed for it is not allowed to modify)
PengLeon
Released*
Restricting outgoing calls
Indexterm: "calls"
Indexterm: "fixed dialling"
If you have received a PIN2 code from your service provider, you can use a list of
Fixed Dialling Numbers (FDN) to restrict outgoing calls.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-F19CDD47-158A-4E2A-B3A7-F9857F389BAB
Restricting outgoing calls
Created it out only named changed no extra text changed due to comments
from concept team
CynthiaH
Draft
75
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To enable or disable fixed dialling
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Call settings [call_settings_title] > Fixed dialing
numbers [fdn] .
Tap Activate fixed dialing [disable_fdn_ok] or Deactivate fixed dialing [enable_fdn_ok] .
Enter your PIN2 and tap OK [ok] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-FCE85A8E-BBDA-4A95-9B47-320B4293A4AB
To enable or disable fixed dialing
label changed
PengLeon
Released*
To access the list of accepted call recipients
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Call settings [call_settings_title] > Fixed dialing
numbers [fdn] > Fixed dialing numbers [fdn] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-9D6DE3C9-13A8-4BEE-B25F-E0B467FF8F29
To access the list of accepted call recipients
label changed
PengLeon
Released*
76
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Contacts
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
[contactsList]
GUID-116B5259-4FA2-46CC-A2EB-6B8073E1EDAD
Contacts - heading only
JorgenL
Released
Getting contacts into your device
Indexterm: "contacts"
Indexterm: "personal information"
Use the Contacts application to store and manage all your numbers, email
addresses, and other contact data in one place.
You can add new contacts in your device and synchronise them with contacts saved
in your Google™ account, Microsoft® Exchange ActiveSync® account, or other
accounts that support synchronisation. The Contacts application automatically
creates new entries and also helps you match data such as email addresses with
existing entries.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3BC3BC83-899E-4120-A755-E0E716E36061
Getting contacts into your device
Updated from Togari based on concept team's request Title changed
WangHerman
Draft
Transferring contacts using a PC
If you are transferring contacts using a PC, use the PC Companion program. It's free,
and the installation files are already saved on your new device. PC Companion also
offers a range of other features, including help to update your device software. You
can use a PC to transfer contacts from several device brands, including iPhone,
Samsung, HTC and Nokia.
You need:
•
•
•
•
•
An Internet-connected PC running Windows®
A USB cable for your old device
A USB cable for your new Android™ device
Your old device
Your new Android™ device
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-591E6477-5FDD-482B-BF11-A419FBCAE182
Transferring contacts using a PC
Updated from Togari and valid for all project onwards Combined "using the
pc companion program to transfer contacts" into this topic
WangHerman
Draft
Version
Author
Status
To transfer contacts to your new device using PC Companion
Make sure that PC Companion is installed on your PC.
Open the PC Companion program on the PC, then click Contacts Setup and
follow the instructions to transfer your contacts.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-27563B9B-6733-47AF-92B4-72F4B3A72B19
To transfer contacts to your new Sony Ericsson Android™ phone
Device Term Change
WangHerman
Released
Transferring contacts using an Apple® Mac® computer
Indexterm: "contacts"
77
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Sub-indexterm: "transferring"
Indexterm: "transferring"
Sub-indexterm: "contacts"
If you are transferring contacts using an Apple® Mac® computer, use the Sony™
Bridge for Mac program. It's free and downloadable from Bridge for Mac. For detailed
instructions on how to use an Apple Mac computer to transfer contacts from your old
device, go to Transfer your contacts.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-FA1412DB-AA24-4B07-9646-FEF4F5BF258E
Transferring contacts using an Apple® Mac® computer
Updated from Togari and valid for all projects onwards Added info about
bridge for mac
WangHerman
Draft
To transfer contacts to your new device using Sony™ Bridge for Mac
Make sure the Sony™ Bridge for Mac application is installed on your Apple®
Mac® computer.
Open the Sony™ Bridge for Mac application on your Apple® Mac® computer.
Double-click the Sony™ Bridge for Mac icon in the Applications folder, then
follow the instructions to transfer your contacts.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-19A42BE7-8125-4DBB-98D0-883E3F8AEE3F
To transfer contacts to your new device using Sony™ Bridge for Mac
Created from Togari and valid for all project onwards
WangHerman
Released
Transferring contacts using synchronisation accounts
Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "transferring"
Indexterm: "transferring"
Sub-indexterm: "contacts"
Your device works with popular online synchronisation accounts such as Google
Sync™, Microsoft® Exchange ActiveSync®or Facebook™. If you have synced the
contacts in your old device or your computer with an online account, you can transfer
your contacts to your new device using that account. For more detailed information
about synchronisation, see Synchronising your corporate email, calendar and
contacts on page 197.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CF308157-311E-475A-8477-81F42609A3C2
Transferring contacts using synchronization accounts
Updated from Odin Yuga HTML UG and valid for all projects onwards Device
term updated only No need review
2.1.1.1.2
WangHerman
Released
To synchronise contacts on your device with a synchronisation account
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL , then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK .
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU , then tap Settings [spb_strings_gen_settings_txt] >
Accounts & sync [spb_strings_settings_accounts_and_sync_main_txt] .
If you have already set up a synchronisation account and you want to sync
with that account, tap the account, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU , and
tap Sync now [sync_menu_sync_now] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-6252CC57-4654-44CA-8F5C-44B27DC1C425
To synchronise your phone contacts with an account
Device Term Change Also removed the first sentence in step3 Valid for Odin
and Yuga onwards
WangHerman
Released
78
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Transferring contacts from a SIM card
Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "transferring"
Indexterm: "transferring"
Sub-indexterm: "contacts"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-0B73987A-CFD6-4F26-805F-BCE6C92BCB9A
Transferring contacts from the SIM card - heading only
Heading only Updated from Mint Hayabsa and valid for all ongoing projects
WangHerman
Released
To import contacts from a SIM card
Indexterm: "SIM card"
Sub-indexterm: "importing contacts from"
Indexterm: "importing SIM contacts"
Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "importing from SIM card"
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL , then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK .
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU , then tap Import contacts [spb_strings_contacts_import_txt] > SIM card [spb_strings_gen_sim_txt] .
If you have set up a synchronisation account, you can choose to add the SIM
card contacts under that account. Or you can choose to only use these
contacts on your device. Select your desired option.
To import an individual contact, find and tap the contact. To import all
contacts, tap Import all [spb_strings_import_all_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-18318225-441A-4DE5-8329-F7ED19BC1B61
To import contacts from the SIM card
Device Term Change
12
WangHerman
Released*
Transferring contacts from a memory card
Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "transferring"
Indexterm: "transferring"
Sub-indexterm: "contacts"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CEF617F7-395C-42BC-A841-1D43A977B424
Transferring contacts from the memory card - heading only
WangHerman
Released
To import contacts from a memory card
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Import contacts [spb_strings_contacts_import_txt] > SD card [spb_strings_gen_sd_card_txt] .
If you have set up a synchronisation account, you can add the imported
memory card contacts under that account. Or you can choose to only use the
imported contacts on your device. Select your desired option.
If you have more than one vCard file on the SD card, a list appears showing
different batches of contacts saved on your device, with the corresponding
dates for when they were created. Select the batch that you want to import.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CAFBA77B-691C-4AF1-9F60-B24534C33AA2
To import contacts from the memory card
Device Term Change
8.1.1
WangHerman
Released
79
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Receiving contacts from other devices
Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "transferring"
Indexterm: "transferring"
Sub-indexterm: "contacts"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-4012D9CB-D077-4966-A56D-B14DF8B3976F
Receiving contacts from other devices - heading only
Heading only Updated from Mint Hayabusa and valid for all ongoing projects
WangHerman
Released
To receive contact data sent using Bluetooth™ technology
Make sure you have the Bluetooth™ function turned on and your phone set to
visible. If not, then you cannot receive data from other devices.
When you are asked to confirm whether you want to receive the file, tap
Accept [incoming_file_confirm_ok] .
Drag down the Notification panel and tap the file you received to import the
contact data.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-23A7741C-808A-4745-84AB-82CEB7F6CD75
To receive contacts from another Bluetooth device
Valid for eDream 3.0 and Zeus Verizon.
RongrongZ
Released*
To receive contacts sent using a messaging service
When you receive a new text message, multimedia message, or email
message, open the message.
The received contact data appears as a vCard attachment. Tap, or touch and
hold the vCard file to open a menu so you can save the contact data.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-4F2EE42C-BEA9-4F05-BA58-D1AACB381FBB
To receive contacts sent using a messaging service
Valid for eDream 2.1 Robyn Mimmi Shakira and Rachael. Moved note to main
concept.
AnnaB
Released
Adding and editing contacts
You can create, edit and synchronise your contacts in a few simple steps. You can
select contacts saved in different accounts and manage how you display them on
your device.
If you synchronise your contacts with more than one account, you can join contacts
on your device to avoid duplicates.
Some synchronisation services, for example, some social networking services, do not allow
you to edit contact details.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D26AD4BF-CF50-4F48-A4E2-CB55941BB492
Adding and editing contacts
Updated from Togari and valid for all projects onwards Title changed only
based on concept team's request No other text change
WangHerman
Draft
80
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To add a contact
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-BTN-ADD-CONTACT.
If you have synchronised your contacts with one or more accounts, select the
account to which you want to add the contact, or tap Local contact [account_phone]
if you want to keep the contact's information only on your device.
Enter or select the desired information for the contact.
When you are finished, tap Done [menu_done] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CE4A9D46-2505-4EAA-818C-FD7B9BDEB825
To add a contact
Valid for Pollux Label updated only No need review
11.1.1
WangHerman
Released
To edit a contact
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK.
Tap the contact you want to edit, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITEVIEWOPTIONMENU-EDIT-CONTACT.
Edit the desired information. When you are finished, tap Done [menu_done] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-04C4AA81-EF48-47E7-8F7A-4EF3A3D03F4A
To edit a contact
Valid for Tusbasa Gina Step2 updated due to SW change
WangHerman
Released
To associate a picture with a contact
Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "picture"
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "associating with a contact"
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK.
Tap the contact you want to edit, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITEVIEWOPTIONMENU-EDIT-CONTACT.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-CONTACT-EDIT-ADD-PHOTO and select the desired
method for adding the contact picture.
When you have added the picture, tap Done [menu_done] .
You can also add a picture to a contact directly from the Album [album_app_name_txt] application.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D8B5006C-48F5-4730-87AE-2730F0693F7E
To add a contact picture
Valid for Tusbasa Gina Step2 updated due to SW change
WangHerman
Released
To delete contacts
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK.
Touch and hold the contact that you want to delete.
To delete all contacts, tap the downwards arrow to open the drop down menu,
then select Mark all [spb_strings_gen_mark_all_txt] .
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-DELETE, then tap OK [spb_strings_gen_ok_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-BF4AB0BA-7D03-4A81-B9B5-1F422A254EB0
To delete contacts
Updated for Pollux Gina Rewrote step3 only No other text change
WangHerman
Released
81
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To edit contact information about yourself
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK.
Tap Myself [spb_strings_contacts_long_press_option_title_myself_txt] , then tap ID: ICN-SONYINFINITEVIEW-OPTIONMENU-EDIT-CONTACT.
Enter the new information or make the changes you want.
When you are done, tap Done [menu_done] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-B75E995D-3011-4ADA-9C38-647947BFA18C
To edit contact information about yourself
Valid for Tusbasa Gina Step2 updated due to SW change
WangHerman
Released
To create a new contact from a message
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APPMESSAGING.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-CONTACT-EDIT-ADD-PHOTO > Save [gui_save_txt] .
Select an existing contact, or tap Create new contact [pickerNewContactHeader] .
Edit the contact information and tap Done [menu_done] .
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-8AD5B8FF-018E-4A1E-A547-577913797FDA
To create a new contact from a message
Updated from Togari and valid for all project onwards Title changed only
based on concept team's request No other text change
14
WangHerman
Draft
Version
Author
Status
Searching and viewing contacts
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-01145D46-615D-4A67-943F-2197103D4F57
Searching and viewing contacts
WangHerman
Draft
Contacts [contactsList] screen overview
ID: SCR-SONY-EDREAM-PHONEBOOK
Shortcut tabs
Tap a contact to view its details
82
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Alphabetical index for browsing contacts
Tap a contact thumbnail to access the quick contact menu
Search for contacts
Create a contact
Open more options
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To search for a contact
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SEARCH and enter the first few letters of the
contact name in the Search contacts [searchHint] field. All contacts beginning with
those letters appear.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-32585317-AD2B-4698-BAC3-DE5353ECF92D
Contacts screen overview
Valid for Mint Hayabusa Added bullet 7 only
WangHerman
Released*
GUID-EB8B497D-7462-4B6E-B63F-A5AC8DE42983
To search for a contact
Valid for Tusbasa Gina Label updated only No text change No need review
WangHerman
Released
To select which contacts to display in the Contacts application
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Filter [spb_strings_contacts_list_filter_txt] .
In the list that appears, mark and unmark the desired options. If you have
synchronised your contacts with a synchronisation account, that account
appears in the list. To further expand the list of options, tap the account.
When you are finished, tap OK [spb_strings_gen_ok_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-7A65E1EE-85E9-4A76-8BFE-9CA005A82543
To select which contacts to display
Valid for eDream 6.0 Aoba Nozomi. Only removed one step no need review
WangHerman
Released
The quick contact menu
Tap a contact's thumbnail to view quick communication options for a particular
contact. Options include calling the contact, sending a text or multimedia message,
and starting a chat using the Google Talk™ application.
For an application to appear as an option in the quick contact menu, you may need to set up
the application in your device and be logged in to the application. For example, you need to
start the Gmail™ [GOOGLE-GMAIL-PLAIN] application and enter your login details before you can use
Gmail™ [GOOGLE-GMAIL-PLAIN] from the quick contact menu.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-A234170B-D4D1-4781-A7D3-C237647047BF
The quick contact menu
Updated from Taoshan and valid for all HTML UG Device term change only
NO NEED REVIEW
7.1.2
WangHerman
Released
Avoiding duplicate entries in the Contacts application
Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "joining contact information"
83
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
If you synchronise your contacts with a new account or import contact information in
other ways, you could end up with duplicate entries in the Contacts application. If this
happens, you can join such duplicates to create a single entry. And if you join entries
by mistake, you can separate them again later.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-FBC8BADE-40C7-48D2-ADF4-8C47C01F47DF
Join contact information
Valid for eDream 4.0.1.1. Ayame Coconut Satsuma.
WangHerman
Released
To link contacts
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK.
Tap the contact you want to link with another contact.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Link contact [spb_strings_edit_link_to_other_txt] .
Tap the contact whose information you want to join with the first contact, then
tap OK [ok] to confirm. The information from the first contact is merged with the
second contact, and the first contact is no longer displayed in the Contacts list.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-01136C21-4A7D-4E9B-93AA-1E74783486F3
To link contacts
Valid for Tusbasa Gina Step2 updated due to SW change
WangHerman
Released
To separate linked contacts
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK.
Tap the linked contact you want to edit, then tap ID: ICN-SONYINFINITEVIEW-OPTIONMENU-EDIT-CONTACT.
Tap Unlink contact [spb_strings_edit_unlink_field_txt] .
Tap OK [ok] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-740EA2F6-AFDC-4B00-93A9-4800C7DB325F
To separate linked contacts
Valid for Tusbasa Gina Step2 updated due to SW change
WangHerman
Released
Favourites and groups
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-731CD283-B219-4557-A6C9-D42EE59AEEFF
Favourites and groups - heading only
WangHerman
Draft
Favourites
Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "favourite"
You can mark contacts as favourites so that you can get quick access to them from
the Contacts application.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-2F920924-BA47-4976-B2B6-66B670B3C210
Favourites
Valid for ICS update. Only removed "tab" no need review
WangHerman
Released
84
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To mark or unmark a contact as a favourite
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK.
Tap the contact you want to add to or remove from your favourites.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITEVIEW-FAVORITE-BTN.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-E489EC2C-B886-4AF4-9A8E-49F9279D3DCE
To mark or unmark a contact as a favourite
Valid for eDream 3.0 Anzu Hallon Zeus and eDream 4.0 Iyokan Mango Smultron. Changing the Contacts label to the Contacts icon.
WangHerman
Released
Version
Author
Status
To view your favourite contacts
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITEVIEW-FAVORITE-BTN.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-C33D067B-1E80-4FA2-83FD-5F70E4CFC561
To view your favourite contacts
Update from Aoba Rita and valid for all ongoing project Remove one label
only in step 2 No other text changes No need review
WangHerman
Released
Version
Author
Status
Groups
Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "groups"
You can assign contacts to groups to get quicker access to them from within the
Contacts application.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-49883222-009C-43A5-86FB-3E645982B0EC
Groups
Valid for ICS wave 1 and 2 Also for Phoenix and Tapioca onwards
WangHerman
Released
To assign a contact to a group
In the Contacts application, tap the contact that you want to assign to a group.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITEVIEW-OPTIONMENU-EDIT-CONTACT, then tap
the bar directly under Assign to group [spb_strings_assign_group] .
Mark the checkboxes for the groups to which you want to add the contact,
then tap Done [done] .
Tap Done [done] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D97D0B85-FDA0-4486-AE31-1273993A1514
To assign a contact to a group
Valid for Tusbasa Gina Step1&2 updated due to SW change
WangHerman
Released
Sending contact information
Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "sending"
Sub-indexterm: "sharing"
Indexterm: "sending"
Sub-indexterm: "contacts"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-0A30E687-263E-4A63-A5F9-7D7583BBF0FE
Sending contact information - heading only
Created from Togari and valid for all projects onwards Title changed only
based on concept team's request
WangHerman
Draft
85
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To send your business card
Indexterm: "sending"
Sub-indexterm: "business cards"
Indexterm: "business cards"
Sub-indexterm: "sending"
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK.
Tap Myself [spb_strings_contacts_long_press_option_title_myself_txt] .
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Send contact [infiniteview_menu_send_contact_txt] > OK [spb_strings_gen_ok_txt] .
Select an available transfer method and follow the on-screen instructions.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-CB7E8C2B-D712-4088-A4AE-42D483C91B78
To send your business card
Valid for eDream 6.0 Nozomi Aoba. Changed "myself" to "my info" in step 2
for Aoba.
WangHerman
Released
Version
Author
Status
To send a contact
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK.
Tap the contact whose details you want to send.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Send contact [infiniteview_menu_send_contact_txt] > OK [spb_strings_gen_ok_txt] .
Select an available transfer method and follow the on-screen instructions.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-B0257474-7B98-40F3-877B-13576B9911C7
To send a contact
Valid for eDream 4.0.1 Urushi. Label updated only.
WangHerman
Released
To send several contacts at once
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Mark several [spb_strings_contacts_list_menu_mark_mode_txt] .
Mark the contacts you want to send, or select all if you want to send all
contacts.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-GALLERY-SHARE, then select an available transfer
method and follow the on-screen instructions.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-28D36493-2518-4620-B2E6-C045B077CF22
To select contacts to send
Valid for Tusbasa Gina Label updated only No need review
WangHerman
Released
Backing up contacts
Indexterm: "contacts"
Sub-indexterm: "backing up"
Sub-indexterm: "copying"
Indexterm: "backing up"
Sub-indexterm: "contacts"
You can use a memory card, a SIM card or an online synchronisation tool such as
Microsoft® Exchange ActiveSync® to back up contacts.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-26F5D5F6-B693-490B-8EBE-3ED78954583B
Backing up contacts
Changed from Tapioca Phoenix and valid for all projects onwards Index term
updated onty No need review
WangHerman
Released
86
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To export all contacts to a memory card
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Back up contacts [spb_strings_contacts_list_menu_export_contacts_txt] > Memory Card [memory-card] .
Tap OK [spb_strings_gen_ok_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-A7D7643A-284D-4901-B031-AE32503C69F7
To export all contacts to the memory card
Valid for Tapioca DS Changed SIM card to Memory card
11
WangHerman
Released
To export contacts to a SIM card
Indexterm: "SIM card"
Sub-indexterm: "exporting contacts to"
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-PHONEBOOK.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Back up contacts [spb_strings_contacts_list_menu_export_contacts_txt] > SIM card [spb_strings_gen_sim_txt] .
Mark the contacts you want to export, or tap Mark all [spb_strings_gen_mark_all_txt] if you
want to export all your contacts.
Tap Back up [spb_strings_gen_export_txt] .
Select Add contacts [spb_strings_gen_add_contacts_txt] if you want to add the contacts to
existing contacts on your SIM card, or select Replace all contacts
[spb_strings_gen_replace_contacts_txt] if you want to replace the existing contacts on your
SIM card.
When you export contacts to a SIM card, not all information may get exported. This is due to
memory limitations on SIM cards.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-A6A460E6-AB1C-4F0D-80C4-675CA7DC8CD9
To export contacts to the SIM card
Valid for eDream 3.0 Anzu Hallon Zeus and eDream 4.0 Iyokan Mango Smultron. Changing the Contacts label to the Contacts icon.
WangHerman
Released
87
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Messaging
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-72D9B8E4-2AF0-4F04-9FCE-FBF5487484F5
Messaging - heading only
Generic
OskarW
Released*
Using text and multimedia messaging
You can send and receive text messages from your device using SMS (Short
Message Service). If your subscription includes MMS (Multimedia Messaging
Service), you can also send and receive messages that contain media files, for
example, pictures and videos. The number of characters you can send in a single text
message varies depending on the operator and the language you use. If you exceed
the character limit, then all your single messages are linked together and sent as one
message. You are charged for each single text message you send. When you view
your messages, they appear as conversations, which means that all messages to and
from a particular person are grouped together.
To send multimedia messages, you need the correct MMS settings on your device. See
Internet and messaging settings.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-74DA81D5-2211-43F7-B8C7-31CADCECBE9C
Using text and multimedia messaging
Device Term Change
MikeCao
Released
To create and send a message
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APPMESSAGING.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-CONV-NEW-MESSAGE.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-BTN-ADD-CONTACT, then select the desired recipients
from the Contacts list. If the recipient is not listed as a contact, enter the
contact's number manually and tap ID: ICN-SONY-BROWSER-ADD.
When you are finished adding recipients, tap Done [spb_strings_select_done_txt] .
Tap Write message [conversations_strings_text_input_hint_txt] and enter your message text.
If you want to add a media file, tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-ATTACHMENT and
select an option.
To send the message, tap Send [gui_send_txt] .
If you exit a message before sending, it gets saved as a draft. The conversation gets tagged
with the word Draft: [conversations_strings_conversationlist_conversation_snippet_draftprefix_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-A6C2B682-0F30-475D-9682-33A737581FE9
To create and send a message
update step 3 to immplement concept team's comment for Mint
16
MikeCao
Released
88
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To read a received message
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APPMESSAGING.
Tap the desired conversation.
If the message is not yet downloaded, tap and hold the message, then tap
Download message [conversations_strings_action_message_download_txt] .
You can also open messages from the status bar when ID: ICN-SONY-SYM-ACTION-SMS
appears there. Just drag down the bar and tap the message.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To reply to a message
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APPMESSAGING.
Tap the conversation containing the message.
Enter your reply and tap Send [gui_send_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-5343B3D0-3140-41FE-BF7A-424395B15F40
To read a received message
Valid from eDream 6.0. Changed the label to icon. Changed the wording of
the tip.
RongrongZ
Released
GUID-B3F3CD74-24A7-4F3C-A344-9A3DA916D207
To reply to a message
Valid from eDream 6.0. Only replaced a label with an icon.
RongrongZ
Released
To forward a message
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APPMESSAGING.
Tap the conversation containing the message you want to forward.
Touch and hold the message you want to forward, then tap Forward message
[conversations_strings_action_message_forward_txt] .
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-BTN-ADD-CONTACT, then select a recipient from the
Contacts list. If the recipient is not listed as a contact, enter the contact's
number manually and tap ID: ICN-SONY-BROWSER-ADD.
When you are finished adding recipients, tap Done [spb_strings_select_done_txt] .
Edit the message, if necessary, and tap Send [gui_send_txt] .
In step 4, you can also tap To [message_compose_to_hint] and enter the recipient's phone number
manually.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-05F0456B-06EA-4A96-B35E-B114ADFDD14C
To forward a message
valid for Nozomi 2 updated step 4
MikeCao
Released
To delete a message
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APPMESSAGING.
Tap the conversation containing the message you want to delete.
Touch and hold the message you want to delete, then tap Delete message [conversations_strings_action_message_delete_txt] > Delete [gui_delete_txt] .
GUID
Title
GUID-18644181-BE89-4B64-A303-91754CC902E4
To delete a message
89
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To delete conversations
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL , then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APPMESSAGING .
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU , then tap Delete conversations [conversations_strings_conversationlist_menu_deleteconversations_txt] .
Mark the checkboxes for the conversations that you want to delete, then tap
ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-DELETE > Delete [gui_delete_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-FE0F8257-CF1E-4EFA-90FA-2362196AE2C4
To call a message sender
Valid from eDream 6.0. One step added.
RongrongZ
Released
To save a file contained in a message you receive
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APPMESSAGING.
Tap the conversation you want to open.
If the message has not been downloaded yet, tap and hold the message, then
tap Download message [conversations_strings_action_message_download_txt] .
Touch and hold the file you want to save, then select the desired option.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C3195918-C699-4A90-BEEE-730CA2F20750
To delete conversations
update step3 based on v9 for Tubasa Gina
11
MikeCao
Released*
To call a message sender
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APPMESSAGING.
Tap a conversation.
Tap the recipient name or number at the top of the screen, then select the
recipient name or number from the list that appears.
If the recipient is saved in your contacts, tap the phone number that you want
to call. If you have not saved the recipient in your contacts, tap ID: ICNSONY-BTN-DETAIL-CALL.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
only changed a label for Mint/Hayabusa
MikeCao
Released*
GUID-5F89D8FF-F03C-4F3C-9A7A-48170CF67FA1
To save a file contained in a message you receive
Valid from eDream 6.0. Only replaced one label with an icon.
RongrongZ
Released
To star a message
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APPMESSAGING.
Tap the conversation you want to open.
In the message you want to star, tap ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITEVIEWFAVORITE-BTN.
To unstar a message, tap ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITEVIEW-FAVORITE-BTNSELECTED.
GUID
Title
GUID-4FC74355-8CC4-455B-ABFA-23DBA7F58E36
To star a message
90
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To view starred messages
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APPMESSAGING.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Starred messages [conversations_strings_conversationlist_menu_starredmessage_txt] .
All starred messages appear in a list.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
Valid from eDream 6.0.
RongrongZ
Released
GUID-950B1757-1EF2-4C8B-B38F-824EFFB7087D
To view starred messages
Valid from eDream 6.0.
RongrongZ
Released*
To search for messages
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APPMESSAGING.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Search [conversations_strings_conversationlist_menu_search_txt] .
Enter your search keywords, then tap the confirm key.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E70395B9-7B95-4170-B892-B843B89205C7
To search for messages
delete a step
MikeCao
Released*
Text and multimedia message options
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-DE7D5E9D-9544-491A-9E63-86DFAA4136D1
Text and multimedia message options - Heading
eDream 2.1 Robyn/Mimmi/Shakira & Rachael. Valid for eDream 3.0.
(Changed topic name to be in line with heading.)
UlrikaK
Released
To change your message notification settings
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APPMESSAGING.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Settings [conversations_strings_conversationlist_menu_settings_txt] .
To set a notification sound, tap Notification tone [conversations_strings_settings_notification_ringtone_txt] and select an option.
For other notification settings, check or uncheck the relevant checkboxes.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-F5A156A0-322D-4AD0-AF78-BA71783F50AE
To change your message notification settings
Valid from eDream 6.0. Only replaced one label with an icon.
RongrongZ
Released*
91
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To change the delivery report settings for outgoing messages
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APPMESSAGING.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Settings [conversations_strings_conversationlist_menu_settings_txt] .
Tap Delivery report [conversations_strings_settings_delivery_report_txt] to activate or deactivate
delivery reports.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-2EAC8C35-A3F3-49C0-9A88-B52E29082E5F
To change the delivery report settings for outgoing messages
delete a note for Lotus
MikeCao
Released*
To view messages saved on the SIM card
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APPMESSAGING.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Settings [conversations_strings_conversationlist_menu_settings_txt] > SIM messages [conversations_strings_settings_sim_messages_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C5D5AE02-B914-4668-97D7-478A77D77AB2
To view messages saved on the SIM card
Valid from eDream 6.0. Only replaced a label with an icon.
RongrongZ
Released*
Google Talk™
Indexterm: "chat"
Indexterm: "instant messaging"
Indexterm: "Google Talk™"
You can use the Google Talk™ instant messaging application on your device to chat
with friends who also use this application.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To start Google Talk™
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Talk [GOOGLE-TALK-CLIENT] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-1E9CFE8C-50B8-49B1-94FC-29AD426BC9E6
Google Talk
Device Term Change.
Xiaxin Li
Released*
ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID-39156C72-B0A6-4488-9F61-198A160ED9F1
To start Google Talk
Valid for eDream 3.0
RongrongZ
Released*
To reply to an instant message with Google Talk™
When someone contacts you on Google Talk™, ID: ICN-SONY-NOTIFYCHAT appears in the status bar.
Drag the status bar downwards, then tap the message and begin to chat.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
GUID-52935D59-02B4-4CD1-8B46-9EB6ACF6D202
To reply to an instant message with Google Talk
Add condition only for FAQ. Change Talk to Google Talk™ for editor's comments.
Vera Qu
92
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Status
Released
93
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Email
Indexterm: "email"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-F40849F4-44EB-4AFE-BFB7-387364E8AE14
Email - heading only
JorgenL
Released
Getting started with Email
Indexterm: "email"
Use the Email application in your phone to send and receive emails through your
regular email account or through your corporate account. Or you can do both. Your
phone can handle several email accounts at the same time. You can set up these
accounts to run through one combined inbox, or through separate inboxes. Note that
emails you receive to your Gmail™ [GOOGLE-GMAIL-PLAIN] account can be accessed in the
phone from both the Email and the Gmail™ [GOOGLE-GMAIL-PLAIN] applications.
Your corporate Microsoft® Outlook® email messages have to be stored on a
Microsoft® Exchange server for the functionality described above to work. See Synchronising
your corporate email, calendar and contacts on page 197 for more information.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-08D874D0-85C7-406B-95B1-EEB0903FCB6F
Getting started with Email
JorgenL
Released*
Using email accounts
Indexterm: "email"
Sub-indexterm: "more than one account"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-83C8D331-63FE-4FD8-8DD8-BA39AEF13F88
Using email accounts - heading
eDream 2.1 Robyn/Mimmi/Shakira & Rachael
UlrikaK
Released
To set up an email account in your phone
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL.
Enter your email address and password, then tap Next [next_action] .
If the settings for the email account cannot be downloaded automatically,
complete the setup manually. If necessary, contact your email service provider
for detailed settings. For corporate email setup on your phone, select
Exchange Active Sync [account_setup_account_type_exchange_action] as the account type.
When you are prompted, enter a name for your email account, so that it is
easily identifiable. The same name shows in the emails you send from this
account. When you are finished, tap Next [next_action] .
You can set up more than one email account.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-6D8E1793-757A-4533-9EEE-EB05ED33EEFA
To set up an email account on your device
For Tsubasas html User guide. Removed lnik.
12.1.1
JorgenL
Released
94
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To set an email account as your default account
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Settings [settings_action] .
Tap the account you want to use as the default account for composing and
sending emails.
Mark the Default account [account_settings_default_label] checkbox. The inbox of the
default account appears every time you open the Email application.
If you only have one email account, this account is automatically the default account.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-B96CB0AB-5A56-4EC7-84C7-E0760681D683
To set an email account as your default account
For eD4.1 ICS update.
RongrongZ
Released*
To add an extra email account in your phone
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Settings [settings_action] .
Tap Add account [add_account_action] .
Enter the email address and password, then tap Next [next_action] .
If the settings for the email account cannot be downloaded automatically,
complete the setup manually. If necessary, contact your email service provider
for detailed settings.
When prompted, enter a name for your email account so that it is easily
identifiable. The same name shows in the emails that you send from this
account.
When you are finished, tap Next [next_action] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-74CB7D9A-D8E7-415A-B56A-6FF254D6705A
To add an extra email account on your device
For eD4.1 ICS update.
10
RongrongZ
Released*
To remove an email account from your phone
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Settings [settings_action] .
Tap the account you want to remove.
Find and tap Remove account [account_settings_delete_account_label] > OK [okay_action] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-869BE5E7-A9F0-491E-B98C-0C9F2A2E36D3
To remove an email account from your device
For eD4.1 ICS update.
RongrongZ
Released*
Gmail™ [GOOGLE-GMAIL] and other Google™ services
Indexterm: "Gmail™"
If you have a Google™ account, you can use the Gmail™ [GOOGLE-GMAIL-PLAIN] application
in your phone to read, write and organise email messages. After you set up your
Google™ account to work in the phone, you can also chat to friends using the
95
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Google Talk™ application, synchronise your phone calendar application with your
Google Calendar™, and download applications and games from Google Play™.
The services and features described in this chapter may not be supported in all countries or
regions, or by all networks and/or service providers in all areas.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-7F044258-0B66-4E0E-95C6-A0946A3F377C
Google Mail/Gmail and other Google services
Change from Phoenix Android Market changed
10
CynthiaH
Released*
To set up a Google™ account in your phone
Indexterm: "Google™ account setup"
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Accounts & sync [sync_settings] > Add
account [add_account_label] > Google [SYNC-ACCOUNTS-GOOGLE-TM] .
Follow the registration wizard to create a Google™ account, or sign in if you
already have an account. Your phone is now ready to use with Gmail™ [GOOGLEGMAIL-PLAIN] , Google Talk™ and Google Calendar™.
You can also sign in or create a Google™ account from the setup guide the first time you start
your phone. Or you can go online and create an account at www.google.com/accounts.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-BF97C658-8B71-43CE-B8CF-47DD6D0FC9A6
To set up a Google™ account on your device
Only replaced "Gmail" with a new label.
RongrongZ
Released*
To open the Gmail™ [GOOGLE-GMAIL] application
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Gmail [GOOGLE-GMAIL-NO-TM] .
GUID
Title
Changes
ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID-3E791330-5603-4425-BBC9-4EDDF20DE362
To open Gmail/Google Mail
label with varid GOOGLE-MAIL is replaced with label with varid GOOGLEGMAIL-NO-TM
Xiaxin Li
Released*
Version
Author
Status
Using email
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-9B3A7116-6682-4D17-97B1-952D5D094A4B
Using email - heading only
Generic
OskarW
Released
96
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To create and send an email message
Make sure that you have set up an email account.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap Email [em_app_name] .
If you are using several email accounts, tap ID: ICN-SONY-EMAIL-SELECTACCOUNT at the top of the screen and select the account that you want to
use.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-CONV-NEW-MESSAGE, then tap To [message_compose_to_hint]
and start typing the recipient's name or email address, or tap ID: ICN-SONYBTN-ADD-CONTACT and select one or more recipients from your Contacts
list.
Enter the email subject and message text, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENUSEND-HOLO-LIGHT.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-F0395077-1D6B-4C89-99DB-78251B848973
To create and send an email message
As per the request from Henrik. Changed from verion 12 into a shorter version resembling version 14.
15
Xiaxin Li
Released
To receive email messages
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. The inbox of your default email
account appears.
If you want to check another email account that you have set up on your
phone, tap the bar containing ID: ICN-SONY-SPINNER-AB-DEFAULTHOLO-LIGHT, then select the account you want to check. If you want to check
all your email accounts at once, tap the bar containing ID: ICN-SONYSPINNER-AB-DEFAULT-HOLO-LIGHT, then tap Combined view [mailbox_list_account_selector_combined_view] .
To download new messages, tap ID: ICN-SONY-IC-MENU-REFRESHHOLO-LIGHT.
If you have set up a corporate email account, you can set the check frequency to Automatic
(Push) [account_setup_options_mail_check_frequency_push] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-02C2D920-6923-4830-96DE-028806F248A8
To receive email messages
For eD4.1 ICS update.
RongrongZ
Released*
To read your email messages
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. The inbox of your default email
account appears. If you want to check another email account that you have set
up on your phone, tap the bar containing ID: ICN-SONY-SPINNER-ABDEFAULT-HOLO-LIGHT, and select the account you want to check.
In the email inbox, scroll up or down and tap the email you want to read.
In the body text field, spread two fingers apart, or pinch them together, to
zoom in or out.
Use the forward and backward arrows to read your next or previous message.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-FD9F4939-113D-4787-883B-F276208977B9
To read your email messages
For eD4.1 ICS update.
RongrongZ
Released*
97
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To view an email message attachment
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. The inbox of your default email
account appears. If you want to check another email account that you have set
up on your phone, tap the bar containing ID: ICN-SONY-SPINNER-ABDEFAULT-HOLO-LIGHT, then select the account you want to check.
Find and tap the desired message in your email inbox. Emails with attachments
are identified by ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-ATTACHMENT.
Tap the attachment tab in the email body. All attachments appear in a list.
Tap Load [message_view_attachment_load_action] below an attachment item.
When the attachment is downloaded, tap View [message_view_attachment_view_action] or
Save [message_view_attachment_save_action] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To save a sender's email address to your contacts
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. The inbox of your default email
account appears. If you want to check another email account that you have set
up on your phone, tap the bar containing ID: ICN-SONY-SPINNER-ABDEFAULT-HOLO-LIGHT, then select the account you want to check.
Find and tap the desired message in your email inbox.
Tap the name of the sender.
Tap OK [ok] when you are prompted to add the name to your contacts.
Select an existing contact, or tap Create new contact [pickerNewContactHeader] if you
want to create a new contact.
Edit the contact information and tap Done [menu_done] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-6F871E93-8365-4B52-A027-F547C8999D86
To view an email message attachment
For eD4.1 ICS update.
RongrongZ
Released*
GUID-2E75631A-CAE2-4121-AF6C-6EE69F5AF6B0
To save a sender's email address to your contacts
For eD4.1 ICS update.
RongrongZ
Released*
To reply to an email message
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. The inbox of your default email
account appears. If you want to check another email account that you have set
up on your phone, tap the bar containing ID: ICN-SONY-SPINNER-ABDEFAULT-HOLO-LIGHT, then select the account you want to check.
Find and tap the message you want to reply to, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-ICREPLY.
To reply to all, tap ID: ICN-SONY-MORE-ACTIONS-EMAIL, then tap Reply
all [reply_all_action] .
Enter your reply, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SEND-HOLO-LIGHT.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-004FD0FF-8AF0-4E74-855D-533F78929BB1
To reply to an email message
For eD4.1 ICS update.
RongrongZ
Released*
98
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To forward an email message
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. The inbox of your default email
account appears. If you want to check another email account that you have set
up on your phone, tap the bar containing ID: ICN-SONY-SPINNER-ABDEFAULT-HOLO-LIGHT, then select the account you want to check.
Find and tap the message you want to forward.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MORE-ACTIONS-EMAIL, then tap Forward [forward_action] .
Tap To [message_compose_to_hint] and enter the recipient's address.
Enter your message text, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SEND-HOLOLIGHT.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To delete an email message
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. The inbox of your default email account
appears. If you want to check another email account that you have set up on
your phone, tap the bar containing ID: ICN-SONY-SPINNER-AB-DEFAULTHOLO-LIGHT, then select the account you want to check.
In your email inbox, mark the checkbox for the email you want to delete, then
tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-DELETE.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-887997C5-464E-4EC1-8783-06B4402A4008
To forward an email message
For eD4.1 ICS update.
RongrongZ
Released*
GUID-730E5EA9-179D-443E-9A68-6608AA6E4712
To delete an email message
For eD4.1 ICS update.
RongrongZ
Released*
To mark a read email as unread
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. The inbox of your default email
account appears. If you want to check another email account that you have set
up on your phone, tap the bar containing ID: ICN-SONY-SPINNER-ABDEFAULT-HOLO-LIGHT, then select the account you want to check.
Mark the checkbox for the desired email, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-SUPPORTMAIL-SE.
To mark an unread email as read, mark its checkbox, then tap
MARK-READ-HOLO-LIGHT.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-IC-MENU-
GUID-401CA411-0A1F-4A0E-9B2B-453A37EF0DDA
To mark a read email as unread
From eD4.1 ICS update.
RongrongZ
Released
99
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To star an email
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL. The inbox of your default email
account appears. If you want to check another email account that you have set
up on your phone, tap the bar containing ID: ICN-SONY-SPINNER-ABDEFAULT-HOLO-LIGHT, then select the account you want to check.
Mark the checkbox for the email that you want to star, then tap ID: ICNSONY-INFINITEVIEW-FAVORITE-BTN.
To unstar an email, mark it, then tap
SELECTED.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-70E72EE5-C600-4C03-8DEC-E8144982DB37
To view all starred emails
For eD4.1 ICS update.
RongrongZ
Released
To manage your email in batches
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL.
The inbox of your default email account appears. If you want to check another
email account that you have set up on your phone, tap the bar containing ID:
ICN-SONY-SPINNER-AB-DEFAULT-HOLO-LIGHT, then select the account you
want to check.
Mark the checkboxes for the emails you want to select.
When you are finished, tap one of the icons in the tool bar to, for example,
move the selected emails to another folder.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-7B44517D-C6F1-4D09-AB34-6F9B97705CCE
To star an email
For eD4.1 ICS update.
RongrongZ
Released
To view all starred emails
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-IC-LIST-FOLDER, then tap Starred [account_folder_list_summary_starred] . Starred emails from all your accounts appear in a list.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITEVIEW-FAVORITE-BTN-
GUID-5AC2F609-65C5-4B19-A063-ED590A5935FF
To manage your email in batches
For eD4.1 ICS update.
RongrongZ
Released*
To view all folders for one email account
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL.
The inbox of your default email account appears. If you want to check another
email account that you have set up on your phone, tap the bar containing ID:
ICN-SONY-SPINNER-AB-DEFAULT-HOLO-LIGHT, then select the account you
want to check.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-IC-LIST-FOLDER to view all the folders in the account.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-2C45BDBB-3267-4D66-826E-073CEBD6F135
To view all folders for one email account
For eD4.1 ICS update.
RongrongZ
Released*
100
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To change the inbox check frequency
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-EMAIL.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Settings [settings_action] .
If you are using several email accounts, tap the account you want to adjust.
Tap Inbox check frequency [account_settings_mail_check_frequency_label] and select an option.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-B32A113B-DDD8-467D-AA6A-FB03C67FDF7B
To change the email check frequency
For eD4.1 ICS update.
RongrongZ
Released*
101
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
"WALKMAN" application
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-623A32D5-8827-4BC1-BB12-BED06D37C97B
Music player - heading only
JorgenL
Released
About Music
Indexterm: "music"
Get the most out of your Walkman™ player. Listen to and organise music, audio
books and podcasts that you have transferred to your memory card from a computer,
or purchased and downloaded from online stores.
To make content easily available to the music player, you can use the Media Go™
application. Media Go™ helps transfer music content between a computer and a
phone. For more information, see Connecting your device to a computer
on page 186.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-A8C39D26-E150-4F69-BAA7-51F47E3DF81E
About Music
For Nanhu DS html User guide.
JorgenL
Released
"WALKMAN" application overview
Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application"
Sub-indexterm: "overview"
ID: SCR-11NI-AA-MUSIC-PLAYER-OVERVIEW
Browse your music
Search all tracks saved on your device
Tap the infinite button to find related information online and plug-ins on Google Play™
Album art (if available)
Go to the next track in the current play queue, or fast forward
Total time length of the track
Elapsed time of current track
Progress indicator – drag the indicator or tap along the line to fast forward or rewind
Play/Pause button
102
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
10
Go to the previous track in the current play queue, or rewind
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-F3DF136D-A738-4BA8-817C-D323DE096CD4
Music player overview
Created it out only for leaving more space. no extra text changed
15
CynthiaH
Released
Transferring media files to your device
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "transferring
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "transferring
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "transferring
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "transferring
to your device"
to/from a computer"
to/from a computer"
to/from a computer"
Before using the "WALKMAN" application, it's a good idea to transfer all your
favourite media content from a computer to your device and then play or view this
content on your device. Media content can include music, photos and videos. The
easiest way to transfer files is with a USB cable. After you connect your device and
the computer using the USB cable, you can use the file manager application on the
computer or the Media Go™ application to transfer the files.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-B3D6A559-577A-49F9-A2DD-413B05741F63
Copying media files to your memory card
Created it only for Xperia Care removed the cross reference
10.1.1
CynthiaH
Released
Using the "WALKMAN" application
Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application"
Sub-indexterm: "using"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CED067CC-9C0E-4FFE-92A0-D1A9A7D11999
Using the music player - heading
Changed due to index only added two index
CynthiaH
Released
To play audio content
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "playing"
Indexterm: "playing"
Sub-indexterm: "music"
Indexterm: "audio"
Sub-indexterm: "playing"
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-MUSICPLAYER.
In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , select a music category and browse to the track
that you want to open.
Tap a track to play it.
You might not be able to play copyright-protected items. Please verify that you have
necessary rights in material that you intend to share.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-00E786D8-33B6-4A64-91FD-800EEC4D7017
To play audio content
Changed for Tablet due to the access changed also added a tip
12
CynthiaH
Released
To change tracks
Indexterm: "music"
103
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Sub-indexterm: "changing tracks"
•
•
When a track is playing, tap ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-NEXT-NORMAL
or ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PREVIOUS-NORMAL.
When a track is playing, swipe the album art left or right.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-7A4E3960-E486-40B9-A360-A3C3CA0E7006
To change tracks
No content changed only fixed an index this change will start from Hikari
comments from Ed
CynthiaH
Released
Version
Author
Status
To pause a track
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "pausing a track"
Indexterm: "pausing a track"
•
Tap
ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PAUSE-NORMAL.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-AC80B728-6644-4705-A066-F133C752F665
To pause a track
Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application
CynthiaH
Released
To fast forward and rewind music
Touch and hold ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-NEXT-NORMAL or
SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PREVIOUS-NORMAL.
ID: ICN-
You can also drag the progress indicator marker right or left.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-8D2FC9AE-1F1E-4426-AF2A-041D10DEE2F1
To fast forward and rewind tracks
Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application
CynthiaH
Released
To adjust the audio volume
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "adjusting volume"
Indexterm: "adjusting volume"
Indexterm: "audio"
Sub-indexterm: "adjusting volume"
•
Press the volume key.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-4403F052-3019-49AC-9359-660176677C22
To adjust the volume of a track
Changed only for Tablet using "WALKMAN" application. Due to the comments from sony removed the first half sentence
CynthiaH
Released
To improve the sound quality using the equaliser
Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application"
Sub-indexterm: "using the equaliser"
Indexterm: "equaliser"
Indexterm: "equaliser"
Indexterm: "using the equaliser"
When the "WALKMAN" application is open, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU.
Tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Sound enhancements [menu_equalizer_ics] .
To adjust the sound manually, drag the frequency band buttons up or down.
ID: ICN-SONY-MUSIC-EQUALIZERTo adjust the sound automatically, tap
SELECT and select a style.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-EDE19486-44A8-4A55-81A9-99F891AC94ED
To improve the sound with the equalizer
Created it out due to functional review for odin and yuga. added a step
10
CynthiaH
Released
104
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To turn on the surround sound feature
Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application"
Sub-indexterm: "using the equaliser"
Indexterm: "surround sound feature"
Indexterm: "equaliser"
When the "WALKMAN" application is open, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU.
Tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Sound enhancements [menu_equalizer_ics] > Surround
sound (VPT) [sound_enhance_strings_setting_virtual_surround_txt] .
Select a setting, then tap OK [okay_action] to confirm.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-904DB65B-22FA-4C19-992C-A703E77DF344
To surround sound
Created it due to OMV test for Pollux. only changed one step.removed a label no text changed
CynthiaH
Released*
Version
Author
Status
•
To view the current play queue
While a track is playing in the "WALKMAN" application, tap
MUSIC-PLAY-QUEUE.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID-8E79652E-4E0C-4EB4-8C95-0DAA260BD4AE
To view the current play queue
Created it due to comments from OMV removed a label used an icon instead
CynthiaH
Released
To minimise the "WALKMAN" application
Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application"
Sub-indexterm: "minimising"
•
When the "WALKMAN" application is playing, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-ANDBACK to go to the previous screen, or tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-HOME
to go to the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] . The "WALKMAN"
application stays playing in the background.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-B8E944E8-3D03-4080-BBAD-83FC95105859
To minimise the music player
Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application
CynthiaH
Released
To open the "WALKMAN" application when it is playing in the background
While a track is playing in the background, tap the ID: ICN-SONY-KEYOPEN-RECENT-APPS to open the Notification panel.
Tap the track title to open the "WALKMAN" application.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-4A52061B-5BEA-4F74-84A3-60DD425EBBAE
To return to the music player when used in the background
Created it due to OMV test remove step 1 no status bar here
10
CynthiaH
Released*
To delete a track
Indexterm: "deleting"
Sub-indexterm: "tracks"
Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application"
Sub-indexterm: "deleting tracks"
Indexterm: "deleting"
In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , browse to the track that you want to delete.
Touch and hold the track title, then tap Delete [gui_delete_txt] .
You can also delete albums this way.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
GUID-22F57582-7488-484D-B95E-28258A48B894
To delete a track
Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application
CynthiaH
105
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Status
Released
To send a track
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "sending"
Indexterm: "sending"
Sub-indexterm: "music"
In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , when browsing your tracks , touch and hold a
track title.
Tap Send [gui_send_txt] .
Select an application from the list, and follow the on-screen instructions.
You can also send albums and playlists in the same way.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-EDC6EF4F-65A2-4936-BD17-63E11FF9215E
To share a track
Changed only forTablet using "WALKMAN" application also due to the comments from sony. Changed"share"into "send"and also changed the text in
step 3 to avoid the expresion which looks like Sony's recommending piracy.
CynthiaH
Released
To "Like" a track on Facebook™
Indexterm: "recommending music"
Indexterm: ""Like" a track on Facebook™"
Indexterm: "Facebook™"
Sub-indexterm: ""Like" a track on Facebook™"
While the track is playing in the "WALKMAN" application, tap the album art.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-ACTIONLAYER-LIKE-OFF to show that you "Like" the
track on Facebook™. If desired, add a comment in the comments field.
Tap Share [music_like_share_button] to send the track to Facebook™. If the track is
received successfully, you will get a confirmation message from Facebook™.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-20AC8CF4-0C6B-4930-AB1B-BFBAD84F84A9
To recommend a track on Facebook™
Changed due to Ed comments just removed a label
10
CynthiaH
Released
Getting more information about a track or artist
Indexterm: "infinite button"
Indexterm: "audio content"
Sub-indexterm: "related content"
In the "WALKMAN" application, you can get more information about the artist that
you are listening to by tapping the infinite button
ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITEBUTTON.
The infinite button
ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITE-BUTTON also gives you access to
related content such as:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Music videos on YouTube™
Artist info on Wikipedia
Lyrics on Google
Karaoke videos on YouTube™
Extension searches on the web
Content from the PlayNow™ service
The accuracy of search results may vary.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-60343300-62FE-497C-AC6D-38BF1A5FAC89
Searching for related content with the infinite button
Changed due to Ed comments
CynthiaH
Released
106
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To get more information about an artist or track
Indexterm: "infinite button"
•
When a track is playing in the "WALKMAN" application, tap
INFINITE-BUTTON.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID-D82BD4D9-626C-4BED-9AEC-21FD1769A11B
To search for related content using the infinite button
Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application
CynthiaH
Released
Using My music to organise your tracks
Tap the My music tab in the "WALKMAN" application to get an overview of all the
tracks that are available from your device. In My music, you can manage your albums
and playlists, create shortcuts, and arrange your music by mood and tempo.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D9CE57C5-B9B0-451E-A430-1C9B527FF2DA
Using My music to organise your tracks
Device Term Change
CynthiaH
Released
Overview of My music
Indexterm: "My music"
Indexterm: "overview"
ID: SCR-11NI-AA-MUSIC-PORTAL
Go back to the current track
Picture of the currently playing artist (if available)
Browse your music by artist
Categorise your music using SensMe™ channels
Manage and edit your music using Music Unlimited™
Browse your favourite playlists
Collect links to music and related content that you and friends have shared using online services
Browse all playlists
Browse audio by track
10
Browse by album
GUID
Title
GUID-1EBBF6F9-6E7A-4EC7-8666-E5AA022452CF
Overview of My music
107
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Changes
Version
Author
Status
Created it out only for leaving more space. no extra text changed
CynthiaH
Released
To add a shortcut to a track
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "shortcuts"
In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-MUSIC-SEARCH-ALBUM,
ID: ICN-SONY-MUSIC-LIBRARY-PLAYLISTS, ID: ICN-SONY-MUSICLIBRARY-TRACKS-BG or ID: ICN-SONY-MUSIC-SEARCH-ARTIST, then
browse to the track for which you want to create a shortcut.
Touch and hold the track title.
Tap Add as shortcut [music_library_add_portal_shortcut_txt] . The shortcut now appears in the
My music main view.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-5681CA4D-407C-4B04-A817-64096B1B2216
To add a music track as a shortcut
Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application also changed the access due to dual diaplay
CynthiaH
Released
Version
Author
Status
•
To rearrange shortcuts
In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , touch and hold a shortcut until it magnifies and
your device vibrates, then drag the item to a new location.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-6EC5B302-1B42-4486-8972-7FA79B29BE46
To rearrange shortcuts
Device Term Change
CynthiaH
Released
To delete a shortcut
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "shortcuts"
•
In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , touch and hold a shortcut until it magnifies and
your device vibrates, then drag the item to ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-DELETE.
You can only delete shortcuts that you create yourself.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C2DD45A8-3E12-4254-B1F0-CA022001D51E
To delete a shortcut
Created it out due to Ed review comments keeping minimalism
10
CynthiaH
Released*
To update your music with the latest information
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "downloading music information"
In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU.
Tap Download music info [mc_download_music_info_ics] > Start [mc_strings_start] . Your device
searches online and downloads the latest available album art and track
information for your music.
The SensMe™ channels application is activated when you download music information.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3195FACE-36F1-409A-A913-BD7B086D97EF
To update your music with the latest information
Device Term Change
CynthiaH
Released
Categorising your music using SensMe™ channels
Indexterm: "SensMe™ channels"
108
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
The SensMe™ channels application helps you arrange your music by mood and
tempo. SensMe™ groups all your tracks into several categories, or channels, so you
can select music that matches your mood or suits the time of day.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-67E8AAFA-80A6-46FC-8109-B7903972EF94
SensMe™ channels
Changed only due to index no extra text changed
CynthiaH
Released
To enable the SensMe™ channels application
Indexterm: "audio"
Indexterm: "SensMe™ channels"
•
In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap
Download music info [mc_download_music_info_ics] .
This application requires a mobile or Wi-Fi® network connection.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C266C1CA-6744-4DD0-BFAF-84B326099827
To enable the SensMe™ channels
Changed due to index only no extra text changed
CynthiaH
Released
Playing music in random order
You can play tracks in playlists in random order. A playlist can be, for example, a
playlist you have created yourself or an album.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C3CD30B3-5405-46BF-BD8C-358C628CDFE1
Playing music in random order
ver 1. Created for Rachael
PeterC
Released
To play tracks in random order
Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application"
Sub-indexterm: "playing tracks in random order"
Indexterm: "audio"
Sub-indexterm: "playing tracks in random order"
Indexterm: "shuffle music"
In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-MUSIC-SEARCH-ALBUM
and navigate to an album, or tap ID: ICN-SONY-MUSIC-LIBRARYPLAYLISTS and browse to a playlist.
Tap the album art, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-ACTIONLAYER-SHUFFLEPRESSED to turn on Shuffle mode [music_shuffle_menu_option_ics] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-37CE98F9-7B76-4219-890D-5469799D15E9
To play tracks in random order
Changed a label only no extra text changed
11
CynthiaH
Released
Managing playlists
Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application"
Sub-indexterm: "playlists"
Indexterm: "playlists"
In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , you can create your own playlists from the music that is
saved on your device. In addition, you can install the Media Go™ application on a
computer and use it to copy playlists from the computer to your device.
For more information, see Connecting your device to a computer on page 186.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-22626158-D739-4968-953F-803D81E125B1
Playlists
Changed due to comments from concept team deleted a space All text in
one paragraph instead
109
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Version
Author
Status
13
CynthiaH
Released
To create your own playlists
Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application"
Sub-indexterm: "creating playlists"
Sub-indexterm: "creating playlists"
Indexterm: "playlists"
Sub-indexterm: "creating"
In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , to add an artist, album or a track to a playlist,
touch and hold the name of the artist or the title of the album or track.
In the menu that opens, tap Add to playlist [music_playlist_addto] > Create new playlist
[music_playlist_new_playlist_txt] .
Enter a name for the playlist and tap OK [gui_ok_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C3B20171-8719-4A88-B615-8CCE50EF62FB
To create your own playlists
Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application also changed the access due to dual display
11
CynthiaH
Released*
To add tracks to a playlist
Indexterm: "playlists"
Sub-indexterm: "adding a track"
Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application"
Sub-indexterm: "adding tracks to playlists"
In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , when browsing your tracks, touch and hold the
name of the artist or the title of the album or track that you want to add.
Tap Add to playlist [music_playlist_addto] .
Tap the name of the playlist to which you want to add the artist, album or
track. The artist, album or track is added to the playlist.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-39684E97-C6CE-4845-A001-9CED3D261997
To add tracks to a playlist
Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application
CynthiaH
Released
To play your own playlists
Indexterm: "playlists"
Sub-indexterm: "playing your own"
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "My playlists"
In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-MUSIC-LIBRARYPLAYLISTS.
Under Playlists [tile_playlists] , tap a playlist.
Tap a track to play it.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-DB3FBE14-71FD-4B1F-ABC1-B79E84860C1C
To play your own playlists
Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application also changed access
due to dual display
CynthiaH
Released
To remove a track from a playlist
Indexterm: "playlists"
Sub-indexterm: "removing tracks"
In a playlist, touch and hold the title of the track you want to delete.
Tap Delete from playlist [music_playlist_removefrom] from the list that appears.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
GUID-EEB44D8E-B5E5-4CD5-8218-92D2EA4D722A
To remove a track from a playlist
Changed from tablet. add a few text into step 2 to be more clearly
CynthiaH
110
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Status
Released
To delete a playlist
Indexterm: "playlists"
Sub-indexterm: "deleting"
In My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] , then select Playlists [tile_playlists] .
Touch and hold the playlist you want to delete.
Tap Delete [gui_delete_txt] .
Tap Delete [gui_delete_txt] again to confirm.
You cannot delete default playlists.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-7D9C6392-3EF2-4E7A-878B-26A541EE5B7E
To delete a playlist
Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application also changed the access due to dual display
11
CynthiaH
Released
Version
Author
Status
"WALKMAN" application widget
Indexterm: ""WALKMAN" application widget"
The "WALKMAN" application widget is a miniature application that gives you direct
access to the "WALKMAN" application from your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] . You need to add this widget to your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] before you can use it.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-DCDC7539-3C70-43E4-A6DB-1717EB2FE4DA
Music player widget
Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application
CynthiaH
Released
To add the "WALKMAN" application widget to your Home screen
Tap an empty area on your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , then tap
Widgets [home_cui_menu_widgets_txt] .
Find and tap WALKMAN [udoc_no_trans_app_walkman] .
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-BD0DBCF8-67B3-4E14-BF99-5253E114FF48
To add the music player widget to your Home screen
Created it out due to functional review comments for odin and yuga.
changed a step only
CynthiaH
Released
Version
Author
Status
Protecting your hearing
Indexterm: "music"
Listening to the "WALKMAN" application or other media players at excessive volume
or for a prolonged period of time can damage your hearing, even when the volume is
at a moderate level. To alert you to such risks, a volume level warning appears when
the volume is too high, and after the "WALKMAN" application is used for over 20
hours.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-0134A3D9-E3C4-41B3-807C-BD82B9697B2E
Protecting your hearing
Changed from Tablet using "WALKMAN" application
CynthiaH
Released
To turn off the volume level warning
Indexterm: "music"
111
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Sub-indexterm: "hearing protection"
•
When ID: ICN-SONY-LOUD-MUSIC-HVGA appears, tap OK [music_rri_ok_button_txt]
to dismiss the warning.
Every time you restart your device, the media volume is automatically set to a moderate level.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E246B5D4-C66C-4CF2-9D96-CD41E2FBE40A
To turn off the volume level warning
Device Term Change
CynthiaH
Released
TrackID technology
Indexterm: "TrackID™ technology"
Indexterm: "searching"
Sub-indexterm: "track information"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-35468A67-04FE-4B42-A1D9-2A88481C8CD5
TrackID technology - heading only
JorgenL
Released*
Identifying music using TrackID™ technology
Indexterm: "TrackID™ technology"
Indexterm: "searching"
Sub-indexterm: "track information"
Use the TrackID™ music recognition service to identify a music track you hear
playing in your surroundings. Just record a short sample of the song and you’ll get
artist, title and album info within seconds. You can purchase tracks identified by
TrackID™ and you can view TrackID™ charts to see what TrackID™ users around
the globe are searching for. For best results, use TrackID™ technology in a quiet
area.
The TrackID™ application and the TrackID™ service are not supported in all countries/regions,
or by all networks and/or service providers in all areas.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D1B43D3C-7EEF-4158-8400-C2F30C3ECDE6
TrackID™ technology
add trade mark "TM" for TrackID only no other text change for Dogo
6.1.2
LisaY
Released
To open the TrackID™ application
Indexterm: "TrackID™ technology"
Sub-indexterm: "opening"
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap TrackID™ [ti_application_name_txt] .
ID: ICN-SONY-
You can also use the TrackID™ widget to open the TrackID™ [ti_application_name_txt] application.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C81DD308-62BE-4BBD-A682-CB41B327C1E0
To open the TrackID™ application
Remove the trackID icon in step 2.
JessyD
Released
To search for track information using TrackID™
Indexterm: "TrackID™ technology"
Sub-indexterm: "searching for track information"
Indexterm: "searching"
Sub-indexterm: "music using TrackID™"
Indexterm: "music"
112
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Sub-indexterm: "searching using TrackID™"
Open the TrackID™ [ti_application_name_txt] application, then hold your device towards
the music source.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-TRACK-ID. If the track is recognised by the
TrackID™ service, the results appear on the screen.
To return to the TrackID™ [ti_application_name_txt] start screen, press
BACK.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-
GUID-E0CB0974-D670-45CF-A0B5-3A8D4B7CD1C8
To search for track information
update based on editorial review comment for Huashan
10
LisaY
Released
To view TrackID™ charts
Indexterm: "TrackID™ technology"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing charts"
Open the TrackID™ [ti_application_name_txt] application, then tap Charts [ti_tab_charts_txt] .
The first time you view a chart, it is set to your own region.
To see charts of the most popular searches in other regions, tap ID: ICNSONY-KEY-MENU > Regions [ti_options_menu_region_txt] .
Select a country or region.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-DE4BBE03-E523-459E-A100-616D351C1CC7
To view charts in TrackID
update based on editorial review comment for Huashan
LisaY
Released
Using TrackID™ technology results
Indexterm: "TrackID™ technology"
Sub-indexterm: "using results"
Track information appears when the TrackID™ application recognises a track. You
can select to purchase the track or share it using email, SMS or a social networking
service. You can also get more information about the track's artist.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-430D27D9-86A8-40F1-AF6F-B98085921378
Using TrackID™ technology results
add "a social network service" based on TID comments for Huashan
10
LisaY
Released*
To buy a track recognised by the TrackID™ application
Indexterm: "TrackID™ technology"
Sub-indexterm: "buying a track"
Indexterm: "purchasing"
Sub-indexterm: "music"
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "purchasing"
After a track has been recognised by the TrackID™ [ti_application_name_txt] application,
tap Download [ti_list_download_txt] .
Follow the instructions on your device to complete your purchase.
You can also select a track to buy by opening the History [ti_tab_history_txt] or Charts [ti_tab_charts_txt]
tabs from the TrackID™ [ti_application_name_txt] start screen.
The track purchase feature may not be supported in all countries/regions, or by all networks
and/or service providers in all areas.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-142FF661-9B11-4566-BD41-37638DD70719
To buy a track using TrackID™ technology
update step one from Huashan
LisaY
Released
113
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To share a track
Indexterm: "TrackID™ technology"
Sub-indexterm: "sharing a track"
Indexterm: "sharing"
Sub-indexterm: "music"
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "sharing"
After a track has been recognised by the TrackID™ [ti_application_name_txt] application,
tap Share [ti_share_button_txt] , then select a sharing method.
Follow the instructions on your device to complete the procedure.
You can also select a track to share by opening the History [ti_tab_history_txt] or Charts [ti_tab_charts_txt]
tabs from the TrackID™ [ti_application_name_txt] start screen.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C7FE7DFE-9EF2-483D-A7B2-8A7AFEB7AF60
To share a track
text change on step1 from huashan
LisaY
Released
To view the artist information for a track
Indexterm: "TrackID™ technology"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing artist info"
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing artist info"
•
After a track has been recognised by the TrackID™ [ti_application_name_txt] application,
tap Artist info [ti_button_artist_txt] .
You can also view the artist information for a track by opening the History [ti_tab_history_txt] or
Charts [ti_tab_charts_txt] tabs from the TrackID™ [ti_application_name_txt] start screen.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-6A2E01ED-08A0-4A9D-BAEB-F20954FD50B1
To view the artist information of a track
text change on step 1 for Huashan
LisaY
Released
To recommend a track on Facebook™
Indexterm: "TrackID™ technology"
Sub-indexterm: "recommending a track"
Indexterm: "recommending music"
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "recommending"
When the TrackID™ [ti_application_name_txt] application is open, tap a track title.
In the track information screen, wait for the ID: ICN-SONY-ACTIONLAYERLIKE-OFF tab to appear, then tap this tab.
Log in to Facebook™ [Facebook™] and recommend the track.
The feature may not be supported in all countries/regions, or by all networks and/or service
providers in all areas.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-98DF18AC-6871-48D1-A9AE-9EA38E711FE0
To recommend a track on Facebook
update Facebook label name only from Odin Yuga
LisaY
Released*
To delete a track from the track history
Indexterm: "TrackID™ technology"
Sub-indexterm: "deleting a track"
Indexterm: "deleting"
Sub-indexterm: "music"
Indexterm: "music"
Sub-indexterm: "deleting"
Open the TrackID™ [ti_application_name_txt] application, then tap History [ti_tab_history_txt] .
Tap a track title, then tap Delete [ti_button_delete_txt] .
Tap Yes [gui_yes_txt] to confirm.
GUID
GUID-20DBCF02-36FD-4981-932B-2A7F0F707A00
114
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To delete a track from history list
update based on editorial review comment for Huashan update from version4
LisaY
Released
115
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
FM radio
Indexterm: "radio"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-50B65AF5-0E4E-4C2E-95F9-1EEBF8FE2B3B
FM radio - heading only
JorgenL
Released
About the FM radio
Indexterm: "radio"
The FM radio in your device works like any FM radio. For example, you can browse
and listen to FM radio stations and save them as favourites. You must connect a
wired headset or headphones to your device before you can use the radio. This is
because the headset or headphones act as an antenna. After one of these devices is
connected, you can then switch the radio sound to the speaker, if desired.
When you open the FM radio, available channels appear automatically. If a channel has RDS
information, it appears a few seconds after you start listening to the channel.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-BBBAD591-4F98-4597-B54A-EBB6D1DA402D
About the FM radio
Device term change
XuCindy
Released
To start the FM radio
Indexterm: "radio"
Sub-indexterm: "opening"
Connect a headset or a set of headphones to your device.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap FM radio [fmradio_strings_application_name_txt] ID: ICN-SONY-APP-RADIO .
The available channels appear as you scroll through the frequency band.
When you start the FM radio, available channels appear automatically. If a channel has RDS
information, it appears a few seconds after you start listening to the channel.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3898AB21-BAB7-40B6-8858-8BA79137E5ED
To open the FM radio
Device Term Change
XuCindy
Released
To move between radio channels
Indexterm: "radio"
Sub-indexterm: "selecting a channel"
Indexterm: "FM radio"
Sub-indexterm: "selecting a channel"
Indexterm: "radio"
Sub-indexterm: "moving between channels"
•
•
Flick your finger left or right along the frequency band.
Drag the tuning dial right or left.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CBBF7274-CC1C-4267-8C7F-F36E2362D7BC
To move between radio channels
For Nozomi ICS: add 'a' in index
XuCindy
Released*
To select the radio region
Indexterm: "radio"
116
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Sub-indexterm: "radio region"
When the radio is open, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU.
Tap Set radio region [fmradio_strings_dialog_title_set_radio_region_txt] .
Select an option.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C4C8BAA2-3545-46E9-BA22-591362850F6D
To select the radio region
For Odin & Yuga
XuCindy
Released
To adjust the visualiser
Indexterm: "radio"
Sub-indexterm: "visualiser"
When the radio is open, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU.
Tap Visualizer [fmradio_strings_menu_visualizer_txt] .
Select an option.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3DB80072-63E2-4F94-AF7A-7638362DB9AF
To adjust the visualizer
For Togari HTML: changed from 'visualizer' to 'visualiser'.
XuCindy
Draft
FM radio overview
Indexterm: "radio"
Sub-indexterm: ""
ID: SCR-SONY-EDREAM-RADIO-PORTRAIT
Radio on/off button
View menu options
Move up the frequency band to search for a channel
A saved favourite channel
Move down the frequency band to search for a channel
Tuning dial
Save or remove a channel as a favourite
Tuned frequency
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-37879EDC-C7EC-40D4-A861-001E14183BB5
FM radio overview
For taoshan: delete one setting
XuCindy
Released*
117
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Using your favourite radio channels
You can save the radio channels you most frequently listen to as favourites. By using
favourites you can quickly return to a radio channel.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-BBAC5D23-766F-42C3-94D1-6785FFEB7932
Using favourite radio channels
Valid for eDream 2.1 Robyn/Mimmi/Sharkira and onwards. Changed the title
according to editor's comment.
PeterC
Released
Version
Author
Status
To save a channel as a favourite
Indexterm: "radio"
Sub-indexterm: "favourites"
Indexterm: "favourites"
Sub-indexterm: "saving radio channels as"
Indexterm: "presets"
Sub-indexterm: "saving radio channels as"
When the radio is open, navigate to the channel that you want to save as a
favourite.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-AND-RADIO-FAVOURITE-ON.
Enter a name and select a colour for the channel, then press Save [save_label] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E43E695E-5D0D-4A62-8D48-1CC6F1866CC3
To save a channel as a favourite
For Taoshan: no text change; changed an icon
XuCindy
Released
To remove a channel as a favourite
Indexterm: "radio"
Sub-indexterm: "favourites"
Indexterm: "FM radio"
Sub-indexterm: "favourites"
Indexterm: "favourites"
Sub-indexterm: "removing radio channels as"
Indexterm: "presets"
Sub-indexterm: "removing radio channels as"
When the radio is open, navigate to the channel that you want to remove.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-INFINITEVIEW-FAVORITE-ACTION-BTN, then tap Delete
[gui_delete_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-57C07E91-6EAB-4D54-905F-A6BE087320A9
To remove a channel as a favourite
For Taoshan: no text change; changed an icon
XuCindy
Released
Making a new search for radio channels
If you have moved to a new location or the reception has improved in your current
location, you can start a new scan for radio channels.
Any favourites you have saved are not affected by a new scan.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-7F9E2B72-3E39-4E37-86C0-28B03075A5E6
Making a new search for radio channels
ver.1 Created for Robyn/Mimmi RTL
PeterC
Released
To start a new search for radio channels
Indexterm: "radio"
118
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Sub-indexterm: "searching for channels"
When the radio is open, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU.
Tap Search for channels [fmradio_strings_rescan_radio_stations_txt] . The radio scans the whole
frequency band, and all available channels are displayed.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-68ADA9D8-FE98-42F5-85DF-5A0060B85ED6
To starta new search for channels
ver. 2 Valid from eDream 3.0 Used in Anzu Hallon + Zeus Global
WangT
Released
Sound settings
Indexterm: "radio sound"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-FB9045F8-AC19-4401-9A4B-4838EB6B5B3C
Sound settings - heading only
JorgenL
Released
Switching the radio sound between devices
You can listen to the radio through a wired headset or through wired headphones.
Once either device is connected, you can switch the sound to the speaker, if desired.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-A7C4F5DA-CB55-4560-B2CE-FDA843730C49
Switching between the speaker and the handsfree
Device Term Change
XuCindy
Released
To switch the radio sound to the speaker
Indexterm: "radio"
Sub-indexterm: "listening to with the speaker"
When the radio is open, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU.
Tap Play in speaker [fmradio_strings_play_in_loadspeaker_txt] .
To switch the sound back to the wired headset or headphones, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEYMENU and tap Play in headphones [fmradio_strings_menu_play_in_headphones_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-B9A08CE9-BA43-4C99-85FF-9B796DA9CCFB
To switch between the speaker and handsfree
Device Term Change
Gan Lu
Released
Switching between mono and stereo sound mode
You can listen to your FM radio in either mono or stereo mode. In some situations,
switching to mono mode can reduce noise and improve sound quality.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-F811B111-325A-4DE0-A5CB-A2212EF4DE3B
Switching between the stereo sound and the mono sound
Correct the misspelling of stereo
JessyD
Released
To switch between mono and stereo sound mode
Indexterm: "radio"
Sub-indexterm: "mono sound"
Indexterm: "radio"
119
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Sub-indexterm: "stereo sound"
When the radio is open, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU.
Tap Enable stereo sound [fmradio_strings_menu_play_in_stereo_txt] .
To listen to the radio in mono sound mode again, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEYMENU and tap Force mono sound [fmradio_strings_menu_play_in_mono_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3FBD4FE8-230A-4F5E-9823-984B1F29EB2D
To switch between the mono sound and stereo sound
For eD6.0
XuCindy
Released
Identifying radio tracks using TrackID™
Use TrackID™ [ti_application_name_txt] technology to identify music tracks as they play on
your device's FM radio.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-819ED68C-5940-440C-AA23-CD4827FD3F34
Identifying your music in TrackID
Device Term Change
Gan Lu
Released
To identify a song on the FM radio using TrackID™
Indexterm: "TrackID™ technology"
Sub-indexterm: "using with the FM Radio"
While the song is playing on your device's FM radio, press ID: ICN-SONYKEY-MENU, then select TrackID™ [ti_application_name_txt] .
A progress indicator appears while the TrackID™ application samples the
song. If successful, you are presented with a track result, or a list of possible
tracks.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-BACK to return the FM Radio.
The TrackID™ application and the TrackID™ service are not supported in all countries/regions,
or by all networks and/or service providers in all areas.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-1931C6CE-DD54-4358-89BE-377610C41914
To identify the music your are listening using TrackID
For Togari HTML: TrackID text loop. No text changes.
XuCindy
Draft
120
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Camera
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
"camera"
"video camera"
"still camera"
"taking photos"
"recording videos"
"front camera"
"self-portrait"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E4470E6D-79A2-4CE2-AE2C-002C9F139F1A
Camera - heading only
JorgenL
Released
About the camera
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
"camera"
"video camera"
"still camera"
"taking photos"
"recording videos"
"front camera"
"self-portrait"
The camera in your device is equipped with the highly sensitive Exmor R sensor,
which helps you capture sharp photos and videos even in low lighting conditions.
From the camera, you can, for example, send your photos and videos to friends as
messages, or upload them to a web service. Your device also has a front camera,
which is useful for self-portraits.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-A3159162-1C34-4872-987B-581FC59096EB
About the camera
Device term change
XuCindy
Released
Camera controls overview
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "overview"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "screen"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "controls"
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-CAMERA
Zoom in or out
Main camera screen
Camera key – Activate the camera/Take photos/Record videos
View photos and videos
Take photos or record video clips
121
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Go back a step or exit the camera
Switch between front and main camera
Camera setting icons
Front camera
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-6E27C077-E3B0-4F89-B463-8F1BC8016007
Camera controls overview
For Huashan and Taoshan: no text changes made; updated according to
Huashan camera UI design
7.1.1
XuCindy
Released
Version
Author
Status
•
To open the camera
When the screen is active, press and hold down the camera key.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D2317AC7-ACCD-42E1-B05F-3B3D94DD9B2C
To activate the camera
ICS1,add a condition
XuCindy
Released*
To close the camera
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "closing"
•
Press
ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-BACK from the main camera screen.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-72228233-A66D-48CC-90B2-1A216EB6D41B
To close the camera
add 'from the main camera screen'
XuCindy
Released
Using the still camera
Indexterm: "still camera"
There are three ways to take photos with the still camera. You can press the camera
key, tap the on-screen camera button, or touch a spot on the screen.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-81D1BCB4-5421-4999-947E-87B78BA38C54
Using the still camera - heading
ICS 1,add a condition
XuCindy
Released
To take a photo using the camera key
Indexterm: "taking photos"
Sub-indexterm: "using the camera key"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "taking photos"
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "taking"
Activate the camera.
Press the camera key fully down.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-962E2F79-7647-42C7-9A15-B076E0898AB3
To take a photo using the camera key
For Odin&Yuga: Detele step 2.
XuCindy
Released
To take a photo by tapping the on-screen camera button
Indexterm: "taking photos"
Sub-indexterm: "by tapping"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "taking photos"
Indexterm: "photos"
122
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Sub-indexterm: "taking"
Activate the camera.
Point the camera towards the subject.
Tap the on-screen camera button ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ONSCREENBUTTON. The photo is taken as soon as you release your finger.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-4622B323-F548-476E-8173-532072C9BCB0
To take a photo by tapping the on-screen button
For Odin&Yuga:Delete step 2,3,4.
XuCindy
Released
To take a self-portrait using the front camera
Indexterm: "taking photos"
Sub-indexterm: "self-portraits"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "self-portraits"
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "taking"
Activate the camera.
Tap the icon on the top left of the screen, then find and select Front camera
[cam_strings_capturing_mode_front_camera_txt] .
To take the photo, press the camera key. The photo is taken as soon as you
release your finger.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-8BA01D91-C162-4CA5-8799-3DFD5099BA0C
To take a self-portrait
For Odin & Yuga: Delete step 2-4.
XuCindy
Released
To use the zoom function
Indexterm: "zoom"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "zoom"
•
When the camera is open, press the volume key up or down to zoom in or out.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-8EB812FD-8599-4290-ACF7-7AB15082F0DC
To use zoom
Changed for eDream 4.0
XuCindy
Released
To use the still camera flash
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "using the flash"
Indexterm: "flash"
Sub-indexterm: "using when taking photos"
When the camera is open, tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS.
Tap Flash [cam_strings_advanced_setting_flash_txt] , and select your desired flash setting.
Take the photo.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-6075BDDE-DDAA-43BC-8CBB-12AF5C8109DB
To use the still camera flash
for Mint; text changes made; changed press to tap and changed tags of an
icon
JessicaL
Released
To view your photos and videos
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing photos"
Indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
Indexterm: "photos"
123
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Open the camera, then tap a thumbnail at the top right of the screen to open a
photo or video.
Flick left or right to view your photos and videos. Videos are identified by ID:
ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PLAY-NORMAL.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-239B38C4-A380-4C4D-99D0-920BADC8FC12
To view your photos
For Odin and Yuga: delete a note
XuCindy
Released
To delete a photo
Open the photo that you want to delete.
Tap an empty area of the screen to make ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-REVIEWDELETE appear.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-REVIEW-DELETE.
Tap Delete [video_strings_delete_txt] to confirm.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D9349D8E-79C5-4E25-96EC-96911F82C141
To delete a photo
For Taoshan: change from 'ok' to 'delete'.
XuCindy
Released
Face detection
Indexterm: "face detection"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "face detection"
You can use face detection to bring an off-centre face into focus. The camera
automatically detects up to five faces, indicated by white frames. A yellow frame
shows which face has been selected for focus. Focus is set to the face closest to the
camera. You can also tap one of the frames to select which face should be in focus.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-63D9E56D-F38F-4859-BBDB-87F159FC263F
Face detection
valid for Anzu/Hallon - changed green to yellow
JessicaL
Released
To turn on face detection
Activate the camera.
Tap the icon on the top left of the screen, then select Normal [cam_strings_capturing_mode_normal_txt] .
To display all settings, tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS.
Tap Focus mode [cam_strings_focus_mode_txt] > Face detection [cam_strings_focus_mode_face_detection_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-5A0ADE83-3ACE-4509-8387-91471C221D56
To set face detection
For Pollux: no text changes; changed label string of 'Normal'.
XuCindy
Released*
To take a photo using face detection
Indexterm: "taking photos"
Sub-indexterm: "using face detection"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "taking photos"
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "taking"
Indexterm: "face detection"
Indexterm: "camera"
124
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Sub-indexterm: "face detection"
When the camera is open and Face detection [cam_strings_focus_mode_face_detection_txt]
turned on, point the camera at your subject. Up to five faces can be detected,
and each detected face is framed.
Press the camera key halfway down. A yellow frame shows which face is in
focus.
To take the photo, press the camera key fully down.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-EFCD189A-01A1-4B22-A685-F15358A3C14A
To take a photo using face detection
for Tsubasa; text changes made; changed the frame colour from green to
yellow according to camera software design
JessicaL
Released
Version
Author
Status
Using Smile Shutter™ to capture smiling faces
Use Smile Shutter™ technology to photograph a face just as it smiles. The camera
detects up to five faces and selects one face for smile detection and auto focus.
When the selected face smiles, the camera automatically takes a photo.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-77C6CF85-B277-4D09-995B-C19F88AC0FBE
Smile detection
old 6.0 version
XuCindy
Released
To turn on Smile Shutter™
Activate the camera.
To display all settings, tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS.
Tap Smile Shutter [cam_strings_smile_shutter_cy_txt] and select a smile level.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-65983621-42FC-4F42-8CF8-06C2A05ABBE4
To set smile detection
For Odin&Yuga: Delete step 2.
XuCindy
Released*
To take a photo using Smile Shutter™
Indexterm: "taking photos"
Sub-indexterm: "using smile detection"
Sub-indexterm: "using Smile Shutter™"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "taking photos"
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "taking"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "smile detection"
Sub-indexterm: "Smile Shutter™"
Indexterm: "smile detection"
Indexterm: "Smile Shutter™"
When the camera is open and Smile Shutter is turned on, point the camera at
your subject. The camera selects which face to focus on.
The face selected appears inside a green frame and the photo is taken
automatically.
If no smile is detected, press the camera key to take the photo manually.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-4AFCD885-96FC-408B-BE91-7BAA76C90ADD
To take a photo using smile detection
For Pollux: change index name
XuCindy
Released
Adding the geographical position to your photos
Indexterm: "geotagging"
Sub-indexterm: "of photos"
125
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "adding the geographical position"
Indexterm: "camera"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "geotagging"
Turn on geotagging to add the approximate geographical location (a geotag) to
photos when you take them. The geographical location is determined either by
wireless networks (mobile or Wi-Fi® networks) or GPS technology.
When ID: ICN-SONY-STATUSBAR-GPS-ON appears on the camera screen,
geotagging is turned on but the geographical position has not been found. When ID:
ICN-SONY-CAMERA-GEOTAG-ON appears, geotagging is turned on and the
geographical location is available, so your photo can get geotagged. When neither of
these two symbols appears, geotagging is turned off.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-DBEA8510-B4CD-4F62-8720-DA299E7B3EC8
Adding the geographical position to your photos
Changed for eDream 4.0
XuCindy
Released
To turn on geotagging
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing same location"
Indexterm: "location"
Activate the camera.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS, then tap Geotagging [cam_strings_advanced_setting_geo_tag_txt] > On [cam_strings_advanced_setting_on_txt] .
Tap OK [gui_ok_txt] to agree to enable GPS and/or wireless networks.
Check the options that you want to select under Location services [location_settings_title] .
After you confirm your settings, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-BACK to
return to the camera screen.
If ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-GEOTAG-ON appears on the camera screen, your
location is available and your photo can get geotagged. If not, check your GPS
and/or wireless network connection.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-1DF05979-1001-4B28-B041-BFB6FFDFA30A
To turn on geotagging
For Odin&Yuga: Delete Step 2.
XuCindy
Released*
Using still camera settings
Indexterm: "settings"
Sub-indexterm: "still camera "
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-2D0BFF4E-8F39-4AD6-9126-43093042FC18
Using still camera settings - heading
Valid from e-dream 3.0.
JessicaL
Released
To adjust the still camera settings
Indexterm: "camera"
Indexterm: "settings"
Sub-indexterm: "camera"
Indexterm: "still camera"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
Activate the camera.
To display all settings, tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS.
Select the setting that you want to adjust, then edit as desired.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-FD8232A8-DD3A-4B07-9782-F50929353DFB
To select still camera settings
For Odin&Yuga: Delete step 2; changed in step 3
126
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Version
Author
Status
XuCindy
Released
To customise the still camera settings panel
When the camera is open, tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS to display all
settings.
Touch and hold the setting you want to move and drag it to the desired
position.
If you drag the setting outside of the settings panel, the change is cancelled.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-55ABBAD7-0AEB-4CCD-ABB0-75A1EE05973C
To customise the still camera settings panel
for Mint; text changes made; changed press to tap and changed tags of an
icon
JessicaL
Released*
Version
Author
Status
Still camera settings overview
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
Indexterm: "still camera"
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERASUPERIOR-AUTO
Superior auto [cam_strings_capturing_mode_superior_auto_cy_txt]
Optimise your settings to suit any scene.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-CAPMODE-NORMAL
Normal [cam_strings_capturing_mode_normal_txt]
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERAFRONT-CAMERA
Front camera [cam_strings_capturing_mode_front_camera_txt]
Select the front camera if you want to take self-portrait photos.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERAPICTURE-EFFECT
Picture effect [cam_strings_capturing_mode_pic_effect_cy_txt]
Apply effects to photos.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-CAPMODE-SCENE-RECOGNITION
Scene selection [cam_strings_capturing_mode_scene_selection_cy_txt]
ID: ICN-SONY-SWEEPPANORAMA
Sweep Panorama [cam_3d_strings_sweep_panorama_short_txt]
Use this setting to take wide-angle, panoramic photos. Just press
the camera key and move the camera steadily from one side to the
other.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D8AFAD06-81E4-446A-B2B8-5F965BC263AB
Still camera settings overview - separated from Still camera settings
for Tsubasa; added new settings such as Superior Auto and Picture effect
3.1.1.1.1
JessicaL
Released*
Resolution
Choose between several picture sizes and aspect ratios before taking a photo. A
photo with a higher resolution requires more memory.
ID: ICN-SONYCAMERA-RESOLUTIONSETTING-5MP
ID:
ID:
5MP 4:3 [cam_strings_resolution_5mp_txt]
5 megapixel picture size with 4:3 aspect ratio. Suitable for photos you want
to view on non-widescreen displays or print in high resolution.
3MP 16:9 [cam_strings_resolution_3mp_txt]
3 megapixel picture size with 16:9 aspect ratio. A high resolution widescreen
format. Has a higher resolution than full HD. Suitable for photos you want to
view on widescreen displays.
2MP 4:3 [cam_strings_resolution_2mp_txt]
2 megapixel picture size with 4:3 aspect ratio. Suitable for photos you want
to view on non-widescreen displays.
127
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
ID: ICN-SONYCAMERA-RESOLUTIONSETTING-2MP
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
2MP 16:9 [cam_strings_resolution_full_hd_txt]
2 megapixel picture size with 16:9 aspect ratio. Suitable for photos you want
to view on widescreen displays.
GUID-50E3A0A3-30F1-419A-95F5-8E31E958B605
Resolution - separated from Still camera settings
no text change; separated Resolution from Still camera settings
JessicaL
Released*
Flash
Use the flash to take photos when lighting conditions are poor or when there is a
backlight.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERAQUICK-SETTINGS-FLASHAUTO
Auto [cam_strings_advanced_setting_auto_txt]
The camera automatically determines if the lighting conditions require
the use of a flash.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERAQUICK-SETTINGS-FLASHFILL
Fill flash [cam_strings_advanced_setting_flash_fill_flash_txt]
Use this setting when the background is brighter than the subject. This
removes unwanted dark shadows.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERAQUICK-SETTINGS-FLASHOFF
Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
The flash is turned off. Sometimes photo quality can be better without
the flash, even if lighting conditions are poor. Taking a good photo
without using the flash requires a steady hand. Use the self-timer to
avoid blurred photos.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERAQUICK-SETTINGS-FLASHRED-EYE-REDUCTION
Red-eye reduction [cam_strings_advanced_setting_flash_red_eye_reduc_txt]
Reduces the red colour of eyes when taking a photo.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-53732C87-D236-4E9D-A3DB-419A332ADCAA
Flash - separated from Still camera settings
no text change; separated the Flash part from Still camera settings
JessicaL
Released
Self-timer
With the self-timer you can take a photo without holding the device. Use this function
to take self-portraits, or group photos where everyone can be in the photo. You can
also use the self-timer to avoid shaking the camera when taking photos.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERAADVANCED-SETTINGS-SELFTIMER-ON
On (10 sec.) [cam_strings_advanced_setting_selftimer_duration_txt]
Set a 10-second delay from when you tap the camera screen until
the photo is taken.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERAADVANCED-SETTINGS-SELFTIMER-ON-TWO-SEC
On (2 sec.) [cam_strings_advanced_setting_self_timer_two_sec_txt]
Set a 2-second delay from when you tap the camera screen until
the photo is taken.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERAADVANCED-SETTINGS-SELFTIMER-OFF
Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
The photo is taken as soon as you tap the camera screen.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-F58EF0AC-D869-4017-ACFA-0D971DC83DCE
Self-timer - separated from Still camera overview
For Pollux HTML: change two labels.
XuCindy
Released
Smile Shutter™
Use the smile shutter function to determine what kind of smile the camera reacts to
before taking a photo.
GUID
GUID-D65717B3-5AB0-4C82-A1BE-8F0996B7FB5B
128
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Title
Changes
Smile detection - separated from Still camera settings
for Tsubasa; text changes made; changed Smile detection to Smile Shutter
to align with Sony camera products
JessicaL
Released
Version
Author
Status
Quick launch
Use Quick launch settings to launch the camera from the lock screen. If the device is
in sleep mode of camera, press the camera key.
ID: ICN-SONY-SEMCSLIDING-TAB-FASTCAPTUREPRESSED
Launch and capture [cam_strings_fast_capturing_launch_and_capture_photo_txt]
By pressing and holding down the camera key, the first photo is
captured immediately after the camera is launched from sleep
mode.
ID: ICN-SONY-SEMCSLIDING-TAB-FASTCAMNORMAL
Launch only (still camera) [cam_strings_fast_capturing_launch_only_photo_txt]
By pressing and holding down the camera key, the still camera is
launched from sleep mode.
ID: ICN-SONY-SEMCSLIDING-TAB-FASTCAMVIDEOREC-NORMAL
Launch and record video [cam_strings_fast_capturing_launch_and_capture_video_txt]
By pressing and holding down the camera key, the first video is shot
immediately after the camera video camera is launched from sleep
mode.
ID: ICN-SONY-SEMCSLIDING-TAB-FASTCAM-VIDEOPRESSED
Launch only (video camera) [cam_strings_fast_capturing_launch_only_video_txt]
By pressing and holding down the camera key, the video camera is
launched from sleep mode.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-LAUNCH- Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
CAPTURE-OFF
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-A3E21A95-B04C-455D-95F0-7A70EAA0EF9D
Quick launch
For Odin and Yuga: modify the description of quick launch
XuCindy
Released*
Focus mode
The focus function controls which part of a photo should be sharp. When continuous
autofocus is on, the camera keeps adjusting focus so that the area within the yellow
focus frame stays sharp.
ID: ICN-SONYCAMERA-FOCUSMODE-SINGLE-AF
Single autofocus [cam_strings_focus_mode_single_af_txt]
The camera automatically focuses on the selected subject. Continuous
autofocus is on. Touch and hold the camera screen until the yellow focus frame
turns blue, indicating that the focus is set. The photo is taken when you release
your finger.
ID: ICN-SONYCAMERA-FOCUSMODE-MULTI-AF
Multi autofocus [cam_strings_focus_mode_multi_af_txt]
The focus is automatically set on several areas of the image. Touch and hold the
camera screen until the yellow focus frame turns blue, indicating that the focus
is set. The photo is taken when you release your finger. Continuous autofocus is
off.
ID: ICN-SONYCAMERA-FOCUSMODE-FACEDETECTION
Face detection [cam_strings_focus_mode_face_detection_txt]
The camera automatically detects up to five human faces, indicated by frames
on the screen. The camera automatically focuses on the nearest face. You can
also select which face to focus on by tapping it on the screen. When you tap the
camera screen, a blue frame shows which face is selected and in focus. Face
detection cannot be used for all scene types. Continuous autofocus is on.
Touch focus [cam_strings_focus_mode_touch_focus_txt]
ID: ICN-SONYCAMERA-CAP-MODE- Touch a specific area on the camera screen to set the area of focus. Continuous
autofocus is off. Touch and hold the camera screen until the yellow focus frame
TOUCH-CAPTURING
turns blue, indicating that the focus is set. The photo is taken when you release
your finger.
129
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
ID: ICN-SONYCAM-OBJECTTRACKING
Object tracking [cam_strings_focus_mode_object_tracking_txt]
When you select an object by touching it in the viewfinder, the camera tracks it
for you.
This setting is only available in Normal [cam_strings_capturing_mode_normal_txt] capturing mode.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-9554F8D4-BDAB-4479-8A03-C5041ECA6385
Focus mode - separated from Still camera settings
For Pollux: no text changes; changed label string of 'Normal'.
5.3.1
XuCindy
Released*
Exposure value
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERAQUICK-EXPOSURE-LEVEL-TCH
Determine the amount of light in the photo you want to take. A
higher value indicates an increased amount of light.
This setting is only available in Normal [cam_strings_capturing_mode_normal_txt] capturing mode.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-91AEAD7C-18FA-4B92-AAB0-7C10B6678961
Exposure value - separated from Still camera settings
For Tsubasa html User guide. Removed lines tag.
2.1.1
JorgenL
Released
HDR
Use the HDR (High Dynamic Range) setting to take a photo against strong back light
or in conditions where the contrast is sharp. HDR compensates for the loss of detail
and produces a picture that is representative of both dark and bright areas.
This setting is only available in Normal [cam_strings_capturing_mode_normal_txt] capturing mode.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-BA0E0681-02F9-43FD-90AC-C6766538D74E
HDR - camera
For Odin and Yuga: add a note
XuCindy
Released
White balance
The white balance setting adjusts the colour balance according to the lighting
conditions.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCEDSETTINGS-WHITE-BALANCE-AUTO
Auto [cam_strings_advanced_setting_white_balance_auto_txt]
Adjusts the colour balance automatically to suit the lighting
conditions.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCEDSETTINGS-WHITE-BALANCEINCANDESCENT
Incandescent [cam_strings_advanced_setting_white_balance_incandes-
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCEDSETTINGS-WHITE-BALANCEFLUORESCENT
Fluorescent [cam_strings_advanced_setting_white_balance_fluores-
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCEDSETTINGS-WHITE-BALANCE-DAYLIGHT
Daylight [cam_strings_advanced_setting_white_balance_day_light_txt]
Adjusts the colour balance for sunny outdoor conditions.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCEDSETTINGS-WHITE-BALANCE-CLOUDY
Cloudy [cam_strings_advanced_setting_white_balance_cloudy_txt]
Adjusts the colour balance for a cloudy sky.
cent_txt]
Adjusts the colour balance for warm lighting conditions,
such as under light bulbs.
cent_txt]
Adjusts the colour balance for fluorescent lighting.
This setting is only available in Normal [cam_strings_capturing_mode_normal_txt] capturing mode.
GUID
Title
GUID-CCD95519-AFAE-4267-9515-C7C64AEF3A86
White balance - separated from Still camera settings
130
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Changes
Version
Author
Status
for Tsubasa; no text changes made; changed a label
JessicaL
Released
ISO
You can reduce image blurring caused by dark conditions or moving subjects by
increasing the ISO sensitivity.
Auto [cam_strings_settings_auto_txt]
Sets the ISO sensitivity automatically.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ISO-AUTO
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ISO-100
100 [cam_strings_iso_100_txt]
Sets the ISO sensitivity to 100.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ISO-200
200 [cam_strings_iso_200_txt]
Sets the ISO sensitivity to 200.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ISO-400
400 [cam_strings_iso_400_txt]
Sets the ISO sensitivity to 400.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ISO-800
800 [cam_strings_iso_800_txt]
Sets the ISO sensitivity to 800.
This setting is only available in Normal [cam_strings_capturing_mode_normal_txt] capturing mode.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-EBC172A1-DE26-4D17-84F4-89DFB71D3277
ISO - separated from Still camera settings
For Taoshan: delete one setting iso1600
XuCindy
Released
Metering
This function automatically determines a well-balanced exposure by measuring the
amount of light striking the image you want to capture.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERAADVANCED-SETTINGSMETERING-CENTER
Center [cam_strings_advanced_setting_photometry_center_txt]
Adjusts the exposure to the centre of the image.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERAADVANCED-SETTINGSMETERING-AVERAGE
Average [cam_strings_advanced_setting_photometry_average_txt]
Calculates the exposure based on the amount of light striking the
whole image.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERAADVANCED-SETTINGSMETERING-SPOT
Spot [cam_strings_advanced_setting_photometry_spot_txt]
Adjusts the exposure in a very small part of the image that you want
to capture.
This setting is only available in Normal [cam_strings_capturing_mode_normal_txt] capturing mode.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-37A6CA5A-3FEC-4530-B7BA-56B28971279D
Metering - separated from Still camera settings
For Dogo: changed on the words accoridng to ed. review.
XuCindy
Released
Image stabiliser
When taking a photo, it can be difficult to hold the device steady. The stabiliser helps
you by compensating for small movements of the hand.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-5C247A77-68D8-43C5-B54C-F7AC962C69E7
Image stabiliser - separated from Still camera settings
for Pollux; term change made
JessicaL
Released
131
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Geotagging
Tag photos with details of where you took them.
ID: ICN-SONYCAMERAGEOTAG-ON
On [cam_strings_advanced_setting_on_txt]
When geotagging is turned on, the approximate geographical location is added to
photos when you take them. To use geotagging, you must enable location features
from the Settings [settings_label] menu. For geotags to be added to a photo, the
location must be determined before you take the photo. Your location is determined
when ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-GEOTAG-ON appears on the camera screen. When
your device is searching for your position, ID: ICN-SONY-STATUSBAR-GPS-ON
appears.
ID: ICN-SONYCAMERAGEOTAG-OFF
Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
When geotagging is turned off, you cannot view the location where you took a
photo.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-7CA8028F-3C9B-47C4-82E6-EBECC45818EF
Geotagging - separated from Still camera settings
For Odin HTML: remove cross reference
XuCindy
Released
Preview
You can choose to preview the photo just after you have taken or the video you have
recorded.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-PREVIEWDURATION-SETTING-NOLIMIT
Unlimited [cam_strings_preview_duration_unlimited_txt]
The preview of the photo or video appears after you have taken.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-PREVIEWDURATION-SETTING-5SEC
5 seconds [cam_strings_preview_duration_5sec_txt]
The preview of the photo or video apears for 5 seconds after you
have taken.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-PREVIEWDURATION-SETTING-3SEC
3 seconds [cam_strings_preview_duration_3sec_txt]
The preview of the photo or video appears for 3 seconds after you
have taken.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-PREVIEWDURATION-SETTING-OFF
Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
The photo or video has been saved after you have taken, no
preview appears.
This setting is only available in Normal [cam_strings_capturing_mode_normal_txt] capturing mode.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-B371194F-AA5E-412A-BB97-412E22A9118C
Preview - separated from still camera settings
changed 'normal' label strings: valid for all.
XuCindy
Released
Auto upload
Automatically upload updates to photos to a pre-selected social networking service
(SNS).
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-50B64185-716A-4532-AEC5-335636BAB190
Auto upload - separated from Still camera settings
XuCindy
Released
Touch capture
Identify a particular focus area by touching the camera screen with your finger. The
photo is taken as soon as you release your finger. This setting is only available when
focus mode is set to touch focus.
132
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCED-SETTINGS-TOUCHCAPTURE-ON
ID: ICN-SONY-EDREAM-CAM-ADV-SETTINGS-TOUCH-CAP-OFF
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
On [cam_strings_advanced_setting_on_txt]
Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
GUID-6F453966-3773-4C86-8B4D-7BA72FEDC47E
Touch capture - for both Still and video camera settings
XuCindy
Released
Shutter sound
Choose to turn on or turn off the shutter sound when you record a video.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-41F4BDE1-4227-4DD9-ADA6-CB37D174758C
Shutter sound - separated from Video camera settings
For Tapioca; no text change; separated from Video camera settings
JessicaL
Released
Data storage
You can choose to save your data either to a removable SD card or to your device's
internal storage.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-DATA-INTERNAL-STORAGE Internal storage [spb_strings_gen_emmc_txt]
Photos or videos are saved on the device memory.
SD card [spb_strings_gen_sd_card_txt]
Photos or videos are saved on the SD card.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-DATA-SD-CARD
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-86D0BE1A-D724-4F2A-A75F-87BD85ADF4D6
Data storage - separated from both Still and Video camera settings
XuCindy
Released
Using the video camera
Indexterm: "video camera"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "video"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-90BE8273-E40F-403A-A176-CB6A64CFAE44
Using the video camera - heading
Generic
PeterC
Released
To record a video using the camera key
Indexterm: "recording videos"
Sub-indexterm: "using the camera key"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "recording videos"
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "recording"
Activate the camera.
To start recording a video, press the camera key.
To stop recording, press the camera key again.
Shoot your videos in landscape orientation to get the best results.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
GUID-77DC2CA9-B6A6-447C-8FFB-42EA365E6169
To record a video using the shutter key
For Odin and Yuga: delete step 2.
XuCindy
133
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Status
Released
To record a video by tapping the screen
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "recording videos"
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "recording"
Indexterm: "video camera"
Sub-indexterm: "recording videos"
Activate the camera.
Point the camera towards the subject.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-GINGERBREAD-CAM-START-RECORDING to start
recording.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-GINGERBREAD-CAM-STOP-RECORDING to stop
recording.
Shoot your videos in landscape orientation to get the best results.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-02644258-588E-4C5E-8826-2638BE96058B
To record a video by tapping the on-screen button
JB update 3 Nozomi: no text change; changed icn name only.
XuCindy
Released*
To play recorded videos
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing videos"
Indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-indexterm: "videos recorded using the camera"
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Activate the camera.
Tap the thumbnails at the top right of the screen.
Flick left or right to browse all photo and video files. Videos are identified by
ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PLAY-NORMAL.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PLAY-NORMAL to play a video.
To stop playing the video, tap ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PAUSENORMAL or ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-BACK.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-9F3A0F88-1945-4F2C-8DB3-A91268BEC4EE
To play recorded videos
For Odin&Yuga: Delete step 2 and note
XuCindy
Released
To delete a recorded video
Browse to the video that you want to delete.
Tap an empty area of the screen to make ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-REVIEWDELETE appear.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-REVIEW-DELETE.
Tap OK to confirm.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-AC37F567-3419-42A0-A489-D8EEE0DD20AD
To delete a recorded video
For Odin&Yuga: Added a step.
XuCindy
Released*
Using the video camera settings
Indexterm: "settings"
Sub-indexterm: "video camera "
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
GUID-8751CE92-CEAD-4007-A5DC-7AF323A30E5E
Using video camera settings - heading
Using the video camera settings according to Odin 2nd editor review
2.1.1
XuCindy
134
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Status
Released
To adjust the video camera settings
Indexterm: "camera"
Indexterm: "settings"
Sub-indexterm: "camera"
Indexterm: "video camera"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
Activate the camera.
Tap one of the settings icons on the screen.
To display all settings, tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS.
Select the setting that you want to adjust, then make your changes.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D55F26C3-5C2A-4588-9439-7D6642398DC5
To select video camera settings
For Pollux: changed grammar
XuCindy
Released*
To customise the video camera settings panel
When the video camera is open, tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-SETTINGS to
display all settings.
Touch and hold the setting that you want to move, then drag it to the desired
position.
If you drag the setting outside of the settings panel, the change is cancelled.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-F4D69895-0C2F-451C-9467-0D140C207B11
To customize the video camera settings panel
for Mint; text changes made; changed press to tap and changed tags of an
icon
JessicaL
Released
Version
Author
Status
Video camera settings overview
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "icons"
Indexterm: "camera"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
Indexterm: "video camera"
Sub-indexterm: "settings"
Indexterm: "icons"
Sub-indexterm: "in the camera"
Indexterm: "camera"
Indexterm: ""
ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-VIDEOCAMERA
Video camera [cam_strings_capturing_mode_video_camera_short_txt]
Select the video camera if you want to record videos.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-FRONT-VIDEOCAMERA
Front video [cam_strings_capturing_mode_front_video_short_txt]
Select the front video if you want to record self-portrait videos.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-890099DB-D0D0-43C9-97DB-8036F9450CE1
Video camera settings overview
For Togari HTML: no text change; changed icon strings.
XuCindy
Draft
Scenes
The Scenes feature helps you to quickly set up the camera for common situations
using pre-programmed scenes. The camera determines a number of settings for you
to fit the selected scene, ensuring the best possible video.
ID: ICN-SONYCAMERA-SCENENORMAL
Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
The Scenes feature is off and you can shoot videos manually.
135
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
ID: ICN-SONYCAMERA-SCENESOFTSNAP
Soft snap [cam_strings_scenes_soft_snap_cy_txt]
Use for shooting videos against soft backgrounds.
ID: ICN-SONYCAMERA-SCENELANDSCAPE
Landscape [cam_strings_scenes_landscape_txt]
Use for videos of landscapes. The camera focuses on distant objects.
ID: ICN-SONYCAMERA-SCENE-NIGHTSCENE
Night [cam_strings_scenes_nightmode_txt]
When turned on, light sensitivity is increased. Use in poorly lit environments.
Videos of fast-moving objects may get blurred. Hold your hand steady, or
use a support. Turn off night mode when lighting conditions are good, to
improve the video quality.
Beach and snow [cam_strings_scenes_beachsnow_txt]
ID: ICN-SONYCAMERA-SCENE-BEACH- Use in bright environments to avoid underexposed videos.
SNOW
ID: ICN-SONYCAMERA-SCENE-SPORT
Sports [cam_strings_scenes_sports_txt]
Use for videos of fast-moving objects. Short exposure time minimises
motion blurring.
ID: ICN-SONYCAMERA-SCENE-PARTY
Party [cam_strings_scenes_party_txt]
Use for indoor videos in poorly lit environments. This scene picks up indoor
background lighting or candlelight. Videos of fast-moving objects may get
blurred. Hold your hand steady, or use a support.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-5EDE7E57-7ED0-4F23-B63E-07FFE0EDB131
Scenes - separated from Video camera settings
for Tusbasa; text changes made; added the Soft Snap setting
JessicaL
Released*
Video resolution
Adjust the video resolution for different formats.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERARESOLUTION-SETTING-HD
1280×720(16:9) [cam_strings_video_resolution_1280]
HD (High Definition) format with 16:9 aspect ratio. 1280×720 pixels.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERARESOLUTION-SETTING-VGA
640×480(4:3) [cam_strings_video_resolution_vga]
VGA format with 4:3 aspect ratio. 640x480 pixels.
320×240(4:3) [cam_strings_video_resolution_320_240]
Quarter VGA format with 4:3 aspect ratio. 320x240 pixels.
ID:
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERARESOLUTION-SETTING-MMS
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
176×144(11:9) [cam_strings_video_resolution_mms]
Record videos suitable for sending in multimedia messages. The
recording time of this video format is limited to fit in a multimedia
message.
GUID-7E69C4F2-7B4D-46FF-8C9B-7026429FB366
Video size - separated from Video camera settings
For JB update 3: Lotus.not in use.
1.1.2
XuCindy
Draft
Self-timer
With the self-timer you can record a video without holding the device. Use it to record
group videos where everyone can be in the video. You can also use the self-timer to
avoid shaking the camera when recording videos.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERAADVANCED-SETTINGS-SELFTIMER-ON
On (10 sec.) [cam_strings_advanced_setting_selftimer_duration_txt]
Set a 10-second delay from when you tap the camera screen until
the video begins to record.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERAADVANCED-SETTINGS-SELFTIMER-ON-TWO-SEC
On (2 sec.) [cam_strings_advanced_setting_self_timer_two_sec_txt]
Set a 2-second delay from when you tap the camera screen until
the video begins to record.
136
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERAADVANCED-SETTINGS-SELFTIMER-OFF
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
The video begins to record as soon as you tap the camera screen.
GUID-D819F98C-8A85-44F0-90E5-2478C221D341
Self-timer - separated from Video camera settings
for Pollux; term change made
XuCindy
Released
Quick launch
Use Quick launch settings to launch the camera from the lock screen. If the device is
in sleep mode of camera, press the camera key.
ID: ICN-SONY-SEMCSLIDING-TAB-FASTCAPTUREPRESSED
Launch and capture [cam_strings_fast_capturing_launch_and_capture_photo_txt]
By pressing and holding down the camera key, the first photo is
captured immediately after the camera is launched from sleep
mode.
ID: ICN-SONY-SEMCSLIDING-TAB-FASTCAMNORMAL
Launch only (still camera) [cam_strings_fast_capturing_launch_only_photo_txt]
By pressing and holding down the camera key, the still camera is
launched from sleep mode.
ID: ICN-SONY-SEMCSLIDING-TAB-FASTCAMVIDEOREC-NORMAL
Launch and record video [cam_strings_fast_capturing_launch_and_capture_video_txt]
By pressing and holding down the camera key, the first video is shot
immediately after the camera video camera is launched from sleep
mode.
ID: ICN-SONY-SEMCSLIDING-TAB-FASTCAM-VIDEOPRESSED
Launch only (video camera) [cam_strings_fast_capturing_launch_only_video_txt]
By pressing and holding down the camera key, the video camera is
launched from sleep mode.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-LAUNCH- Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
CAPTURE-OFF
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-A3E21A95-B04C-455D-95F0-7A70EAA0EF9D
Quick launch
For Odin and Yuga: modify the description of quick launch
XuCindy
Released*
Focus mode
The focus setting controls which part of a video should be sharp. When continuous
autofocus is on, the camera keeps adjusting focus so that the area within the white
focus frame stays sharp.
ID: ICN-SONYCAMERA-FOCUSMODE-SINGLE-AF
Single autofocus [cam_strings_focus_mode_single_af_txt]
The camera automatically focuses on the selected subject. Continuous
autofocus is on.
ID: ICN-SONYCAMERA-FOCUSMODE-FACEDETECTION
Face detection [cam_strings_focus_mode_face_detection_txt]
The camera automatically detects up to five human faces, indicated by frames
on the screen. The camera automatically focuses on the nearest face. You can
also select which face to focus on by tapping it on the screen. When you tap
the camera screen, a green frame shows which face is selected and in focus.
Face detection cannot be used for all scene types. Continuous autofocus is on.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-A90913F5-D710-413B-8710-073469C04CB2
Focus mode - separated from Video camera settings
for Mint; no text changes made; removed the infinity setting
JessicaL
Released*
137
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Exposure value
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERAQUICK-EXPOSURE-LEVEL-TCH
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
This setting allows you to determine the amount of light in the image
you capture. A higher value indicates an increased amount of light.
GUID-069267FB-9F1C-485A-BE7D-67237399139D
Exposure value - separated from Video camera settings
For Tsubasa html User guide. Removed not working lines tag.
1.1.1
JorgenL
Released
Video HDR
Use the video HDR (High-Dynamic Range) setting to record a video against strong
back light or in conditions where the contrast is sharp. Video HDR compensates for
the loss of detail and produces a picture that is representative of both dark and bright
areas.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-65A1A984-7995-4588-A86F-07C76DD284C8
Video HDR - video
XuCindy
Released
White balance
The white balance setting adjusts the colour balance according to the lighting
conditions.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCEDSETTINGS-WHITE-BALANCE-AUTO
Auto [cam_strings_advanced_setting_white_balance_auto_txt]
Adjust the colour balance automatically to the lighting
conditions.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCEDSETTINGS-WHITE-BALANCEINCANDESCENT
Incandescent [cam_strings_advanced_setting_white_balance_incandes-
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCEDSETTINGS-WHITE-BALANCEFLUORESCENT
Fluorescent [cam_strings_advanced_setting_white_balance_fluores-
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCEDSETTINGS-WHITE-BALANCE-DAYLIGHT
Daylight [cam_strings_advanced_setting_white_balance_day_light_txt]
Adjust the colour balance for sunny outdoor conditions.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCEDSETTINGS-WHITE-BALANCE-CLOUDY
Cloudy [cam_strings_advanced_setting_white_balance_cloudy_txt]
Adjust the colour balance for a cloudy sky.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
cent_txt]
Adjusts the colour balance for warm lighting conditions,
such as under light bulbs.
cent_txt]
Adjust the colour balance for fluorescent lighting.
GUID-893AE629-E040-473B-A646-DDD824381DCC
White balance - separated from Video camera settings
for Tapioca; no text change; separated from Video camera settings
JessicaL
Released
Metering
This function automatically determines a well-balanced exposure by measuring the
amount of light striking the image that you want to capture.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERAADVANCED-SETTINGSMETERING-CENTER
Center [cam_strings_advanced_setting_photometry_center_txt]
Adjust the exposure to the centre of the image.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERAADVANCED-SETTINGSMETERING-AVERAGE
Average [cam_strings_advanced_setting_photometry_average_txt]
Calculate the exposure based on the amount of light striking the
whole image.
138
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERAADVANCED-SETTINGSMETERING-SPOT
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
Spot [cam_strings_advanced_setting_photometry_spot_txt]
Adjust the exposure in a very small part of the image that you want
to capture.
GUID-16EA22DD-0E21-451B-9654-5C1DE476B434
Metering - separated from Video camera settings
For Pollux: delete a note
XuCindy
Released
Image stabiliser
When recording a video, it can be difficult to hold the device steady. The stabiliser
helps you by compensating for small movements of the hand.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-BA0386BA-84CF-43F3-8E8E-C2FB51CED9F2
Image stabiliser - separated from Video camera settings
for Pollux; term change made
XuCindy
Released
Geotagging
Tag videoss with details of where you took them.
ID: ICN-SONYCAMERAGEOTAG-ON
On [cam_strings_advanced_setting_on_txt]
When geotagging is turned on, the approximate geographical location is added to
videos when you take them. To use geotagging, you must enable location features
from the Settings [settings_label] menu. For geotags to be added to a video, the location
must be determined before you take the video. Your location is determined when
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-GEOTAG-ON appears on the camera screen. When your
device is searching for your position, ID: ICN-SONY-STATUSBAR-GPS-ON
appears.
ID: ICN-SONYCAMERAGEOTAG-OFF
Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
When geotagging is turned off, you cannot view the location where you took a video.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-B4018131-CF65-4509-819D-BC177282DA8E
Geotagging - separated from video camera settings
JB update 3
XuCindy
Released
Microphone
Select whether to pick up the surrounding sound when recording videos.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D1755DC3-3516-47EA-8FCB-919814BC27EB
Microphone - separated from Video camera settings
for Tapioca; no text change; separated from Video camera settings
JessicaL
Released
Touch capture
Identify a particular focus area by touching the camera screen with your finger. The
photo is taken as soon as you release your finger. This setting is only available when
focus mode is set to touch focus.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAMERA-ADVANCED-SETTINGS-TOUCHCAPTURE-ON
ID: ICN-SONY-EDREAM-CAM-ADV-SETTINGS-TOUCH-CAP-OFF
GUID
Title
On [cam_strings_advanced_setting_on_txt]
Off [cam_strings_advanced_setting_off_txt]
GUID-6F453966-3773-4C86-8B4D-7BA72FEDC47E
Touch capture - for both Still and video camera settings
139
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Changes
Version
Author
Status
XuCindy
Released
Shutter sound
Choose to turn on or turn off the shutter sound when you record a video.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-41F4BDE1-4227-4DD9-ADA6-CB37D174758C
Shutter sound - separated from Video camera settings
For Tapioca; no text change; separated from Video camera settings
JessicaL
Released
Data storage
You can choose to save your data either to a removable SD card or to your device's
internal storage.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-DATA-INTERNAL-STORAGE Internal storage [spb_strings_gen_emmc_txt]
Photos or videos are saved on the device memory.
SD card [spb_strings_gen_sd_card_txt]
Photos or videos are saved on the SD card.
ID: ICN-SONY-CAM-DATA-SD-CARD
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-86D0BE1A-D724-4F2A-A75F-87BD85ADF4D6
Data storage - separated from both Still and Video camera settings
XuCindy
Released
140
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Album
Indexterm: "Album"
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C9C9DC20-84F0-433F-9E0C-58124EC6DC3F
Album - heading only
JorgenL
Released
About Album
Indexterm: "Album"
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Use Album to view photos and play videos that you’ve taken with your camera, or to
view similar content that you've saved to your device. You can add geotags to your
photos and videos, and then view them on a world map. In Album, you can also view
photos and videos that you've uploaded to an online service, for example, to a
Picasa™ web album.
From Album, you can share your favourite photos and videos with friends via
Bluetooth™ wireless technology, email, messaging and various online services. You
can also perform basic editing tasks on photos and set them as wallpaper or contact
pictures. For more information, see Connecting your device to a computer
on page 186.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-0C711360-DD0E-4CB8-ACA5-9A658EE68F7D
About Album
PengLeon
Released*
Album tab overview
•
•
•
The following tabs are available in Album:
Pictures [album_tab_pictures_txt] – view all photos and videos saved to the memory card.
Maps [album_tab_places_txt] – view your geotagged photos and video clips on a world map.
Online [album_tab_online_txt] – view your online albums.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CB4D15AC-CB5D-4CD6-8A9F-615E6C43ACB9
Album tab overview
For Nozoimi ICS. only changed a label from Camera to Pictures.
1.1.1
RongrongZ
Released
To open Album
Indexterm: "photo albums"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Indexterm: "video albums"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Indexterm: "Album"
Sub-indexterm: "opening"
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] .
ID: ICN-SONY-
If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways,
mark the Auto-rotate screen [accelerometer_title] checkbox under Settings [settings_label_launcher] >
Display [display_settings_title] .
GUID
GUID-70F2F687-424C-4551-884F-DE2FADD2DCF3
141
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To open Album
Valid from Pollux only Device condition added
PengLeon
Released
Viewing photos and videos in the Pictures [album_tab_pictures_txt] tab
Indexterm: "Album"
Indexterm: "Album"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing local content"
In the Pictures [album_tab_pictures_txt] tab in Album, you can view your photos and videos in
thumbnails in a grid view.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-7CFC5610-3AFB-4143-A0DD-256EAF1AA6FF
Viewing your photos and videos in Pictures tab
Device Term Change Valid from Odin and Yuga (List view related contents
removed)
PengLeon
Released
Version
Author
Status
Overview of Pictures [album_tab_pictures_txt] tab
Indexterm: "Album"
Sub-indexterm: "pictures"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-sub indexterm: "photos and videos"
ID: SCR-SONY-ALBUM-PICTURE-GRID-OVERVIEW-WVGA
Grid view of photos and videos.
View menu options.
Scroll up or down to view content.
Tap a photo or video to view it.
The date and number of items in the group below.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E6EC185C-6CDA-42FF-B58C-7FA96CDD8695
Overview of Picture tab
Device Term Change.
RongrongZ
Released*
To view photos and videos in grid view
Indexterm: "photos"
142
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-indexterm: "photo viewer"
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] . All photos and videos are displayed in a
chronologically ordered grid. Videos are indicated by ID: ICN-SONY-SEMCMUSIC-PLAY-NORMAL.
Tap a photo or video to view it.
Flick left to view the next photo or video. Flick right to view the previous photo
or video.
If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways,
mark the Auto-rotate screen [accelerometer_title] checkbox under Settings [settings_label_launcher] >
Display [display_settings_title] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-9E9154B9-0E5F-460C-9ED7-78C88771BEC4
To view photos and videos in grid view
Valid from Pollux only Device condition added
11
PengLeon
Released
To change the size of the thumbnails in Album
Indexterm: "Album"
Sub-indexterm: "thumbnail size"
•
When viewing thumbnails of photos and videos in Album, spread two fingers
apart to zoom in, or pinch two fingers together to zoom out.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CEAF453F-B0F8-41B0-822B-CA2B33FDC1FF
To change the size of the photo and video thumbnails in Album
From Nozomi ICS (edream 6.0). Text changed.
RongrongZ
Released
To work with batches of photos or videos in Album
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-indexterm: "selecting"
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-indexterm: "selecting"
When viewing thumbnails of photos and videos in Album, tap ID: ICN-SONYKEY-MENU, then tap Select items [album_options_mark_mode_txt] .
Tap the items you want to work with. Selected items are indicated by a blue
frame.
Use the tools in the toolbar at the top of the screen to work with your selected
items.
To activate selection mode, you can also touch and hold an item until its frame turns blue.
Then you can tap other items to select them.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-5199D8F4-B9B0-4E8C-89D7-56DB01A9A010
To work with batches of photos or videos
From Nozomi ICS (edream 6.1). Text changed.
RongrongZ
Released
Viewing photos and videos in the My albums [album_tab_my_albums_txt] tab
Indexterm: "Album"
Indexterm: "Album"
The following tiles are available in My albums:
•
Camera albums [album_divider_camera_albums_txt] – view all photos and videos taken with your
device’s camera.
143
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
•
•
Internal memory [album_divider_internalmemory_albums_txt] – view all photos and videos saved to
your device's internal storage.
My SD card [album_divider_memorycard_albums_txt] – view all photos and videos saved to a
removable memory card in your device.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E2F2FDE5-56BD-41EF-8054-92E5AEB1ABDA
Viewing photos and videos in My albums tab
Valid from Huashan (only changed Tab to Tile according to TID comments)
PengLeon
Released*
Overview of My albums [album_tab_my_albums_txt] tab
Indexterm: "Album"
Sub-indexterm: "My albums"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-sub indexterm: "photos and videos"
ID: SCR-SONY-ALBUM-MY ALBUM-LIST-OVERVIEW-WVGA
View photos and videos using the PlayMemories online service.
View photos and videos on Facebook™.
View photos and videos in Picasa™.
View all photos and videos saved to the removable memory card.
View all photos and videos saved to your device's internal storage.
View all photos with faces.
View your photos in globe mode.
View your photos on a map.
View all photos and videos taken with your device’s camera.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-6D2E2C78-45CA-4F7E-9EE9-3E0A8E7A2B3D
Overview of My albums tab
valid from Togari only the Face feature description added
PengLeon
Released
144
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To view content in list view in the Camera albums tile
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] > My albums [album_tab_my_albums_txt] > Camera
albums [album_divider_camera_albums_txt] .
Tap a folder that you want to open. The folder's content appears in a
chronologically ordered grid. Videos are indicated by ID: ICN-SONY-SEMCMUSIC-PLAY-NORMAL.
Tap a photo or video to view it.
Flick left to view the next photo or video. Flick right to view the previous photo
or video.
If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways,
mark the Auto-rotate screen [accelerometer_title] checkbox under Settings [settings_label_launcher] >
Display [display_settings_title] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-ED17CFDD-41FA-443C-9995-B8DCAA048F5F
To view content in list view in the Camera albums tile
Valid from Pollux only Device condition added
PengLeon
Released
To view content in list view in the Internal memory tile
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] > My albums [album_tab_my_albums_txt] > Internal
memory [album_divider_internalmemory_albums_txt] .
Tap a folder that you want to open. The folder's content appears in a
chronologically ordered grid. Videos are indicated by ID: ICN-SONY-SEMCMUSIC-PLAY-NORMAL.
Tap a photo or video to view it.
Flick left to view the next photo or video. Flick right to view the previous photo
or video.
If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways,
mark the Auto-rotate screen [accelerometer_title] checkbox under Settings [settings_label_launcher] >
Display [display_settings_title] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CEB86E94-D783-4941-BDE0-DCF7022825D3
To view content in list view in the Internal memory tile
Valid from Pollux only Device condition added
PengLeon
Released
To view content in list view in the My SD card tile
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] > My albums [album_tab_my_albums_txt] > My SD card
[album_divider_memorycard_albums_txt] .
Tap a folder that you want to open. The folder's content appears in a
chronologically ordered grid. Videos are indicated by ID: ICN-SONY-SEMCMUSIC-PLAY-NORMAL.
Tap a photo or video to view it.
Flick left to view the next photo or video. Flick right to view the previous photo
or video.
If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways,
mark the Auto-rotate screen [accelerometer_title] checkbox under Settings [settings_label_launcher] >
Display [display_settings_title] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
GUID-39256779-538C-4305-9C60-D8A86F2E8398
To view content in list view in the My SD card tile
Valid from Pollux only Device condition added
145
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Author
Status
PengLeon
Released
To view photos with faces in list view in the Faces tile
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] > My albums [album_tab_my_albums_txt] > Faces [album_dashboard_tile_faces_txt] .
Tap a folder that you want to open. The folder's content appears in a
chronologically ordered grid.
Tap a photo to view it.
Flick left to view the next photo. Flick right to view the previous photo.
If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways,
mark the Auto-rotate screen [accelerometer_title] checkbox under Settings [settings_label_launcher] >
Display [display_settings_title] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3D1914BE-78F3-43BB-9C54-1668AFC9D076
To view photos with faces in list view in the Face tile
Valid from Pollux only Device condition added
PengLeon
Released
Working with photos in Album
You can edit photos in Album. For example, you can crop photos, associate them
with contacts, or use them as wallpaper.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-ADC46697-50D7-4C66-978F-F384F4DA0D8D
Working with photos in Album
From Nozomi ICS (eDream 6.1). No text change. Only changed app's name
from Gallery to Album.
RongrongZ
Released
Version
Author
Status
To zoom a photo
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "zooming"
Indexterm: "zooming"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
•
•
When you are viewing a photo, double-tap the screen to zoom in. Double-tap again
to zoom out.
When you are viewing a photo, spread two fingers apart to zoom in, or pinch two
fingers together to zoom out.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-FA6FB193-0FB8-4C87-9768-B43CEFBA44A0
To zoom a photo
Changed from edream 6.0
CynthiaH
Released
To watch a slideshow of your photos
Indexterm: "slideshow"
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "slideshow"
When you are viewing a photo, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap
Slideshow [album_option_slideshow_txt] to start playing all the photos in an album.
Tap a photo to end the slideshow.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-ED692E31-B1E1-4A66-BA4A-3E41B1CAC491
To watch a slideshow of your photos
From Nozomi ICS (eDream 6.1). Text changed in step 1.
RongrongZ
Released*
146
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To watch a slideshow of your photos with music
Indexterm: "Album"
Sub-indexterm: "SensMe™ slideshow"
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "SensMe™ slideshow"
When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap
ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU > SensMe™ slideshow [album_options_sensme_pictures_txt] .
Select the music and theme that you want to use for the slideshow, then tap
ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PLAY-NORMAL. The Album application
analyses your photos and uses SensMe™ music data to play a slideshow.
To pause playing, tap the screen to display the controls, then tap ID: ICNSONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PAUSE-NORMAL.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-909BEA45-DC15-4EC4-AB19-328F878A9060
To watch a slideshow of your photos with music
Valid for Xperia Care
1.1.1
PengLeon
Released
To rotate a photo
Indexterm: "rotating"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "rotating"
When you are viewing a photo, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU.
Select Rotate left [album_option_rotate_left_txt] or Rotate right [album_option_rotate_right_txt] . The
photo is saved in the new orientation.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-FC0207B6-9145-4A5C-87BC-01B5969CC3D1
To rotate a photo
From Nozomi ICS (edream 6.1). Tex reused from released topics.
RongrongZ
Released*
To crop a photo
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "cropping"
Indexterm: "cropping"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
Indexterm: "resizing"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap
ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU > Edit photo [album_options_edit_photo_txt] > ID: ICNSONY-ALBUM-CROP > Crop [album_option_crop_txt] .
To adjust the crop frame, touch and hold the edge of the crop frame. When the
squares at the edges disappear, drag inward or outward to resize the frame.
To resize all sides of the crop frame at the same time, touch and hold one of
the four corners to make the squares at the edges disappear, then drag the
corner accordingly.
To move the crop frame to another area of the photo, touch and hold inside the
frame, then drag it to the desired position.
To save a copy of the photo as you cropped it, tap Save [album_options_save_txt] . The
original uncropped version remains on your device.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C8189FB3-D445-4117-B326-AEDB6E254373
To crop a photo
Valid from Pollux only changed the way to open Crop
12
PengLeon
Released
To use a photo
Indexterm: "photos"
147
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Sub-indexterm: "using as"
When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap
ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU > Use as [album_options_use_as_txt] .
Select an option from the list that appears.
Follow the relevant steps to use the photo.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-1EF627DD-3E4B-49E7-8AF0-E8133D8D4248
To use a photo - for Sony Tablet and Walkman
For Tablet and Walkman only. Because in Tablet and Walkman devices it's
"Contact photo" instead of "Contact picture.
RongrongZ
Released
Version
Author
Status
To edit a photo
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "editing"
Indexterm: "editing"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
•
When you are viewing a photo, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Edit
photo [album_options_edit_photo_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3256B4EF-EC78-4F73-BB9F-2574825B4B99
To edit a photo
From Nozomi ICS (edream 6.1).
RongrongZ
Released*
To apply a picture effect to a photo
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "cropping"
Indexterm: "cropping"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
Indexterm: "resizing"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap
Edit photo [album_options_edit_photo_txt] > ID: ICN-SONY-ALBUM-EDIT-FILTER.
Select an option.
To save a copy of the photo that you applied the effect to, tap Save [album_options_save_txt] . The original unchaged version remains on your device.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-1D6C2B88-4A95-4AAE-AA9E-16AECFCCD042
To apply a picture effect to a photo
PengLeon
Draft
To make a photo more beautiful with advanced settings
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "editing"
Indexterm: "editing"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap
Edit photo [album_options_edit_photo_txt] > ID: ICN-SONY-ALBUM-EDIT-FACECORRECTION.
Select an option.
To save a copy of the photo that you applied the setting to, tap Save [album_options_save_txt] . The original unchanged version remains on your device.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-07A7F9DD-010A-403E-9F86-A9576C8AA734
To make a photo more beautiful
PengLeon
Draft
To set the light amount of colours in a photo
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "editing"
Indexterm: "setting"
148
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Sub-indexterm: "light amount"
When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap
Edit photo [album_options_edit_photo_txt] > ID: ICN-SONY-ALBUM-EDIT-EXPOSURE.
Select an option.
To save a copy of the photo that you applied the light setting to, tap Save [album_options_save_txt] . The original unchaged version remains on your device.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-686F7515-649E-421F-B93B-97C5B2523497
To set the light amout of colors in a photo
PengLeon
Draft
To set the saturation level of colours in a photo
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "saturation level"
Indexterm: "setting"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap
ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU > Edit photo [album_options_edit_photo_txt] > ID: ICNSONY-ALBUM-EDIT-COLOUR-ADJUSTMENT.
Select an option.
To save a copy of the photo in which you set the saturation level of colours,
tap Save [album_options_save_txt] . The original uncropped version remains on your
device.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-252B51B6-E5F7-4224-91A1-B97F7DA007B4
To set the saturation level of colors in a photo
PengLeon
Draft
To share a photo
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "sharing"
Indexterm: "photos"
Indexterm: "sharing"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap
ID: ICN-SONY-GALLERY-SHARE.
In the menu that opens, tap the application that you want to use to share the
photo, then follow the steps to send it.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-8FD74D8D-4AAA-41BA-B121-428EEABE725B
To share a photo
From Nozomi ICS (edream 6.1). Text changed .
RongrongZ
Released
To add a geotag to a photo
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "adding a geotag"
When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap
ID: ICN-SONY-ACTION-LAYER-GEOTAG-PREVIEW-BG to open the map
screen.
Find and tap the desired location to put the photo on the map.
To adjust the location of the photo, tap the location on the map to where you
want to move the photo.
When you are finished, tap OK [gui_ok_txt] to save the geotag and return to the
photo viewer.
When a photo is geotagged, ID: ICN-SONY-ACTION-LAYER-GEOTAG-BG appears along
with location information. You can tap this icon to view the photo on a map.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-94B6D803-A114-4058-AF8D-CB219961DD33
To add a geotag when viewing a photo
From Nozomi ICS (edream 6.1).
149
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Version
Author
Status
RongrongZ
Released
To delete a photo
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "deleting"
Indexterm: "deleting"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap
ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU > Delete [album_options_delete_txt] .
Tap OK [gui_ok_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-1EECE26E-E89A-4E66-8B11-9441E0D8B89D
To delete a photo
Valid from Taoshan changed the way to delete photo
PengLeon
Released
Analysing photos with faces in Album
You can analyse photos with faces saved to your devices. For example, you can add
and edit names for faces.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CAF912E8-705E-4454-9B93-1DA407255083
Analysing photos with faces
PengLeon
Released
To analyse photos with faces
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "analysing"
Indexterm: "analysing"
Sub-indexterm: "photos"
In the Faces tile, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU > Photo analysis [mslideshow_strings_show_op_photo_analysis_setting_txt] .
Tap Activate [gui_activate_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-7AC9032C-AD11-470E-9D87-D3C3FF9458EF
To analyse photos with faces
Valid from Togari only label changed no text updated
PengLeon
Draft
To name a face
Indexterm: "faces"
Sub-indexterm: "editing"
Indexterm: "editing"
Sub-indexterm: "faces"
In the Faces tile, find and tap the face you want to name in the Unnamed faces
folder.
Tap Add name [face_strings_faceitem_btn_write_name_txt] .
Type a name, then tap OK [okay_action] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-09F1ED28-4A6C-48CC-875F-EBA88F566193
To name a face
PengLeon
Released
To edit a face name
Indexterm: "faces"
Sub-indexterm: "editing"
Indexterm: "editing"
150
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Sub-indexterm: "faces"
When you are viewing a face in the full screen view, tap the screen to display
the toolbars, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU > Edit name tags [face_strings_album_op_edit_tag_txt] .
Tap the face name to edit the name.
Type a name, then tap OK [okay_action] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-5F513671-8DE9-4A62-982F-8CAF8EB3D9AB
To edit a face name
PengLeon
Released
Working with videos in Album
Indexterm: "videos"
Use Album to watch videos that you’ve taken with the camera, downloaded, or
copied to your device. You can also share your videos with friends, for example, by
uploading them to online services.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-51F5D9E3-4BEA-4803-9717-36F071DC30A0
Working with videos
Device Term Change.
RongrongZ
Released
To play a video
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "playing"
Open the Pictures [album_tab_pictures_txt] tab or the My albums [album_tab_my_albums_txt] tab in
Album.
Using grid view or list view, locate the video that you want to open.
Tap the video to play it.
If the playback controls are not displayed, tap the screen to display them. To
hide the controls, tap the screen again.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-F785DB32-33A8-44C6-AD5C-001BC1E7C4A7
To play a video
Valid for Odin and Yuga (Changed Step 1 "Open the picture and My albums"
tab
PengLeon
Released*
Version
Author
Status
To pause a video
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "pausing"
Indexterm: "video player"
Sub-indexterm: "pausing a video"
When a video is playing, tap the screen to display the controls.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PAUSE-NORMAL.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-2F1D89FD-3370-4BD6-872E-6628B924E265
To pause a video
ver. 1 Created for Robyn/Mimmi RTL
PeterC
Released*
To fast forward and rewind a video
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "fast forwarding and rewinding"
When a video is playing, tap the screen to display the controls.
Drag the progress bar marker left to rewind, or right to fast forward.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
GUID-A785999B-662F-4020-8B3F-69AAF7D57C5E
To fast forward and rewind a video
From Nozomi ICS (edream 6.1). No text change. Only removed the tip.
RongrongZ
151
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Status
Released
To adjust the volume of a video
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "adjusting volume"
Indexterm: "volume"
Sub-indexterm: "adjusting video"
•
Press the volume key.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-27C5332E-2A2B-47EE-AB0C-18F12067FDB8
To adjust the volume of a video
ver. 2 Created for Robyn/Mimmi RTL
PeterC
Released*
To share a video
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "sharing"
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "sending"
When a video is playing, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Share [album_options_share_txt] .
In the menu that opens, tap the application that you want to use to share the
selected video, then follow the relevant steps to send it.
You might not be able to copy, send or transfer copyright-protected items. Also, some items
may not send if the file size is too large.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-5930D392-F898-40B7-9FF0-39EF4F7F23FD
To share a video
From Nozomi ICS (edream 6.1). Text changed in step 1.
RongrongZ
Released*
To delete a video
Indexterm: "videos"
Sub-indexterm: "deleting"
Indexterm: "deleting"
Sub-indexterm: "videos"
In Album, find the video you want to delete.
Touch and hold the video to activate selection mode. The frame of the video
thumbnail turns blue when it is selected.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU > Delete [album_options_delete_txt] , then tap OK
[gui_ok_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CF190C14-1CF7-499E-84C3-A49C86003422
To delete a video
Valid from Taoshan changed the way to delete video
PengLeon
Released
Viewing your photos on a map
Indexterm: "photos"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing on a map"
If you enable location detection when taking photos, you can use the information
gathered at a later stage. For example, you can view your photos on a map and show
friends and family where you were when you took the photo. Adding location
information is also referred to as geotagging. When you enable location detection,
you can select to use either GPS satellites or wireless networks, or both, to find your
position.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-5F3D09DC-6D63-40EB-AE7D-A1D4B8B0ABE3
Viewing your photos on a map
Valid from JB Update HTML User Guide only X-ef removed
8.1.2
PengLeon
Released
152
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Overview of Maps [album_tab_places_txt] tile
Indexterm: "Album"
Sub-indexterm: "map"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-sub indexterm: "photos and videos"
ID: SCR-SONY-ALBUM-MAP-OVERVIEW-WVGA-WITHMENU
Search a location on the map.
View menu options.
A group of photos and/or videos geotagged with the same location.
Double tap to zoom in. Pinch to zoom out. Drag to view different parts of the map.
Thumbnails of the selected group of photos and/or videos. Tap an item to view it in full screen.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D8B29D35-3D56-45A2-8132-19F5EAB3D57C
Overview of Map tile
Valid from Huashan (only changed Tab to Tile according to TID comments)
PengLeon
Released*
To enable location detection
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Location services [location_settings_title] .
Mark the GPS satellites [location_gps] and/or Google's location service [location_network_based] checkboxes.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-97BCD6C5-2465-4164-953E-72EE4716155D
To enable location detectionc
From Nozomi ICS (eDream 6.1). Text changed in step 1 and 2.
RongrongZ
Released
153
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To view geotagged photos on a map in Album
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] > My albums [album_tab_my_albums_txt] > Maps [album_tab_places_txt] .
Tap a photo to view it in full screen.
If several photos were taken at the same location, only one of them appears on
the map. The total number of photos appears in the top right corner, for
example, ID: ICN-SONY-ALBUM-PHOTO-GROUP. To view these photos,
tap the cover photo and then tap one of the thumbnails at the bottom of the
screen.
When viewing a geotagged photo in the photo viewer, you can touch the screen to display the
toolbars, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-ACTION-LAYER-GEOTAG-BG to view the photo on the
map.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-6ED5D2BE-F4C3-4957-B8EE-544F2EB007F2
To view geotagged photos on a map in Album
Valid from Odin and Yuga (The path to open Maps changed)
PengLeon
Released
To view geotagged photos on a globe in Album
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] > My albums [album_tab_my_albums_txt] > Globe [album_dashboard_tile_globe_txt] .
Tap a photo to view it in full screen.
If several photos were taken at the same location, only one of them appears on
the map. The total number of photos appears in the top right corner, for
example, ID: ICN-SONY-ALBUM-PHOTO-GROUP. To view these photos,
tap the cover photo and then tap one of the thumbnails at the bottom of the
screen.
When viewing a geotagged photo from the camera application, you can touch the screen to
display the toolbars, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-ACTION-LAYER-GEOTAG-BG to view the
photo on the map.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
PengLeon
Released
To add a geotag when viewing the map in Album
When viewing the map in Album, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Add
geotag [album_options_add_geotag_txt] .
Find and tap the photo to which you want to add the geotag.
Tap the desired location on the map to set the geotag, then tap OK [gui_ok_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-058FF9EC-CDBF-414A-AC0B-2C89C9791CE0
To view geotagged photos in globe view
GUID-FFCB4D26-20C3-4693-90EF-C62E7FBE98F7
To add a geotag when viewing the map in Album
From Nozomi ICS (edream6.1).
RongrongZ
Released
To edit the geotag of a photo in Album
When viewing a photo on the map in Album, touch and hold the photo until its
frame turns blue.
Drag the photo to the new location.
You can also tap the desired location on the map instead of dragging.
GUID
GUID-C563C5E8-4E10-4BD9-A348-08F1A4A400DB
154
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
To edit the geotag of a photo in Album
From Nozomi ICS (edream 6.1).
RongrongZ
Released
To change the map view in Album
When viewing the map in Album, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then select Classic
view [album_options_map_view_classic_txt] or Satellite view [album_options_map_view_satellite_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-000937D7-8E92-43F6-9EBD-157D5D4D21EB
To change the map view in Album
Valid from Sony United only Globe view removed
PengLeon
Released
Viewing online albums
In Album, view the photos and videos that you and your friends have uploaded to
online services, such as Picasa™ and Facebook™. You can view comments from
your friends and add your own comments as well.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-B00667D1-883A-41A7-A178-D8B55B1E6021
Viewing your online albums
Valid from Odin and Yuga (Updated according to functional review comments)
PengLeon
Released*
Version
Author
Status
Overview of online services
Indexterm: "Album"
Sub-indexterm: "online albums"
Sub-indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-sub indexterm: "photos and videos"
ID: SCR-SONY-ALBUM-ONLINE-OVERVIEW-WVGA-WITHMENU
Active online service.
Name of online album.
Number of items in the online album.
Refresh.
View menu options.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-9DBECC44-0C94-4D50-B44F-B155BBF20D59
Overview of online tab
Valid from Odin and Yuga (Only Title changed)
155
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Version
Author
Status
PengLeon
Released*
To view and add comments to online album content
When viewing a photo from an online album, tap the screen to display the
toolbars, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-ALBUM-ONLINE-COMMENT to view the
comments.
To view more comments, scroll down the screen.
To add your own comments, enter your comments at the bottom of the screen,
then tap Post [album_online_add_comment_hint_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-EB349C86-E7AC-4B9E-A8C4-E8276B331929
To view and add comments to online album content
From Nozomi ICS (edream 6.1).
RongrongZ
Released
To recommend a photo or video on Facebook™
Indexterm: ""Like" a photo on Facebook™"
Indexterm: ""Like" a video on Facebook™"
Indexterm: "recommending photos and videos"
•
While viewing a photo or video from one of your Facebook™ albums, tap the
screen to display the toolbars, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-ACTIONLAYER-LIKEOFF to show that you "Like" the item on Facebook™ [Facebook™] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-34B7D433-85CD-4664-A3AE-951412CE0161
To recommend a photo on Facebook™
From Nozomi2. Updated index by removing Xperia with Facebook. Replaced
"it" with "the item" according to editor's comments.
RongrongZ
Released*
156
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Movies
Indexterm: "movies"
Indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-indexterm: "movies"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3345E65F-E378-4D4E-A118-76501D206104
Movies - heading only
JorgenL
Released*
About Movies
Indexterm: "Movies"
Indexterm: "viewing"
Sub-indexterm: "Movies"
Use the Movies application to play movies and other video content that you’ve saved
on your device. The Movies application also helps you get poster art, plot summaries,
genre info and director details for each movie. You can also play your movies on
other devices that are connected to the same network.
Videos taken with your device's camera are displayed in the Album application, not in the
Movies application.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-34487455-EEAA-4797-A93E-9F5D3FB7F00E
About Movies
Device term change
Gan Lu
Released
Overview of Movies
Indexterm: "Movies"
ID: SCR-SONY-MOVIES-OVERVIEW-WVGA-WITHMENU
View menu options
Browse all movies
Open the Video Unlimited application
Browse content on other connected DLNA Certified™ devices
157
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
All video categories available on your device
Video Unlimited may not be available in all countries or regions.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-33B65899-D71B-4F7F-9F49-CD7D5F53E95C
Overview of Movies
For Nicki SS; remove bullets 1&6 for Movies 3.3 (based on V5)
Tan Nellie
Draft
Using Movies
Indexterm: "using Movies"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To play a video in Movies
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap Movies [udoc_trans_app_name_movies] .
Select a video category and browse to the video that you want to play.
Tap the video you want to select, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSICPLAY-NORMAL to play it.
To display or hide the controls, tap the screen.
To pause playing, tap ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSIC-PAUSE-NORMAL.
To rewind, drag the progress bar marker left. To fast forward, drag the
progress bar marker right.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C5D88595-AEA0-4E12-873D-48921AC9D35F
Using Movies - heading only
for Huashan; update index term
Gan Lu
Released
GUID-BB3F685B-DC8C-4C9A-8988-347CC7F28D2B
To play a video in Movies
From Tablet 2012 fall. Updated due to functional change.
RongrongZ
Released
To play a video in full screen
When a video is playing, tap the screen to display the controls.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MOVIES-FULL-SCREEN.
To play the video in its original size, tap
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-MOVIES-ORIGINAL-SIZE.
GUID-51B9F0A2-1F73-4BA0-AF3D-204D8040AA98
To play a video in full screen
For Tablet 2012 fall. Updated due to editor's comments.
RongrongZ
Released
To share a video
When a video is playing, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Share [share] .
In the menu that opens, tap the application that you want to use to share the
selected video, then follow the relevant steps to send it.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-FA1344A1-1D81-4746-8FC6-5ECD464F44E6
To share a video
For Tablet 2012 fall. Updated according to editor's comments.
RongrongZ
Released*
158
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To get movie information manually
Make sure your phone has an active data connection.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap Movies [udoc_trans_app_name_movies] .
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then make sure that the Get video details [online_mode_option_info] checkbox is marked.
Select a video category and browse to the video for which you want to get
information.
Touch and hold the movie for which you want to get information, then tap
Search for info [gracenote_option_lookup_info] in the list that appears.
In the search field, enter keywords for the video, then tap the confirm key on
the keyboard. All matches are displayed in a list.
Select a search result, then tap Done [gui_done_txt] . The download of the
information begins.
You also get information about newly added videos automatically when the Movies application
is opened and the Get video details [online_mode_option_info] checkbox is marked. Data transmission
charges may apply.
If the downloaded information is not correct, tap
search again using different keywords.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-VIDEO-DETAILS and
GUID-C90DB6C6-1213-4A7F-B71E-0EFA1B841361
To get movie information manually
Customized for Tablet. Added condition to change "phone" to "device". Editorially approved except step 6/note/tip.
RongrongZ
Released*
To clear information about a video
Indexterm: "movies"
Sub-indexterm: "clearing video information"
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap Movies [udoc_trans_app_name_movies] .
Select a video category and browse to the video that you want to edit.
Touch and hold the video thumbnail, then tap Clear info [gracenote_option_clear_info] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-7DC6C771-703A-4944-8C0F-DEE68A90FBD2
To clear information about a video
for Odin; change step 3
Gan Lu
Released*
To play a video on an external device
Make sure the devices that you want to share files with are connected to the
same Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network as your device.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap Movies [udoc_trans_app_name_movies] >
ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU.
Tap Throw [play_on_device] , then select a device from the list.
Select the video that you want to play.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C5049CCE-C12E-4772-9E8F-1481619786BF
To play a video on an external device
for Odin & Yuga
Gan Lu
Released
159
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To change the sound settings while a video is playing
While a video is playing, tap the screen to display the controls.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Sound settings [udoc_trans_movies_sound_settings] .
Mark the checkboxes for the sound settings that you want to activate.
When you're finished, tap OK [gui_ok_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-2E2A3369-4370-493A-A9AD-8A797853C20A
To change the sound settings when playing a video
From Tablet 2012 fall models. Movies 2.1. New topic.
RongrongZ
Released
To delete a video
From your Home screen, tap ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL,
then find and tap Movies [udoc_trans_app_name_movies] .
Select a video category and browse to the video that you want to delete.
Touch and hold the video thumbnail, then tap Delete [video_strings_delete_txt] from the
list that appears.
Tap Delete [video_strings_delete_txt] again to confirm.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-FF4AE431-C65B-4F9C-9E9A-BD782D59D6A6
To delete a video
From Tablet. Movies 2.1.
RongrongZ
Released
160
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Video Unlimited
Indexterm: "Video Unlimited"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D97D2EE7-6F18-4CCD-89E5-F603425C0B59
Video Unlimited - heading only
From Togari; text changed; only remove the trademark (TM).
Tan Nellie
Draft
About Video Unlimited
Indexterm: "Video Unlimited"
Use the Video Unlimited service to rent and purchase videos that you can view not
only on your Android device, but also on a PC, PlayStation® Portable (PSP®),
PlayStation® 3 or PlayStation® Vita. Select your pick from the latest Hollywood
releases, action movies, comedies, classics, and a range of other categories.
Video Unlimited might not be available in all countries or regions.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-ECD7AFE6-638C-403E-B141-21012DD658A3
About Video Unlimited
From Togari; text changed; remove the trademark (TM) and add PlayStation® Vita.
Tan Nellie
Draft
Version
Author
Status
To open Video Unlimited
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-QRIOCITY.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID-A757408D-63DB-4C20-8594-32428F18B21A
To open Qriocity™ Video
From Togari; text changed; only remove the trademark (TM) as TID requires.
Tan Nellie
Draft
Video Unlimited menu overview
Indexterm: "Video Unlimited"
Sub-indexterm: "menu overview"
ID:
ICNSON
YMEN
UACC
OUN
TLIST
View your account information
ID: Search for a video
ICNSON
YMEN
USEAR
CH
ID: View the download status for all your items
ICNSON
YQRIO
CITY-
161
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
MEN
UDOW
NLOA
DS
ID: View and change settings for your account, purchases, and downloads
ICNSON
YMEN
USETTI
NGS
ID: Add the current video to a wish list
ICNSON
YQRIO
CITYMEN
UADDTOWISH
LIST
ID: Delete all items in your wish list
ICNSON
YQRIO
CITYMEN
UCLEA
RALL
ID: Delete the video you're currently viewing from the wish list
ICNSON
YQRIO
CITYMEN
UDELE
TEWISH
LIST
ID: Share information about the current video via a social network, email, Bluetooth or other method
ICNSON
YMEN
USHAR
ID: View legal information
ICNSON
YMEN
UINFODETA
ILS
The Video Unlimited menu is dynamic, which means that all options are not always available.
For example, the option to delete all items in your wish list is only available when you are
viewing the list.
GUID
Title
GUID-A28A9886-9ED6-40A3-89D2-FDDCFD80859E
Qriocity menu overview
162
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
From Togari; text changed; remove the trademark (TM) and all the icons as
TID requires.
Tan Nellie
Draft
To open the Video Unlimited menu
Open Video Unlimited [IA_APP_VIDEO_UNLIMITED] , then tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEYMENU.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CA8B4FC3-5116-45D0-B3F4-EE8853C45850
To open the Qriocity menu
From Togari; text changed; only remove the trademark (TM) as TID requires.
Tan Nellie
Draft
Creating a Video Unlimited account
Indexterm: "Video Unlimited"
Sub-indexterm: "creating an account"
You need to create a Video Unlimited account if you want to buy or rent movies
through the Video Unlimited service. If you already have a PlayStation® network
account or a Sony Entertainment Network account, then you can use that account
instead.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-4F2540B1-5415-4BCE-B849-D61FFDA326B8
Creating an account
From Togari; text changed; remove the trademark (TM) and add Sony Entertainment Network account as TID requires.
Tan Nellie
Draft
Exploring the Video Unlimited selection
Browse videos by category, or enter text to search for a particular item. You can also
choose to preview videos you're interested in.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-B42162CD-C272-454E-8512-EA332CE6C769
Exploring the Qriocity video selection
From Togari; text changed; only remove the trademark (TM) as TID requires.
Tan Nellie
Draft
Renting or buying a video
Indexterm: "Video Unlimited"
Sub-indexterm: "buying videos"
Sub-indexterm: "renting videos"
When you rent a video, you have a fixed amount of time in which to view it. This time
period varies from market to market. You can also choose to download a purchased
video to most Sony™ devices that are connected to your Video Unlimited account.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-4E75E2C5-7F58-494C-94B1-72FF82C56D64
Renting or buying a video
From Togari; text changed; only remove the trademark (TM) as TID requires.
Tan Nellie
Draft
Video Unlimited notifications overview
Indexterm: "Video Unlimited"
Sub-indexterm: "notifications"
When you buy or rent videos, the following notifications may appear:
ID:
ICNSON
Y-
Downloading of video is completed
163
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
QRIO
CITYNOTI
FICA
TION
SDOW
NLOA
DED
ID: Downloading has failed. You need to check that, for example, your device is connected to a WiICN- Fi® network, and that you have enough free space on your memory card or internal storage.
SON
YQRIO
CITYNOTI
FICA
TION
SDOW
NLOA
DFAILE
Downloading of video is ongoing
ID:
ICNSON
YQRIO
CITYNOTI
FICA
TION
SDOW
NLOA
DONG
OING
ID: Downloading is paused
ICNSON
YQRIO
CITYNOTI
FICA
TION
SDOW
NLOA
DPAUS
ED
ID: Confirmation of successful purchase
ICNSON
YQRIO
CITYNOTI
FICA
TION
SPUR
CHAS
ED
ID: Rental countdown period has started
ICNSON
YQRIO
CITYNOTI
164
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
FICA
TION
SRENT
ALEXPI
RATI
ON
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-513AECFF-28AE-4B6F-96F7-09BA135AB603
Qriocity notifications overview
From Togari; text changed; remove the trademark (TM) and add "internal
storage" in row2 as TID requires.
Tan Nellie
Draft
Watching a video from Video Unlimited
Indexterm: "Video Unlimited"
Sub-indexterm: "watching a video"
You can watch your rented or purchased videos on most Sony™ device that are
connected to your Video Unlimited account.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D009F3D9-7D31-4303-B112-6209F5F27172
Watching a video
From Togari; text changed; only remove the trademark (TM) as TID requires.
Tan Nellie
Draft
Video menu overview
Indexterm: "Video Unlimited"
Sub-indexterm: "menu overview"
When you watch a video from Video Unlimited, you can open a menu to get the
following options:
ID:
ICNSON
YMEN
UDELE
TE
Delete the current video
ID: View information about the current video
ICNSON
YMEN
UINFODETA
ILS
ID: Change the audio language
ICNSON
YQRIO
CITYVIEW
VIDE
OLANG
UAGE
ID:
ICNSON
YQRIO
Change the language of subtitles, or remove subtitles
165
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
CITYVIEW
VIDE
OSUBT
ITLE
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-8B523639-1294-4AA6-B0CC-5A4D33AA6A4F
Qriocity video menu overview
From Togari; text changed; only remove the trademark (TM) as TID requires.
Tan Nellie
Draft
166
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Web browser
Indexterm: "web browser"
Indexterm: "Internet"
Sub-indexterm: "web browser"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C6458DD6-EE02-482B-8272-9E1E99BEF6E7
Web browser - heading only
JorgenL
Released
About the web browser
Indexterm: "web browser"
Indexterm: "Internet"
Sub-indexterm: "web browser"
The Google Chrome™ web browser for Android™ devices comes pre-installed in
most markets. Go to http://support.google.com/chrome and click the "Chrome for
Mobile" link to get more detailed information about how to use this web browser.
Google Chrome™ is not available in all markets.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-4C8FA0B0-E32C-4AFF-98E4-F6EB2DD99BC4
About the web browser
updated for devices which don't have web broswer but Chrome only
LuLinda
Released
To open the web browser
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-CHROME.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID-9F6D5FF1-0FE2-436C-A909-4616287CCC89
To open the web browser
Changed for Odin/Yuga: Update the Chrome icon.
GuoZhaoyun
Released
167
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Connectivity
Indexterm: "connectivity"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-2DE0CED8-8C54-45E2-BBCA-EB06A8978D22
Connectivity - heading only
JorgenL
Released
Connecting to wireless networks
You can access the Internet wirelessly from your device using Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] technology. This way you can browse the web and share media files over the
same Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network with other DLNA Certified™ devices, for
example, TVs and computers.
If your company or organisation has a virtual private network (VPN), you can connect
to this network using your device. You can use a VPN to access intranets and other
internal services at your company.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-DC584BA4-E5B9-4791-AF52-B42F72507E7F
Connecting to wireless networks
Remove snippet image for Xperia Care
LiShuo
Released
Before using Wi-Fi®
To browse the Internet using a Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] connection, you need to
search for and connect to an available Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network and then
open the Internet browser. The signal strength of the Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain]
network may differ depending on your device's location. Move closer to the Wi-Fi®
[udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] access point to increase the signal strength.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-8A163681-5881-423C-B364-FBF0EF3186C4
Before using Wi-Fi
Device Term Change
LiShuo
Released
To turn on Wi-Fi®
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] .
Drag the slider beside Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] to the right to turn on the WiFi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] function.
It may take a few seconds before Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] is enabled.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-32D5A26E-BDE9-443A-9989-CD340E27C309
To turn on Wi-Fi
Device term Change
10
LiShuo
Released*
168
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To connect to a Wi-Fi® network
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] .
Make sure that the Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] function is on. Tap Wi-Fi
[udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan] .
Available Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] networks are displayed. The available
networks may be open or secured. Open networks are indicated by ID: ICNSONY-STAT-SYS-WIFI-SIGNAL-4 and secured networks are indicated by
ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-SYS-WIFI-LOCK next to the Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain]
network name.
Tap a Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network to connect to it. If you are trying to
connect to a secure network, you are asked to enter a password. ID: ICNSONY-STAT-SYS-WIFI-SIGNAL-4 is displayed in the status bar once you are
connected.
Your device remembers Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] networks you connect to. The next time
you come within reach of a previously connected Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network, your
device automatically connects to it.
In some locations, open Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] networks require you to log in to a web
page before you can get access to the network. Contact the relevant Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network administrator for more information.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-349C27FA-BB6C-438D-A975-FBDC889BD41D
To connect to a Wi-Fi network
Device Term Change
10
LiShuo
Released
To connect to another Wi-Fi® network
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Wi-Fi [wifi] . Detected Wi-Fi® networks
are displayed.
Tap another Wi-Fi® network to connect to it.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-ACB344A8-EF66-450F-A3D2-77293F9DDC56
To connect to another Wi-Fi network
updated for ICS
JessicaL
Released
To scan for Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] networks manually
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Wi-Fi [wifi] .
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Scan [wifi_menu_scan] .
To connect to a Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network, tap the network name.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-A26E7C05-6ECB-40EC-95AA-1868D0A57BCE
To scan for Wi-Fi networks manually
Device Term Change
10
LiShuo
Released*
169
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To add a Wi-Fi® network manually
Make sure that Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] is turned on.
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Wi-Fi [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan] .
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-BROWSER-ADD.
Enter the Network SSID [wifi_ssid] for the network.
Tap the Security [wifi_security] field to select a security type.
If required, enter a password.
Tap Save [wifi_save] .
Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network name is indicated as SSID, ESSID, Access Point, etc.
Contact your Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network administrator to get the Network SSID
name and password.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-A7AE9A0F-77BC-46FA-8C4A-B90D8C3E4FAC
To add a Wi-Fi network manually
Add one step according to edtior's comments. From odin and onwards.
10
LiShuo
Released*
Advanced Wi-Fi® settings
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-41AE41FC-BE40-45A1-9859-AC3D9604CA13
Advanced Wi-Fi settings
Move content to another topic according to editor's comments
LiShuo
Released
Wi-Fi® network status
When you are connected to a Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network or when there are
Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] networks available in your vicinity, it is possible to see the
status of these Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] networks. You can also enable your
device to notify you whenever an open Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network is
detected.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-2A94796D-5D9C-4582-A884-D1E458807BAF
Wi-Fi network status
Device Term Change
LiShuo
Released
To enable Wi-Fi® network notifications
Turn on Wi-Fi®, if it is not already on.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Wi-Fi [wifi] .
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU.
Tap Advanced [pref_extras_title] .
Mark the Network notification [wifi_notify_open_networks] checkbox.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-9F08F877-2C94-4551-8F02-965605144EEE
To enable Wi-Fi network notification
updated for ICS
JessicaL
Released
170
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To view detailed information about a connected Wi-Fi® network
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Wi-Fi [wifi] .
Tap the Wi-Fi® network that you are currently connected to. Detailed network
information is displayed.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-51F6A64B-C4DB-47B6-91B1-ED742AACB692
To view detailed information about a connected Wi-Fi network
updated for ICS
JessicaL
Released
Wi-Fi® sleep policy
By adding a Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] sleep policy, you can specify when to switch
from Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] to mobile data.
If you are not connected to a Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network, your device uses a mobile
data connection to access the Internet (if you have set up and enabled a mobile data
connection on your device).
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CD643BF1-D575-4F69-A82A-5A1D1773478C
Wi-Fi sleep policy
Device Term Change
LiShuo
Released
To add a Wi-Fi® sleep policy
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Wi-Fi [wifi] .
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU.
Tap Advanced [wifi_menu_advanced] .
Tap Keep Wi-Fi on during sleep [wifi_setting_sleep_policy_title] .
Select an option.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID-65A23535-7509-42F8-8825-7DB85FEC5A28
To add a Wi-Fi sleep policy
updated for ICS
JessicaL
Released
Wi-Fi Direct™
Indexterm: "Wi-Fi®"
Use Wi-Fi Direct™ to connect to other devices directly, without joining a traditional
home, office or hotspot network. For example, you can enable your device to be
connected directly to a computer so that you can access content from your device
on the computer. The devices that you share content with must have Wi-Fi Direct™
certification.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-6ADC65CD-B4F8-46F5-83B6-1A54F06FD754
Wi-Fi direct
Device Term Change
LiShuo
Released
171
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To turn on Wi-Fi Direct™
Make sure your device has the Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] function turned on.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Wi-Fi [wifi] .
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU > Wi-Fi Direct [wifidir_strings_settings_direct_title_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-61D62CD1-0A49-4146-ABEF-644FAFBE04B7
To turn on Wi-Fi Direct
From Odin. change the path of Wi-Fi direct according to the new UI.
LiShuo
Released
Sharing your mobile data connection
Indexterm: "tethering"
Sub-indexterm: "USB tethering"
Indexterm: "tethering"
Sub-indexterm: "with Xperia Link™"
You can share your device's mobile data connection with a single computer using a
USB cable. This process is called USB tethering. You can also share your device's
data connection with up to eight other devices at once, by turning your device into a
portable Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] hotspot.
When your device is sharing its data connection, the following icons may appear in
the status bar or in the Notification panel:
ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-SYS-TETHER-USB
ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-SYS-WIFI-SIGNAL-4
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
USB tethering is active
Portable Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain]
hotspot is active
GUID-391DC4CE-B831-4F3F-8D82-9CC4E03EA622
Sharing the mobile data connection of your phone
Device Term Change
LiShuo
Released
To share your data connection using a USB cable
Deactivate all USB cable connections to your device.
Using the USB cable that came with your device, connect your device to a
computer.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > More… [radio_controls_title] > Tethering & portable
hotspot [tether_settings_title_all] .
Mark the USB tethering [usb_tethering_button_text] checkbox.
To stop sharing your data connection, unmark the USB tethering [usb_tethering_button_text] checkbox or disconnect the USB cable.
You cannot share your device's data connection and SD card over a USB cable at the same
time.
You may need to prepare your computer to establish a network connection via USB cable. Go
to www.android.com/tether to get the most current information.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-60CF569F-5B4A-43C3-B7F8-759B6C76C930
To share data connection of your phone via USB
Device Term Change
LiShuo
Released
172
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To use your device as a portable Wi-Fi® hotspot
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > More… [radio_controls_title] > Tethering & portable
hotspot [tether_settings_title_all] .
Tap Portable Wi-Fi hotspot settings [wifi_tether_settings_text] > Set up Wi-Fi hotspot [wifi_tether_configure_ap_text] .
Enter the Network SSID [wifi_ssid] for the network. Tap the Security [wifi_security] field to
select a security type.
If required, enter a password.
Tap Save [wifi_save] .
Mark the Portable Wi-Fi hotspot [wifi_tether_checkbox_text] checkbox. Your device starts
broadcasting its Wi-Fi network name (SSID). Up to eight computers or other
devices can now connect to this network.
Unmark the Portable Wi-Fi hotspot [wifi_tether_checkbox_text] checkbox when you want
to stop sharing your data connection via Wi-Fi®.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-7B256C79-790C-43DE-9EEB-9BC8B6C70165
To share data connection of your phone as a portable Wi-Fi hotspot
Device Term Change
5.1.2
LiShuo
Released*
To rename or secure your portable hotspot
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > More… [radio_controls_title] > Tethering & portable
hotspot [tether_settings_title_all] .
Tap Portable Wi-Fi hotspot settings [wifi_tether_settings_text] > Set up Wi-Fi hotspot [wifi_tether_configure_ap_text] .
Enter the Network SSID [wifi_ssid] for the network.
To select a security type, tap the Security [wifi_security] field.
If required, enter a password.
Tap Save [wifi_save] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E4366CA7-0AA0-4F7A-B25B-F8BFC3BAF97A
To rename or secure your portable hotspot
Add one step from Odin.
LiShuo
Released
Virtual private networks (VPNs)
Use your device to connect to virtual private networks (VPNs), which allow you to
access resources inside a secured local network from outside the actual network. For
example, VPN connections are commonly used by corporations and educational
institutions for users who need to access intranets and other internal services when
they are outside of the internal network, for example, when they are travelling.
VPN connections can be set up in many ways, depending on the network. Some
networks may require you to transfer and install a security certificate in your device.
For detailed information on how to set up a connection to your virtual private
network, please contact the network administrator of your company or organisation.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-2F97A59E-A7B7-44AD-8205-166EA14A3A4C
Virtual private networks
Device Term Change
LiShuo
Released
173
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To add a virtual private network
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More… [radio_controls_title] > VPN [vpn_settings_title] .
Tap Add VPN profile [vpn_create_profile] .
Select the type of VPN to add.
Enter your VPN settings.
Tap Save [vpn_save] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To connect to a virtual private network
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More… [radio_controls_title] > VPN [vpn_settings_title] .
In the list of available networks, tap the VPN that you want to connect to.
Enter the required information.
Tap Connect [vpn_connect] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-992DA13F-F73C-44E7-9626-6EF9060F08D2
To add a virtual private network
Change the Icon to label for Pollux and Nicky ss in step 3 only.
Vera Qu
Released
GUID-66363089-CE64-4AB0-A2FA-A0B688FC0289
To connect to a virtual private network
updated for ICS
JessicaL
Released
To disconnect from a virtual private network
Drag the status bar downwards.
Tap the notification for the VPN connection to turn it off.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-659C005D-AC0A-411F-8CD7-622DF74D0C12
To disconnect from a virtual private network
From Shakira RTL - first documentation of the feature
TobiasN
Released*
Sharing content with DLNA Certified™ devices
You can view or play media content saved to your device on other devices such as,
for example, a TV, or a computer. Such devices must be DLNA Certified™ by the
Digital Living Network Alliance and all devices must be connected to the same WiFi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network in order for content to be shared. You can also view
or play content from other DLNA Certified™ devices on your device.
After you set up the sharing of content between devices, you can, for example, listen
to music files stored on your home computer from your device, or view photos taken
with your device's camera on a large-screen TV.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-A89920CC-EDB6-4CFF-A765-A27DE555911B
Using the Connected devices feature to share files
Device Term Change
LiShuo
Released
Playing files from DLNA Certified™ devices on your device
When you play files from another DLNA Certified™ device on your device, this other
device acts as a server. In other words, it shares content over a network. The server
device must have its content sharing function enabled and give access permission to
174
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
your device. It also must be connected to the same Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain]
network as your device.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To play a shared track on your device
Make sure the devices that you want to share files with are connected to the
same Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network as your device.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap WALKMAN [udoc_no_trans_app_walkman] .
Tap My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] to open the music library.
Select a device from the list of connected devices.
Browse the folders of the connected device and select the track that you want
to play. The track starts playing automatically.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-793BA59D-C09E-4393-9935-1993AA924122
To play a shared track on your phone
Device Term Change
LiShuo
Released
To play a shared video on your device
Make sure the devices that you want to share files with are connected to the
same Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network as your device.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap Movies [udoc_trans_app_name_movies] >
Devices [dlna_strings_new_app_name_txt] .
Select a device from the list of connected devices.
Browse the folders of the connected device and select the video that you want
to play.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-00FB7F2C-AC5B-40CB-8B7A-4B9F1DAAD699
Playing files from other devices on your phone
Device Term Change
LiShuo
Released
GUID-86BF0ECD-897F-4839-A3A2-6EA8BA98F236
To play a shared video on your phone
Device Term Change
LiShuo
Released
To view a shared photo on your device
Make sure the devices that you want to share files with are connected to the
same Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network as your device.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] > My albums [album_tab_my_albums_txt] . All your
available online albums and connected devices are displayed.
Select a device from the list of connected devices.
Browse the folders of the connected device and select a photo to view it.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-FC9F47BE-94A5-4AC3-B206-AB1BA8BA60D9
To view a shared photo on your phone
Device Term Change
LiShuo
Released
Preparing to play content from your device on DLNA Certified™
devices
Before you can view or play media files from your device on other DLNA Certified™
devices, you must set up file sharing on your device. The devices that you share
content with are called client devices. For example, a TV, computer or tablet can act
175
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
as client devices. Your device works as a media server when it makes content
available to client devices. When you set up file sharing on your device, you must
also give access permission to client devices. After you do so, such devices appear
as registered devices. Devices that are waiting for access permission are listed as
pending devices.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-F12966C1-E49E-47DE-9021-2F453A5A6C1A
Setting up the Media server
Device term Change
LiShuo
Released
To set up file sharing with other DLNA Certified™ devices
Connect your device to a Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-MUSICPLAYER.
Tap My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] to open the music library.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Media server [dlna_strings_home_option_menu_media_server_txt] .
To turn on the Share content [mdms_strings_main_dms_menu_status_title_txt] function, drag the
slider. ID: ICN-SONY-MEDIA-SERVER-STAT appears in the status bar. Your
device can now work as a media server.
Connect your computer or other devices to the same Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network as your device.
A notification appears in the status bar of your device. Open the notification
and set the relevant access permissions for other devices.
The instructions described above may differ depending on the client devices used. Refer to
your client device User guide for more information. If the device cannot connect, check that
your Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network is working.
You can also access the Media server [dlna_strings_home_option_menu_media_server_txt] menu under
Settings [settings_label_launcher] > More… [radio_controls_title] > Media server settings
[dlna_strings_home_my_phone_list_media_server_row1_txt] . If you close the Media server [dlna_strings_home_option_menu_media_server_txt] view, file sharing function function stays running in the background.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-B95EA6EC-DFEE-4D0C-808A-7EDFCA85B9DA
To set up file sharing using the Connected devices feature
Update the note according to TID's comments
LiShuo
Released
To stop sharing files with other DLNA Certified™ devices
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-MUSICPLAYER.
Tap My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] to open the music library.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Media server [dlna_strings_home_option_menu_media_server_txt] .
Drag the slider to turn off the Share content [mdms_strings_main_dms_menu_status_title_txt]
function.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-2C90F93C-C384-458A-8304-A16052A200EA
To turn off the media server
For Blue 3.0. Add one step since "Media server" menu change its position.
LiShuo
Released
176
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To set access permissions for a pending device
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-MUSICPLAYER.
Tap My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] to open the music library.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Media server [dlna_strings_home_option_menu_media_server_txt] .
Select a device from the Pending devices [mdms_strings_main_divider_pending_list_txt] list.
Select an access permission level.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To change the name of a registered device
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-MUSICPLAYER.
Tap My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] to open the music library.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Media server [dlna_strings_home_option_menu_media_server_txt] .
Select a device from the Registered devices [mdms_strings_main_divider_registered_list_txt] list,
then select Change name [mdms_strings_dialog_context_menu_change_client_name_txt] .
Enter a new name for the device.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-DF01091D-D2BB-40F9-93BB-E0C50438DEBA
To change the name of a registered device
For Blue 3.0
LiShuo
Released
To change the access level of a registered device
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-MUSICPLAYER.
Tap My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] to open the music library.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Media server [dlna_strings_home_option_menu_media_server_txt] .
Select a device from the Registered devices [mdms_strings_main_divider_registered_list_txt] list.
Tap Change access level [mdms_strings_dialog_context_menu_change_permission_txt] and select an
option.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-066FC9A7-DBA3-4BBA-A1E5-53443EA60BC4
To set the access level of a pending client device
For Blue 3.0. Add one step since "Media server" change its position.
LiShuo
Released
GUID-8007B32F-DA74-47C8-91BB-80BED0C11249
To change the access level of a client device
For Blue 3.0
LiShuo
Released
To get help about sharing content with other DLNA Certified™ devices
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-MUSICPLAYER.
Tap My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] to open the music library.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Media server [dlna_strings_home_option_menu_media_server_txt] .
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-MENU-HELP.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-A9A9ECB2-D77C-443F-B3BD-E56C08BF3C14
To view help information about Media server
Update according to editoral review comments
177
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Version
Author
Status
LiShuo
Released
Playing files on a Digital Media Renderer device
Using DLNA™ technology, you can push media content saved on your device to
another device connected to the same Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network. The other
device must be able to function as a Digital Media Renderer (DMR) device, which
means that it can render, or play, content received from your device. A DMR device
can be, for example, a TV with DLNA function, or a PC running Windows® 7 or
higher.
The settings for enabling the Digital Media Renderer may vary depending on the device used.
Refer to the user guide for the respective device for more detailed information.
Content with Digital Rights Management (DRM) cannot be played on a Digital Media Renderer
device using DLNA™ technology.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-0707E2B4-E1A5-4333-AEAE-04ED332BF637
Playing your videos on other devices using DLNA
added a note for Sony United
MikeCao
Released
To view photos or videos from your device on a DMR device
Make sure that you have correctly set up the DMR device and that it is
connected to the same Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network as your device.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] .
Browse to and open the file that you want to view.
Tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap ID: ICN-SONYACTIONMENU-PLAYON-CONNECTED and select a DMR device to share your
content with. The selected files start playing in chronological order on the
device that you select.
To disconnect from the DMR device, tap ID: ICN-SONY-ACTIONMENUPLAYON-INSTALLED and select your device. The file stops playing on the
DMR device but continues playing on your device.
You can also share a video from the Movies application on your device by tapping the video
and then tapping ID: ICN-SONY-ACTIONMENU-PLAYON-CONNECTED.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3E1387B9-5D26-4A2A-A6BF-B3A245D3848B
To open media files from your phone on another device
Updaet one label. no text change.
LiShuo
Released
To play a music track from your device on a DMR device
Make sure that you have correctly set up the DMR device and that it is
connected to the same Wi-Fi® [udoc_no_trans_wifi_wlan_plain] network as your device.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap WALKMAN [udoc_no_trans_app_walkman] .
Tap My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] to open the music library.
Select a music category and browse to the track that you want to share, then
tap the track.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-ACTIONMENU-PLAYON-CONNECTED and select a DMR
device to share your content with. The track plays automatically on the device
that you select.
To disconnect from the DMR device, tap ID: ICN-SONY-ACTIONMENUPLAYON-INSTALLED and select your device. The track stops playing on the
DMR device but continues playing on your device.
GUID
GUID-F791072F-54AE-411C-AFE2-33FFECE143DB
178
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To play a track from your phone on another device
Update a label. No text change.
10
LiShuo
Released
NFC
Use Near Field Communications (NFC) to share data with other devices, such as a
video, photo, web page address, music file or contact. You can also use NFC to scan
tags that give you more information about a product or service as well as tags that
activate certain functions on your device.
NFC is a wireless technology with a maximum range of one centimetre, so the
devices sharing data must be held close to each other. Before you can use NFC, you
must first turn on the NFC function, and the device's screen must be active.
NFC may not be available in all countries and/or regions.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-4DA4B2B5-45C2-4A5D-B1AF-53404CCAAFC1
NFC
For Huashan: device term change
XuCindy
Released
To turn on the NFC function
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > More… [radio_controls_title] .
Mark the NFC [nfc_quick_toggle_title] checkbox.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID-FCB71F3A-AA5D-466D-A05D-706B9193962A
To turn on the NFC function
JessicaL
Released*
NFC detection area
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-NFC
The location of the NFC detection area is not the same on all devices. When sharing data with
another device using NFC, refer to the User guide of the other device for more information.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
GUID-F1D7581D-5E4B-4A2F-B69D-8BD4BD974852
Detection area
Device Term Change
179
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Author
Status
To share a contact with another device using NFC
Make sure that both devices have the NFC function turned on, and that both
screens are active.
To view contacts, go to your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL , then tap ID: ICN-SONY-APPPHONEBOOK .
Tap the contact that you want to share.
Hold your device and the receiving device back to back so that the NFC
detection areas of each device touch each other. When the devices connect,
they vibrate and play a short sound. A thumbnail of the contact appears.
Tap the thumbnail to start the transfer.
When the transfer is done, the contact information is displayed on the screen
of the receiving device and is also saved on the receiving device.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
XuCindy
Released
GUID-A5FC1654-D575-4626-85E3-F27929134E72
To share a contact with another NFC phone
Device Term Change
XuCindy
Released
To share a music file with another device using NFC
Make sure that both your device and the receiving device have the NFC
function turned on, and that both screens are active.
To open the "WALKMAN" application, tap ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAYNORMAL, then find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-MUSIC-PLAYER.
Tap the My music [music_tab_mymusic_ics] tab to open the music library.
Select a music category and browse to the track you want to share.
Tap the track to play it. You can then tap ID: ICN-SONY-SEMC-MUSICPAUSE-NORMAL to pause the track. The transfer works whether the track is
playing or paused.
Hold your device and the receiving device back to back so that the NFC
detection areas of each device touch each other. When the devices connect,
they vibrate and play a short sound. A thumbnail of the track appears.
Tap the thumbnail to start the transfer.
When the transfer is done, the music file plays immediately on the receiving
device. At the same time, the file is saved on the receiving device.
You might not be able to copy, send or transfer copyright-protected items.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C3610A96-7DDF-4DD8-BDA2-1FF715EA0A49
To share a music file with another NFC phone
For Pollux: change from 'walkman player' to 'walkman applications'.
XuCindy
Released
180
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To share a photo or video with another device using NFC
Make sure that both devices have the NFC function turned on, and that both
screens are active.
To view photos and videos in your device, go to your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL , then
find and tap Album [album_app_name_txt] .
Tap the photo or video that you want to share.
Hold your device and the receiving device back to back so that the NFC
detection areas touch each other. When the devices connect, they vibrate and
play a short sound. A thumbnail of the photo or video appears.
Tap the thumbnail to start the transfer.
When the transfer is done, the photo or video is displayed on the screen of the
receiving device. At the same time, the item is saved on the receiving device.
You can also use NFC to share a video from the Movies application.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-497460D2-9A06-40C3-BFA1-4328DF8FE10F
To share a photo or video with another NFC phone
Term change:'phone' to 'device'; words change.
XuCindy
Released
To share a web address with another device using NFC
Make sure that both devices have the NFC function turned on, and that both
screens are active.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
To open the web browser, find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-APP-CHROME .
Load the web page that you want to share.
Hold your device and the receiving device back to back so that the NFC
detection areas touch each other. When the devices connect, they vibrate and
play a short sound. A thumbnail of the web page appears.
Tap the thumbnail to start the transfer.
When the transfer is done, the web page is displayed on the screen of the
receiving device.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-07F451E1-A723-427E-98E5-FCDB65790FFC
To share a website address with another phone using NFC
Device Term Change
XuCindy
Released
Scanning NFC tags
Your device can scan various kinds of NFC tags. For example, it can scan embedded
tags on a poster, on a billboard advertisement, or beside a product in a retail store.
You can receive additional information, such as a web address.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-ADBEF157-BCCC-408B-88D4-00FCDDD75F5D
Reading an NFC tag
For Pollux: delete 'phone number'
XuCindy
Released
To scan an NFC tag
Make sure that your device has the NFC function turned on and that the screen
is active.
Place your device over the tag so that the NFC detection area touches it. Your
device scans the tag and displays the content collected. Tap the content of the
tag to open it.
To open the tag, tap it.
GUID
Title
GUID-2D1E1C30-8574-4E6A-9CA4-07005D115490
To read an NFC tag
181
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Changes
Version
Author
Status
Device Term Change
XuCindy
Released
Paying for items with your device
You can use the Google Wallet™ application or the Operator wallet application on
your device to pay for items in stores that support NFC payment methods. Just tap
your device on specially enabled electronic payment pads to pay for your purchases.
Payments are backed by a credit or debit card, or by prepaid cards or vouchers. Your
payment information is stored in the payment application, so you don’t need to enter
it every time.
To use Operator wallet, your SIM card must have a secure element embedded. Contact your
network operator for more details.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-6AB537FB-9ADE-4D7C-8929-F15F345985A2
Paying with your phone
Device Term change
XuCindy
Released
Google Wallet™
Use the Google Wallet™ application to pay for goods at checkouts. If there is a
supported NFC terminal at the checkout, you can just tap your device on the terminal
to pay. Google Wallet™ stores details of your credit and debit cards as well as details
of coupons and other special offers. Most major credit card types are supported.
Security features include a PIN, encrypted storage and the ability to remotely disable
a lost wallet.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-F0F227BF-55A5-4CFD-AC86-008E19A5455E
Google Wallet
Device Term Change
XuCindy
Released
Operator wallet
The Operator wallet application lets you access a variety of services provided by your
network operator, such as the option to pay for items in underground trains and
stores. Contact your network operator for more information about such services.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-793427E4-4D2A-4F41-87C2-96064B45016B
Operator wallet
for Tsubasa; created from scratch
JessicaL
Released
To select a wallet for use on your device
Make sure that the NFC function is on.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > More… [radio_controls_title] .
Tap Wallet [secure_elements_settings_title] and select an option.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID-3819BC1D-56D2-4B04-A3C1-62671C259BE7
To select a secure element for use in your phone
Device Term Change
XuCindy
Released
182
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Connecting to an NFC compatible device
You can connect your device to other NFC compatible devices produced by Sony,
such as a speaker or a headphone. When establishing this kind of connection, refer
to the User guide of the compatible device for more information.
You may need to have Wi-Fi® or Bluetooth™ activated on both devices for the connection to
work.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-A923519B-5BA2-4369-9E94-23D64509E0EA
Connecting your phone to an NFC compatible accessory
Device Term Change
XuCindy
Released
Bluetooth™ wireless technology
Indexterm: "Bluetooth™ wireless technology"
Use the Bluetooth™ function to send files to other Bluetooth™ compatible devices,
or to connect to handsfree accessories. Turn on the Bluetooth™ function in your
device and create wireless connections to other Bluetooth™ compatible devices
such as computers, handsfree accessories, and phones. Bluetooth™ connections
work better within 10 metres (33 feet), with no solid objects in between. In some
cases you have to manually pair your device with other Bluetooth™ devices.
Interoperability and compatibility among Bluetooth™ devices can vary.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To turn on the Bluetooth™ function and make your device visible
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] .
Tap the on-off switch beside Bluetooth [bluetooth_quick_toggle_title] to turn on the
Bluetooth™ function.
Tap Bluetooth [bluetooth_quick_toggle_title] . Your device and a list of available
Bluetooth™ devices appear.
Tap your device name to make your device visible to other Bluetooth™
devices.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-36689AFD-B450-4570-B637-F31FB56656F0
Bluetooth™ wireless technology
meters changed to metres
7.1.1.1.1
LuLinda
Released
GUID-A0BC4F09-CC03-43FE-BF57-9D1239FB4499
To turn on the Bluetooth function and make your device visible
Term change for Odin/Yuga
Aiping
Released
To adjust your device's visibility time to other Bluetooth™ devices
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Bluetooth [bluetooth_quick_toggle_title] .
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU and select Visibility timeout [bluetooth_visibility_timeout] .
Select an option.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E14A820F-8572-461D-BC89-2CCB9966818B
To adjust the visibility time before your device becomes invisible to other
Bluetooth devices
Term change for Odin/Yuga
Aiping
Released*
183
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Naming your device
You can give your device a name. This name is shown to other devices after you
have turned on the Bluetooth™ function and your device is set to visible.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D1C84F4D-7E49-414F-8672-7326B1002658
Device name
Term change for Odin/Yuga
Aiping
Released
To give your device a name
Make sure that the Bluetooth™ function is turned on.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Bluetooth [bluetooth_quick_toggle_title] .
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU and select Rename phone [bluetooth_rename_device] .
Enter a name for your device.
Tap Rename [bluetooth_rename_button] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-6063BF5D-7D27-470A-9C86-B630131B6B08
To enter a device name
Term change for Odin/Yuga
Aiping
Released*
Pairing with another Bluetooth™ device
When you pair your device with another device, you can, for example, connect your
device to a Bluetooth™ headset or a Bluetooth™ car kit and use these other devices
to make and receive calls.
Once you have paired your device with a Bluetooth™ device, your device will
remember this pairing. When pairing your device with a Bluetooth™ device, you may
need to enter a passcode. Your device will automatically try the generic passcode
0000. If this does not work, refer to the user guide for your Bluetooth™ device to get
the device passcode. You do not need to re-enter the passcode the next time you
connect to a paired Bluetooth™ device.
Some Bluetooth™ devices, for example, most Bluetooth™ headsets, require you to
both pair and connect with the other device.
You can pair your device with several Bluetooth™ devices, but you can only connect
to one Bluetooth™ profile at the same time.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C4D7D6FB-1BD3-4C5E-A7FF-5BFE54EDDF0A
Pairing with another Bluetooth device
Term change for Odin/Yuga
Aiping
Released*
To pair your device with another Bluetooth™ device
Make sure that the device you want to pair your device with has the
Bluetooth™ function activated and is visible to other Bluetooth™ devices.
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Bluetooth [bluetooth_quick_toggle_title] . All available
Bluetooth™ devices appear in a list.
Tap the Bluetooth™ device that you want to pair with your device.
Enter a passcode, if required, or confirm the same passcode on both devices.
Your device and the Bluetooth™ device are now paired.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-226704F7-A3B0-4FE9-A592-EB43A40DAA56
To pair your device with another Bluetooth device
Term change for Odin/Yuga
184
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Version
Author
Status
To connect your device to another Bluetooth™ device
If you are connecting to a Bluetooth device that requires you to first pair your
device before connecting, follow the relevant steps to pair your device with
that device.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Bluetooth [bluetooth_quick_toggle_title] .
Tap the Bluetooth™ device to which you want to connect your device.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
Aiping
Released
GUID-7EB7AADF-804F-460C-A176-ACA0F5C564B6
To connect your device to another Bluetooth device
Term change for Odin/Yuga
Aiping
Released
To unpair a Bluetooth™ device
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Bluetooth [bluetooth_quick_toggle_title] .
Under Paired devices [bluetooth_preference_paired_devices] , tap ID: ICN-SONY-PAIREDDEVICE beside the name of the device that you want to unpair.
Tap Unpair [bluetooth_device_context_unpair] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-A1AA3B64-C917-412E-9A50-E12A8CAC6795
To unpair a Bluetooth device
updated for ICS
JessicaL
Released
Sending and receiving items using Bluetooth™ technology
Indexterm: "sending"
Sub-indexterm: "sending items using Bluetooth™"
Indexterm: "receiving items using Bluetooth™"
Share items with other Bluetooth™ compatible devices such as phones or
computers. You can send and receive several kinds of items using the Bluetooth™
function, such as:
•
•
•
•
Photos and videos
Music and other audio files
Contacts
Web pages
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-FEABAFA3-3C43-48A6-99F7-C72423ED3745
Sending and receiving items using Bluetooth™ wireless technology
added index term "sending"
JessicaL
Released*
185
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
10
To send items using Bluetooth™
Receiving device: Make sure the Bluetooth™ function is turned on and that
the device is visible to other Bluetooth™ devices.
Sending device: Open the application which contains the item that you want to
send, and scroll to the item.
Depending on the application and the item you want to send, you may need to,
for example, touch and hold the item, open the item or press ID: ICN-SONYKEY-MENU. Other ways to send an item may exist.
Select Share [menu_share] or Send [gui_send_txt] .
Select Bluetooth [bluetooth_quick_toggle_title] .
Turn on Bluetooth™, if you are asked to do so.
Tap the name of the receiving device.
Receiving device: If asked, accept the connection.
Sending device: If asked, confirm the transfer to the receiving device.
Receiving device: Accept the incoming item.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To receive items using Bluetooth™
Make sure that the Bluetooth™ function is on and is visible to other
Bluetooth™ devices.
The sending device now starts sending data to your device.
If prompted, enter the same passcode on both devices, or confirm the
suggested passcode.
When you are notified of an incoming file to your device, drag the status bar
downwards and tap the notification to accept the file transfer.
Tap Accept [incoming_file_confirm_ok] to start the file transfer.
To view the progress of the transfer, drag the status bar downwards.
To open a received item, drag the status bar downwards and tap the relevant
notification.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-10429839-41B9-4612-93A5-978EA3721D99
To send items using Bluetooth™
Updated for Aoba Rita
4.1.1
Aiping
Released*
GUID-7360A980-5A09-4B1A-8DB8-313C2CFF6DF4
To receive items using Bluetooth
Term change for Odin/Yuga
6.1.1
Aiping
Released*
To view files you have received using Bluetooth™
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Bluetooth [bluetooth_quick_toggle_title] .
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU and select Show received files [bluetooth_show_received_files] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-17AB4DD5-71F2-49BE-BDF0-EEE25085F3A8
To find items received using Bluetooth
updated for ICS
JessicaL
Released*
Connecting your device to a computer
Connect your device to a computer and start transferring pictures, music and other
file types. The easiest ways to connect are using a USB cable or Bluetooth wireless
technology.
When you connect your device to the computer using a USB cable, you are
prompted to install the PC Companion application on your computer. PC Companion
186
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
helps you access additional computer applications to transfer and organise media
files, update your device, synchronise device content, and more.
You might not be able to transfer some copyright-protected material between your device and
a computer.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3D56A712-284B-4E62-84E6-B774A4E321F8
Connecting your phone to a computer
Device term change
Hu Pan
Released
Transferring and handling content using a USB cable
Indexterm: "USB connection"
Use a USB cable connection between a computer and your device for easy transfer
and management of your files. Once the two devices are connected, you can drag
and drop content between your device and the computer, or between your device's
internal storage and SD card, using the computer's file explorer.
If you're transferring music, video, pictures or other media files to your device, it's
best to use the Media Go™ application on your computer. Media Go™ converts
media files so that you can use them on your device.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To transfer content between your device and computer using a USB cable
Using a USB cable, connect your device to a computer. Internal storage & SD
card connected [usbux_ics_both_emmc_and_sd_connected_status_bar_txt] appears in the status bar
on the screen of your device.
Computer: Open Microsoft® Windows® Explorer from the desktop and wait
until your device's internal storage and your SD card appear as external disks
in Microsoft® Windows® Explorer.
Computer: Drag and drop the desired files between your device and the
computer.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-57E9CFC0-9C19-41CD-BEA6-D940CC06B54E
Transferring and handling content using a USB cable
Device term change
PengLeon
Released*
GUID-0E4C094F-CDCA-412C-8E76-45ABDCEEF413
To transfer content between your device and computer using a USB cable
Device term change
15
PengLeon
Released*
To transfer content between internal storage and an SD card via USB
Using a USB cable, connect your device to a computer. Internal storage & SD
card connected [usbux_ics_both_emmc_and_sd_connected_status_bar_txt] appears in the status bar
on the screen of your device.
Computer: Open Microsoft® Windows® Explorer from the desktop and wait
until your device's internal storage and your SD card appear as external disks
in Microsoft® Windows® Explorer.
Computer: Drag and drop the desired files between the device's internal
storage and the SD card.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-51531B4B-77BC-442B-87AB-FC49BBB85D6F
To transfer content between internal storage and an SD card via USB
Device term change
PengLeon
Released
187
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To transfer files directly from internal storage to an SD card in the device
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Storage [storage_settings] > Transfer data to
SD card [transfer_data_desc_txt] .
Mark the file types you want to transfer to the SD card.
Tap Transfer [button_transfer_txt] .
The direct transfer method means that a USB cable connection to a computer is not
necessary.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-5619F3BA-2821-4D9D-B998-190802F29514
To transfer files from the internal storage to SD card
PengLeon
Released
Transferring files using Media transfer mode via Wi-Fi®
You can transfer files between your device and other MTP compatible devices, such
as a computer, using a Wi-Fi® connection. Before connecting, you first need to pair
the two devices. If you're transferring music, video, pictures or other media files
between your device and a computer, it's best to use the Media Go™ application on
the computer. Media Go™ converts media files so that you can use them on your
device.
In order to use this feature, you need a Wi-Fi® enabled device that supports Media transfer,
for example, a computer running Microsoft® Windows Vista® or Windows® 7.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-4F7E8833-019A-4D0A-8556-9433F6C04D19
Transferring and handling content using Media transfer mode over Wi-Fi
Device term change
PengLeon
Released
To pair your device wirelessly with a computer using Media transfer mode
Make sure Media transfer mode is enabled on your device. It is normally
enabled by default.
Connect your device to the computer using a USB cable.
Computer: Once the name of your device appears on the screen, click
Network configuration and follow the instructions to pair the computer.
When you are finished pairing, disconnect the USB cable from both devices.
The above instructions only work if Windows® 7 is installed on your computer and the
computer is connected to a Wi-Fi® Access Point via a network cable.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D08D64DB-D0EC-4B8B-8502-25924770E375
To pair your device with a computer for using Media transfer mode over WiFi
Device term change
PengLeon
Released
188
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To connect paired devices wirelessly in Media transfer mode
Make sure Media transfer mode is enabled on your device. It is normally
enabled by default.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Xperia™ [sonyericsson_settings_title] > USB
Connectivity [usbux_strings_usb_connectivity_txt] .
Tap the paired device that you want to connect to under Trusted devices [usbux_strings_trusted_hosts_title_txt] .
Tap Connect [usbux_strings_connect_txt] .
Make sure the Wi-Fi® function is turned on.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CD8EA3D6-AA60-42E9-A72E-06ACE3160E0B
To connect paired devices wirelessly in Media transfer mode
Valid from Odin and Yuga (only a label changed no text updated)
PengLeon
Released
To disconnect a wirelessly paired device in Media transfer mode
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Xperia™ [sonyericsson_settings_title] > USB
Connectivity [usbux_strings_usb_connectivity_txt] .
Tap the paired device that you want to disconnect from under Trusted devices
[usbux_strings_trusted_hosts_title_txt] .
Tap Disconnect [usbux_strings_disconnect_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E3943642-BCA2-4EE0-ACB6-11714C1A3BBD
To disconnect from connected device
Valid from Odin and Yuga (only a label changed no text updated)
PengLeon
Released
To remove a pairing with another device
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] > Xperia™ [sonyericsson_settings_title] > USB
Connectivity [usbux_strings_usb_connectivity_txt] .
Tap the paired device that you want to remove.
Tap Forget [usbux_strings_trusted_hosts_button_forget_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-257C445A-E565-4C26-932D-EE78996A0B2E
To remove from the paired host
Valid from Odin and Yuga (Only label changed no text updated)
PengLeon
Released
PC Companion
PC Companion is a computer application that gives you access to additional features
and services which help you transfer music, video and pictures to and from your
device. You can also use PC Companion to update your device and get the latest
software version available. The installation files for PC Companion are saved on your
device and the installation is launched from the device when you connect it to a
computer via USB cable.
You need an internet connected computer running one of the following operating
systems to use the PC Companion application:
•
•
Microsoft® Windows® 7
Microsoft® Windows Vista®
189
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
•
Microsoft® Windows® XP (Service Pack 3 or higher)
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-DBC49833-F11A-4854-B947-B9513E8A31DF
PC Companion
Device term change
PengLeon
Released
To install PC Companion on a computer
Connect your device to a computer using a USB cable.
Device: Tap Install [usbux_strings_install_txt] in the PC Companion installation window.
Computer: PC Companion automatically starts after a few seconds. Follow the
on-screen instructions to install PC Companion.
The PC companion installer is enabled by default on your device. You can disable this option
in your device settings.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E39641B8-6636-488E-B6BF-75B389585C30
To install PC Companion
Device term change
PengLeon
Draft
To start PC Companion
Make sure that PC Companion is installed on your PC.
Open the PC Companion application on the PC, then click Start to open one of
the features that you want to use.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-AF8F73C0-0423-4C7B-B4BD-0DC0507C9694
To use PC Companion
Changed for ICS Update
10
peng kiki
Released
Media Go™
Indexterm: "Media Go™"
The Media Go™ computer application helps you transfer and manage media content
in your device and computer. You can install and access Media Go™ from within the
PC Companion application.
You need one of these operating systems to use the Media Go™ application:
•
•
•
Microsoft® Windows® 7
Microsoft® Windows Vista®
Microsoft® Windows® XP, Service Pack 3 or higher
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-107B9C4F-BD96-4635-B7F5-EA775969ED11
Media Go™
Term Chang
LeonP
Released
To transfer content using the Media Go™ application
Connect your device to a computer using a supported USB cable.
Device: In the status bar, Internal storage connected [usbux_strings_internal_storage_connected_homestatus_txt] appears.
Computer: Open the PC Companion application on the PC first. In
PC Companion, click Media Go to start the Media Go™ application. In some
cases, you may have to wait for Media Go™ to install.
Using Media Go™, drag and drop files between your computer and device.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D0BCECF1-74E8-41F9-96B0-ECA7157D85A0
To transfer content using Media Go™
Term change
8.1.1.1.1
LeonP
Released
190
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Sony™ Bridge for Mac
The Sony™ Bridge for Mac application helps you transfer music, video, pictures or
media files between your device and your Apple® Mac® computer. You can also use
the Sony™ Bridge for Mac application to manage files through a file browser, update
your device software, and backup and restore content in your device.
You need an internet connected Apple® Mac® computer running the following
operating system to use the Sony™ Bridge for Mac application:
•
MacOS version 10.6 or later
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
PengLeon
Draft
To install Sony™ Bridge for Mac
Using your Apple Mac computer, go to www.sonymobile.com/support, then
search for and download the Sony™ Bridge for Mac application to a folder on
the computer.
After the download is complete, open the folder and double-click the Sony
Bridge for Mac.dmg file to start the installation.
Follow the instructions on your Apple® Mac® computer to complete the
installation.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-AB1F5339-A66A-49AF-91ED-010F343F5BC9
Bridge for Mac
GUID-BB746E83-D693-4FF7-A787-D057F6D9AD4C
To install Bridge for Mac on your Apple Mac computer
Valid from Togari updated according to editor's comments
PengLeon
Released
To start Sony™ Bridge for Mac
Make sure that the Sony™ Bridge for Mac application is installed on your
Apple® Mac® computer.
Computer: Double-click the Sony™ Bridge for Mac application icon in
Applications folder.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-9FBF5F8D-4E87-423E-B579-7D1D15B10212
To start Sony Bridge for Mac
PengLeon
Draft
To transfer content using Sony™ Bridge for Mac
Using a USB cable, connect your device to an Apple® Mac® computer.
Computer: Open the Sony™ Bridge for Mac application. After a few moments,
The Sony™ Bridge for Mac application detects your device.
Computer: Drag and drop the desired files between your device and Apple®
Mac® computer.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CB978466-6473-4929-B726-2941B5F52725
To transfer media content between your device and an Apple® Mac® computer
PengLeon
Draft
Scanning barcodes with the NeoReader™ application
Indexterm: "scanning barcodes"
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-73B2ACA2-4CF0-43CC-860A-DF24AE7854EA
Scanning barcodes with the NeoReader™ application - heading only
191
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Version
Author
Status
JorgenL
Released
About scanning with the NeoReader™ application
Use your device as a barcode scanner to find out more about items you scan. For
example, you see a coat in a magazine ad and want to find the nearest retail outlet to
buy it. If the ad contains a readable barcode, the NeoReader™ application uses this
code to access mobile web content, such as a web page with more product
information or a map of nearby outlets. NeoReader™ supports most standard
barcode types.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To start the NeoReader™ application
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap ID: ICN-SONY-NEOREADER NeoReader™ [IA_APP_NeoReader] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-71CB1582-5806-4159-8420-F8470C3F0645
About scanning with the NeoReader™ application
device term change
QianWang
Released
GUID-E880B67F-34D1-4D0E-A239-83DE212029BA
To start the NeoReader™ application
Valid for Robyn & Mimmi
AnnE
Released
To scan a barcode
When the NeoReader™ application is open, hold your device over the barcode
until the complete barcode is visible in the viewfinder.
Your device automatically scans the barcode, and vibrates when the barcode
is recognised.
Some bar codes might be too small to scan.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-DA4F156D-4FD8-468B-ABCE-E82B147832B2
To scan a bar code
device term change. Add a condition for tablet.
QianWang
Released
To enter a barcode manually
When the NeoReader™ application is open, tap
ID: ICN-SONYNEOREADER-MENU-OPEN.
Enter the numbers of the barcode in the text field, then tap GO! [udoc_no_trans_neoreader_go] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-111F2AD2-F333-4A3B-B3A3-80601DE7BBA3
To enter bar code numbers manually
Updated from Aoba Rita and valid for all ongoing projects Icon updated and
updated step2 a little bit
WangHerman
Released
NeoReader™ application menu overview
The following menu options are available in the NeoReader™ application:
Tap to open more options
ID:
ICNSON
192
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
YNEO
READ
ERMEN
UOPEN
ID: Enter the barcode numbers manually. This option can be used if your camera has difficulty
ICN- reading the barcode
SON
YNEO
READ
ERMEN
UNUM
BERS
ID: View a list of previously scanned barcodes
ICNSON
YNEO
READ
ERMEN
UHIST
ORY
View information about the NeoReader™ application. Read more about different barcode types,
ID:
ICN- and about how to use NeoReader™
SON
YNEO
READ
ERMEN
UHELP
ID: Select your personal settings, such as language or country. This information is used to
ICN- personalise barcode content. Also, you can select preferences for how you use the NeoReader™
SON application
YNEO
READ
ERMEN
UPERS
ONAL
ID: Send a text message to invite a friend to download the NeoReader™ application
ICNSON
YNEO
READ
ERMEN
UINVIT
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-36EA646E-F5D0-4F8E-8F49-4ECC96F48F48
NeoReader(TM) application menu overview
Updated from Nanhu and valid for all ongoing projects Removed one icon
and description only due to SW change No other text change No need review
WangHerman
Released
193
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Smart Connect
Indexterm: "Smart Connect"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-68FE7B74-814F-4E9E-8C87-1B9327458760
Smart Connect - Heading only
fix a typo
Gan Lu
Released
About Smart Connect
Indexterm: "Smart Connect"
Use the Smart Connect application to set what happens in your device when you
connect or disconnect an accessory. You can also use it to set a specific action or a
group of actions to launch on your device at certain times of the day.
For example, when you connect your headset or headphones, you can set an event
so that the following actions are launched on your device:
•
•
Between 7am and 9am, when you commute to work, the "WALKMAN" application
starts, and the web browser opens the morning paper.
On the way back from work, the FM radio starts, and a notes app with your shopping
list opens.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To start the Smart Connect application
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Smart Connect [app_name_smart_connect] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-A6EEBEB7-3017-4A9F-B814-589329C68676
About Smart Connect
for Pollux; change "WALKMAN player" to "WALKMAN application"
2.1.1
Gan Lu
Released
ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID-C873A6A9-8D7B-46E0-A142-5F750C07A596
To start the Smart Connect application
Created for Smart Connect v5.0.5
Gan Lu
Released
To create a Smart Connect event
Start the Smart Connection application. If you are opening Smart Connect for
the first time, tap OK [ok] to close the introduction screen.
On the Events [event_tab] tab, tap ID: ICN-SONYNEW-WINDOW-HOLO-DARK.
Give the event a name, then tap Create [dlg_add_event_button_create] .
Under When [edit_event_triggers] , add either an accessory or a time interval, or both.
Under Do this [edit_event_start_actions] , add what you want to happen in your device.
Under At the end [edit_event_stop_actions] , add what you want to happen when you
disconnect the accessory or when the time interval comes to an end. If both
these conditions are set, the actions start either when you disconnect the
accessory, or when the time interval comes to an end.
To save the event, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-BACK.
To add a Bluetooth™ accessory, you have to first pair it with your device.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-6FAC4C54-43FB-49B7-9629-446C10B5F912
To create a Smart Connect event
Created for Smart Connect v5.0.5
Gan Lu
Released
194
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To edit a Smart Connect event
Start the Smart Connection application.
On the Events [event_tab] tab, tap an event.
If the event is switched off, tap ID: ICN-SONY-LAGAN-SWITCH-OFF.
Adjust the settings as desired.
To save the event, press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-AND-BACK.
To delete an incorrect entry, touch and hold the entry and then tap Delete [delete] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-DD5DB4FE-7107-4CBC-8C57-28384CA3EEA7
To edit a Smart Connect event
Created for Smart Connect v5.0.5
Gan Lu
Released
195
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Synchronising data on your phone
Indexterm: "synchronising"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-28DAA87E-EB23-4FCF-80EC-BB843C864B1E
Synchronising data on your device - heading only
JorgenL
Released*
About synchronising data on your device
Indexterm: "synchronising"
You can sync contacts, email, calendar events, and other information with your
device from multiple email accounts, synchronisation services and other kinds of
accounts, depending on the applications installed on your device. Synchronising your
device with other information sources is an easy and practical way to stay up to date.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D8D6C8EA-2D89-497B-B322-0A49D2D1AFCB
About synchronising data on your phone
for Dogo; remove the list of information
Gan Lu
Released
Synchronising with Google™
Indexterm: "Google™ synchronisation"
Indexterm: "synchronising"
Sub-indexterm: "Google™ contacts, calendar, email"
Synchronise your phone with different Google™ services to keep your information up
to date, regardless of which phone you're using your Google™ account from. For
example, you can synchronise your contacts, Gmail™ and calendar data.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To set up a Google™ account for synchronisation
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Tap Settings [settings_label] > Add account [add_account_label] > Google [SYNC-ACCOUNTS-GOOGLETM] .
Follow the registration wizard to create a Google™ account, or sign in if you
already have an account.
Tap your newly created Google™ account, then tap the items that you want to
synchronise.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-8FD641F7-C099-408F-9D1E-A01712736415
Google Sync synchronisation service
for Nanhu SS; remove Google Browser
12
Gan Lu
Released
GUID-7E6DA8CF-6E32-42A9-8626-EF851EE27181
To set up a Google account for synchronisation
for Pollux; remove step 4
12
Gan Lu
Released
To synchronise manually with your Google™ account
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Tap Settings [settings_label] > Google [SYNC-ACCOUNTS-GOOGLE-TM] .
Tap the Google™ account that you want to synchronise.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU , then tap Sync now [sync_menu_sync_now] .
GUID
Title
GUID-1B403B1F-500B-41F5-8077-9E8F4B4C8257
To synchronise manually with your Google account
196
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Changes
Version
Author
Status
for JB Platform; change a label in step 2
Gan Lu
Released
To remove a Google™ account
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Tap Settings [settings_label] > Google [SYNC-ACCOUNTS-GOOGLE-TM] .
Tap the Google™ account that you want to remove from the accounts list.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Remove account [remove_account_label] .
Tap Remove account [remove_account_label] again to confirm.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-B4F75C86-230E-481B-9A12-7ADF12525940
To remove a Google account
for JB platform; change a label in step 2
Gan Lu
Released
Synchronising your corporate email, calendar and contacts
Indexterm: "Microsoft® Exchange synchronisation"
Indexterm: "corporate email, calendar and contacts"
Indexterm: "synchronising"
Sub-indexterm: "with Microsoft® Exchange"
Access your corporate email messages, calendar appointments and contacts directly
from your device. View and manage them just as easily as you would from a
computer. After setup, you can find your information in the Email [em_app_name] ,
Calendar [cal_app_label] and Contacts [contactsList] applications.
For you to access the functionality described above, your corporate information must be
stored on a Microsoft® Exchange server.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-16B85AE6-57DF-421F-9596-611EA3A85879
Corporate email etc
Device Term Change
Gan Lu
Released
To set up corporate email, calendar and contacts
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Tap Settings [settings_label] > Add account [add_account_label] > Exchange ActiveSync [exchange_name] .
Enter your corporate email address and password.
Tap Next [next_action] . Your device begins to retrieve your account information. If a
failure occurs, contact your corporate network administrator for more
information.
Tap OK [ph_ok] to allow your corporate server to control your device.
Select what data you want to sync with your device, such as contacts and
calendar entries.
If desired, activate the device administrator to allow your corporate server to
control certain security features on your device. For example, you can allow
your corporate server to set password rules and set storage encryption.
When the setup is done, enter a name for the corporate account.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3962965F-AF05-424F-A59F-BB1E3EA26F10
To set up corporate email etc
for JB platform; remove step 3&4; change step 2
Gan Lu
Released*
197
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To edit the setup of corporate email, calendar and contacts
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Tap Email [em_app_name] , then tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU.
Tap Settings [settings_label_launcher] and select a corporate account.
Change the desired settings.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To set a synchronisation interval for a corporate account
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Tap Settings [settings_label] > Accounts & sync [sync_settings] and select your corporate
account.
Tap Account settings [account_settings_action] , then tap the corporate account for
which you want to set a synchronisation level.
Tap Inbox check frequency [account_settings_mail_check_frequency_label] and select an interval
option.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-F2995E0C-54E9-43FA-A02B-4DED8389F312
To edit your Exchange ActiveSync account
for Odin & Yuga; change steps 2 & 3
Gan Lu
Released
GUID-2A828419-E14E-4123-A8A3-128F519783E6
To set a synchronisation interval - EAS
For ICS Update - change the description at step 3
Tan Nellie
Released*
To remove a corporate account
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Tap Settings [settings_label] > Exchange ActiveSync [exchange_name] , then select the
corporate account.
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Remove account [remove_account_label] .
Tap Remove account [remove_account_label] again to confirm.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-1F78C904-3F56-4A92-B018-B964B5E9930B
To remove a corporate account
for Odin & Yuga; add a label in step 2
Gan Lu
Released
Synchronising with Facebook™
Indexterm: "Facebook™"
Sub-indexterm: "synchronisation"
Indexterm: "Facebook™"
Sub-indexterm: "Xperia™ with Facebook"
Indexterm: "synchronising"
Sub-indexterm: "Facebook™ contacts, calendar, photos"
There are two ways to use Facebook™ on your device. You can use the standard
Facebook application to access your online Facebook account, or you can
synchronise your Facebook account with your device and share content between
Facebook™ and a range of other applications. For example, you can share music in
the "WALKMAN" application on your device via Facebook. To synchronise your
device with Facebook, you must first set up an "Xperia™ with Facebook" account —
a solution developed by Sony to enable easy integration.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
GUID-DFC5FFBA-4663-4D32-B4F1-BD49FBE4399F
Sync with Facebook inside Xperia
for Odin; change Timescape to WALKMAN; change "Facebook integration to
"Xperia with Facebook"; Device Term Change
Gan Lu
198
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Status
To set up an "Xperia™ with Facebook" account on your device
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Tap Settings [settings_label] > Add account [add_account_label] > Xperia™ with Facebook
[auth_label] .
Follow the on-screen instructions to sign in to your Facebook™ account, or
create a new account.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
Released
GUID-FEBC2F19-4E4A-4D41-BB94-2502341DB1C7
To set up a Facebook inside Xperia account on your device
for Odin; change "Facebook integration" to "Xperia with Facebook"; Device
Term Change
Gan Lu
Released*
To synchronise manually with an "Xperia™ with Facebook" account
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Tap Settings [settings_label] > Xperia™ with Facebook [auth_label] .
Select the account that you want to synchronise.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Sync now [sync_menu_sync_now] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-6D6FECAA-F74F-467B-91EC-B51C15FF88DE
To sync manually with Xperia™ with Facebook
for Odin; change "facebook integration" to "Xperia with Facebook"
Gan Lu
Released
To remove a Facebook™ integration account
When you remove a Facebook™ integration account from your phone, the associated online
Facebook account is not deleted and you can still access it from a computer.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Tap Settings [settings_label] > Xperia™ with Facebook [auth_label] .
Select the account that you want to remove.
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Remove account [remove_account_label] .
Tap Remove account [remove_account_label] again to confirm.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-113D4663-C554-4489-951B-ACCBAC8D07B7
To remove a Facebook inside Xperia account
for Nanhu SS; change a label in step 2
Gan Lu
Released
199
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Maps and locations
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
Indexterm:
"GPS"
"wireless networks"
"locations"
"maps"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-B1602361-6E6A-4C3D-AD90-59DA2221197B
Maps and locations - heading only
JorgenL
Released*
About location services
Indexterm: "GPS"
Indexterm: "wireless networks"
Indexterm: "location"
Use your device to find out where you are. There are two methods: GPS and wireless
networks. Enable the wireless networks option if you only need your approximate
location, and want it fast. If you want a more exact position, and have a clear view of
the sky, enable the GPS option. In situations where the wireless network connection
is weak, you should enable both options to ensure that your location is found.
Sony does not warrant the accuracy of any location services including but not limited to
navigational services.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C916866A-B045-42A5-B58F-E26F4129F7DF
About location services
device term change
QianWang
Released
Using GPS
Your device has a global positioning system (GPS) receiver that uses satellite signals
to calculate your location.
When you use features that require the GPS receiver to find your location, make sure you have
a clear view of the sky.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D115BE02-E89E-4E2A-838A-984E33539A9F
Using GPS
device term change
QianWang
Released
To enable GPS
From your Home screen, tap ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Tap Settings [la_menu_settings] > Location services [location_settings_title] .
Mark the GPS satellites [location_gps] checkbox.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-B38FAFAB-9F56-4C79-8392-AB4E9EE30936
To enable GPS
Update labels for ICS products
WangT
Released*
Getting the best performance
The first time you use the GPS it can take 5 to 10 minutes for your location to be
found. To help the search, make sure you have a clear view of the sky. Stand still and
don't cover the GPS antenna (the highlighted area in the image). The GPS signals can
pass through clouds and plastic, but not through most solid objects such as
200
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
buildings and mountains. If your location isn't found after a few minutes, move to
another location.
ID:
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-395C3448-B84F-4DFD-A2D3-EA5CF6A14E60
Getting the best performance
Valid for eDream3.0 and Gingerbread.
WangT
Released
Google Maps™
Indexterm: "Google Maps™"
Indexterm: "Maps"
Track your current location, view real-time traffic situations and receive detailed
directions to your destination. Before taking trips, you can download and save maps
to your memory card to avoid high roaming costs.
The Google Maps™ application requires the use of an Internet connection. You may incur data
connection charges when you connect to the Internet from your device. Contact your network
operator for more information. The Google Maps™ application may not be available in every
market, country or region.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3D2F9342-00BF-45BC-94EE-B8D95FCCE84F
Google Maps
index term updated
10
QianWang
Released
To use Google Maps™
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Maps [google-maps-maps] .
ID: ICN-SONY-
If you want to use Google Maps™, you have to enable one of the location methods available
under Settings [la_menu_settings] > Location services [location_settings_title] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-42F5EBF3-FE39-4000-B2F3-D48122F0B26F
To use Maps
For eDream 4.1 - ICS update
WangT
Released*
To learn more about Google Maps™
When you use Google Maps™, tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU , then tap Help
[google_maps_help] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-323FA75F-5130-4EC6-8FE4-9A05D8119BD9
To learn more about Maps
From Odin/Yuga. Updated icon and change press to tap.
QianWang
Released
Viewing your friends’ locations with Google Latitude™
Indexterm: "Latitude"
Indexterm: "Google Latitude™"
Join Google Latitude™ to view your friends’ locations on maps and share your
location and other information with them.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-8F5922E5-665A-4A37-AE1C-815FAE8557BA
Viewing your friends’ locations with Google Latitude
4.0 legal review comments implemented
201
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Version
Author
Status
WangT
Released
Using Google Maps™ to get directions
Indexterm: "Navigation application"
Indexterm: "driving directions"
Use the Google Maps™ application to get directions when you travel by foot, public
transportation, or car. You can add a shortcut to a destination on your Home screen
to get quick directions from wherever you are.
When you view a map, you make an Internet connection, and data is transferred to
your device. So it's a good idea to download and save maps to your device before
you take a trip. This way, you can avoid high roaming costs.
Sony does not warrant the accuracy of any directional services.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-481D23C6-DA60-43D8-8BE5-143CEEF414A9
Getting driving directions
device term change
QianWang
Released*
Using the Navigation application
Use the Navigation application in your device to get turn-by-turn instructions on how
to get places. The directions are both spoken and displayed on the screen.
The Navigation application may not be available in every market.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-5CEA149E-FFED-4D6D-B53B-B656B1BC5C75
Using the Navigation application
device term change
QianWang
Released
To start Navigation
From your Home screen, tap ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Navigation [navigation_app_name] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-7E50DF30-726E-4555-A88F-CA6EBE00EFF9
To start Navigation
Valid for eDream3.0 and Gingerbread.
WangT
Released
202
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Calendar and alarm clock
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-ECBFED5C-3FD9-4178-8410-BDF05AFE0032
Calendar and alarm clock - heading only
JorgenL
Released
Calendar
Indexterm: "calendar"
Indexterm: "time management"
Indexterm: "events"
Sub-indexterm: "calendar"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CBBA1327-6D73-439D-87B0-2E2C4112207B
Calendar - heading only
JorgenL
Released
About the calendar
Your device has a calendar for managing your time schedule. If you have a Google™
account, you can also synchronise your device calendar with your web calendar. See
Synchronising your corporate email, calendar and contacts on page 197.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-AC492FE1-C780-4683-B1A7-1A156D38C51E
About the calendar
Updated from Togari and valid for all project onwards Device term change
only No other text change NO NEED REVIEW
WangHerman
Draft
Version
Author
Status
To set the calendar view
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap Calendar [cal_app_label] .
Tap Month [month_view] , Week [week_view] or Day [day_view] to select an option.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-B4247FA7-E926-4F30-9A63-594965D23245
To set the calendar view
Valid for eDream 6.0 Nozomi Aoba
WangHerman
Released
To view multiple calendars
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then find and tap Calendar [cal_app_label] .
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap My calendars [menu_select_calendars] .
Select the calendars you want to view.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-38ECA636-32DF-42B1-89D7-FCC59C1E6703
To view multiple calendars
Valid for eDream 4.0.1 Urushi. Label updated only.
WangHerman
Released*
To create a calendar event
Indexterm: "calendar"
203
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Sub-indexterm: "create an event"
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap Calendar [cal_app_label] .
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap New event [event_create] .
Enter the name, time, location and description for the event.
Select a reminder for the event. To add a new reminder for the event, tap ID:
ICN-SONYNEW-WINDOW-HOLO-DARK.
Tap Done [done_action] .
When the appointment time approaches, your phone plays a short sound to remind you. Also,
ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-NOTIFY-CALENDAR appears in the status bar.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-87AB0FCE-7DAF-4D8C-BF7C-B2DB57AE2AFA
To create a calendar event
Valid for Nicki Label updated only in step5 No text change NO NEED REVIEW
9.1.1
WangHerman
Draft
Version
Author
Status
To view a calendar event
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap Calendar [cal_app_label] .
Tap the event you want to view.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-9E9515CA-9293-43C4-B772-71B2358A39FB
To view a calendar event
Valid for eDream 4.0.1 Urushi. Label updated only.
WangHerman
Released
To change the calendar settings
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL, then tap Calendar [cal_app_label] .
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU, then tap Settings [menu_preferences] .
Tap the setting you want to change, then edit as desired.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-ACA68FC1-0F37-4C04-8E1C-3F8D25930FC3
To change the calendar settings
Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition updated only No text changes No need review
WangHerman
Released
Version
Author
Status
Alarm clock
Indexterm: "ringtone"
Indexterm: "vibration"
Indexterm: "alarm"
Indexterm: "deleting"
Sub-indexterm: "an alarm"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-3FBC57C7-1556-440E-B522-08403A64455B
Alarm clock - heading only
JorgenL
Released
About the alarm clock
Use your device as an alarm clock and select any sound in your device as your alarm
signal. The alarm does not sound if your device is turned off. But it does sound when
your device is set to silent mode.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-F5FC671B-D26F-4394-B67B-81F3420E1693
About the alarm clock
Updated from Togari and valid for all projects onwards Device term change
only No other text change NO NEED REVIEW
204
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Version
Author
Status
To open the alarm clock
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID-BF64BBBC-7137-4E46-80C0-6B213644B50D
To open the alarm clock
Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition updated only No text changes No need review
11
WangHerman
Released
To set a new alarm
From your Home screen, tap ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] .
Tap Add alarm [add_alarm] .
Tap Time [time] and adjust the time by scrolling up and down.
Tap Done [done] .
If desired, edit other alarm settings.
Tap Done [done] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
WangHerman
Draft
GUID-BBD8A2E8-E168-4C12-B44D-78D517DCC718
To set a new alarm
Valid for Odin Yuga onwards Label updated only No need review
13
WangHerman
Released
To edit an existing alarm
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] .
Tap the alarm you want to edit.
Tap Time [time] and adjust the time by scrolling up and down.
Tap Done [done] .
If desired, edit other alarm settings.
Tap Done [done] .
The alarm time format displayed is the same as the format you select for your general time
settings, for example, 12-hour or 24-hour.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-78B0F168-633F-486B-B279-DB3EDD413359
To edit an existing alarm
Valid for Odin Yuga onwards Label updated only No need review
11
WangHerman
Released
To deactivate an alarm
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] .
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-NOTIFY-ALARM next to the alarm you want to
deactivate.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-74DB17F6-DC5D-46D9-AC0D-91D3CEB046D4
To deactivate an alarm
Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition updated only No text changes No need review
11
WangHerman
Released
205
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To activate an existing alarm
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] .
Tap ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-NOTIFY-ALARM next to the alarm you want to
activate.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To delete an alarm
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] .
Touch and hold the alarm you want to delete.
Tap Delete alarm [delete_alarm] , then tap Yes [gui_yes_txt] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID-80576A84-8F35-42D3-B98F-978772FBA94E
To delete an alarm
Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition updated only No text changes No need review
13
WangHerman
Released
To set the ringtone for an alarm
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] .
Tap the alarm you want to edit.
Tap Advanced alarm settings [advanced_alarm] and unmark the Style settings [alarm_divider_styling] checkbox.
Tap Alarm sound [alarm_sound] and select an option.
Tap Done [done] , then tap Done [done] .
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-C8A84DE5-4042-4B27-BC9A-CBE7C9F79E25
To activate an existing alarm
Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition updated only No text changes No need review
11
WangHerman
Released
GUID-53876E40-3354-4940-9972-990B678E56A1
To set the alarm signal
Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition updated only No text changes No need review
12
WangHerman
Released
To set a recurring alarm
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] .
Tap the alarm you want to edit.
Tap Repeat [alarm_repeat] .
Mark the checkboxes for the desired days, then tap OK [ok] .
Tap Done [done] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-F16ADE60-533C-483E-ADB7-104FBC199F52
To set a recurring alarm
Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition updated only No text changes No need review
12
WangHerman
Released
206
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To set the title for an alarm
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] .
Tap the alarm you want to edit.
Tap Advanced alarm settings [advanced_alarm] , then tap the Alarm text
[alarm_strings_alarm_text_title_txt] field and enter a name for the alarm.
Tap Done [done] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To activate the vibrate function for an alarm
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] .
Tap the alarm you want to edit.
Tap Advanced alarm settings [advanced_alarm] , then mark the Vibrate [alarm_vibrate]
checkbox.
Tap Done [done] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
Version
Author
Status
GUID-62CDB24C-9410-4CFB-8695-8DA96C9F6CD3
To set the alarm in silent mode
Updated from Huashan and valid for all HTML UG Device term change only
No need review
8.1.4
WangHerman
Released
To snooze an alarm when it sounds
Tap Snooze - min [alarm_alert_snooze_min] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
•
GUID-303D610E-F5C8-41EC-A166-BD658B1C4370
To turn on the vibration signal for an alarm
Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition updated only No text changes No need review
12
WangHerman
Released
To set alarms to sound when the device is in silent mode
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Alarm & clock [alarm_clock] , then tap to select an alarm.
Tap Advanced alarm settings [advanced_alarm] , then mark the Alarm in silent mode
[alarm_in_silent_mode_title] checkbox.
Tap Done [done] .
GUID
Title
Changes
•
GUID-539AE06C-CB28-436A-88B1-818209CA7788
To set a title for an alarm
Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition updated only No text changes No need review
11
WangHerman
Released
GUID-2B840C9B-5748-43FC-A2F5-B00D5F685BDC
To turn off or snooze an alarm when it sounds
Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition updated only No text changes No need review
WangHerman
Released
To turn off an alarm when it sounds
Slide ID: ICN-SONY-STAT-NOTIFY-ALARM to the right.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
GUID-E3BC96CC-903A-4362-AB16-5EC1E104562C
To turn off an alarm when it sounds
Updated from Aoba Amy and valid for all ongoing projects Condition updated only No text changes No need review
207
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Author
Status
WangHerman
Released
208
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Support and maintenance
Indexterm: "phone maintenance"
Indexterm: "maintenance"
Indexterm: "support"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-74499E7C-C777-4295-A45A-DC61658D999A
Support and maintenance - heading only
JorgenL
Released*
Updating your device
Indexterm: "updating your device"
Indexterm: "device"
Sub-indexterm: "update"
Update your device to the most recent software version to get optimal performance
and the latest enhancements.
You can use the Update center application on your device to run a wireless update or
you can use the PC Companion application on a computer to run an update using a
USB cable connection. If you update wirelessly, then you can use either a mobile
network or a Wi-Fi® network connection. Just make sure you back up and save all
data stored on your device before you update.
When you run an update using the Update center application, a data connection is established
and related charges may be incurred. Also, the availability of updates over a mobile network
depends on your operator. Contact your network operator for more information.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-FABC28A6-48B3-4457-8068-91834B8CB1F0
Updating your phone - new version
Update from Odin Yuga and valid for all projects onwards Index term updated only based on ED review No need review
13
WangHerman
Released
Updating your device wirelessly
Use the Update center application to update your device wirelessly. You can
download software updates manually, or you can allow Update service to update
your device automatically whenever downloads become available. When the
automatic update feature is activated, a notification appears in the status bar every
time an update becomes available.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-46E34C96-CD92-4DB5-BDDC-3081431482A4
Updating your phone wirelessly
Device Term Change
WangHerman
Released
To download software updates manually from Update center
From your Home screen, tap ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Update Center [update_center_app_name_txt] .
Select the desired application or system update and tap ID: ICN-SONY-UCDOWNLOAD, or tap ID: ICN-SONY-UC-DOWNLOAD-SEVERAL to download
all application updates.
Application updates launch automatically after download. With system updates, install the
update manually after download, then your device will restart when the installation is finished.
You may incur data connection charges when downloading updates over mobile networks.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-8CCE0AB2-B9D4-415B-BB96-99406E3E97D1
To download software updates manually
Updated from Togari and valid for all projects onwards Label updated and
rephrased the system updates part in note
209
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Version
Author
Status
WangHerman
Draft
To activate automatic software updates using the Update Center application
From your Home screen, tap ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Update Center [update_center_app_name_txt] .
Press ID: ICN-SONY-KEY-MENU , then tap Settings [update_center_options_menu_settings_txt] .
Mark the Allow automatic downloads [automatic_update_settings_title_txt] checkbox, then
tap Agree [agree_label] . Updates are now downloaded automatically as soon as
they become available.
You may incur data connection charges when downloading updates over mobile networks.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-30B859DA-2FAD-4C39-AF5E-8E857AAA68DB
To download software updates automatically
Update from Odin Yuga and valid for all oning projects Removed 3G in note
only
WangHerman
Released
To install system updates
From your Home screen, tap ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Update Center [update_center_app_name_txt] .
Select a system update you want to install, then tap ID: ICN-SONY-UCDOWNLOAD-READY-TO-INSTALL.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-80EE363C-A662-4AC7-A280-1DD05BF77955
To install system updates
Updated from Togari and valid for all projects onwards Label updated only
No text change NO NEED REVIEW
WangHerman
Draft
Updating your device using a USB cable connection
Some updates are not available for wireless download. Notifications appear in the
status bar to inform you of such updates. To download and run the updates, you
need a USB cable and a computer running the PC Companion application. You can
install PC Companion on the computer using installation files saved on your device,
or you can download the application directly from PC Companion.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-14D62035-6D62-4C0B-895B-0CCD4B30FAFD
Updating your phone using a USB cable
Updated from Huashan and valid for all ongoing HTML UG Updated link only
No need review
WangHerman
Released
To download the PC Companion application from your device
Connect your device to a computer using a USB cable.
When prompted, follow the instructions in your device to launch the installation
of PC Companion on the computer.
PC Companion can also be downloaded from PC Companion.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-7ED22A2A-2675-458C-9304-FB54397D0F6B
To download PC Companion application from your phone
Updated from Huashan and valid for all ongoing HTML UG Updated link only
No need review
WangHerman
Released
210
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To download software updates using a USB cable connection
Install the PC Companion application on the computer you are using, if it is not
already installed.
Connect your device to the computer using a USB cable.
Computer: Launch the PC Companion application. After a few moments, PC
Companion detects your device and searches for new software for it.
Device: When notifications appear in the status bar, follow the on-screen
instructions to carry out the relevant software updates.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-8234E689-69C7-436B-98B8-DDCEE0DD04E8
To download software updates using a USB cable
Device Term Change
WangHerman
Released
To update your device using an Apple® Mac® computer
Install Sony™ Bridge for Mac application on the Apple® Mac® computer you
are using, if it is not already installed.
Using a USB cable, connect your device to the Apple® Mac® computer.
Computer: Launch Sony™ Bridge for Mac application. After a few moments,
Sony™ Bridge for Mac application detects your device and searches for new
software for it.
Computer: If a new software update is detected, a popup window appears.
Follow the on-screen instructions to carry out the relevant software updates.
Sony™ Bridge for Mac application is downloadable from Bridge for mac.
GUID
Title
Changes
GUID-CB62B1AC-D041-4E4C-A8CF-C5E0B9675ED8
Updating your phone using an Apple® Mac® computer
Updated from Huashan and valid for all ongoing HTML UG Updated link only
No need review
WangHerman
Released
Version
Author
Status
Backing up and restoring phone content
Indexterm: "backing up"
Sub-indexterm: "content"
Indexterm: "backing up"
Sub-indexterm: "contacts"
Use the Backup and restore application to make backups of phone content to your
memory card or to an online storage account. Such backups can be used to restore
your content and some phone settings in cases where your data gets lost or deleted.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-2D47AD15-D394-4E54-AC4D-8EC7FD0C9E72
Backing up and restoring
For 6.0 STE: change index content only
XuCindy
Released
Types of content you can back up
Use the Backup and restore application to back up the following types of data:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Bookmarks
Call log
Contacts
Applications downloaded from Google Play™
Multimedia messages
System settings (such as alarms, ringer volume, and language settings)
211
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
•
Text messages
You do not need to back up music files and photos or videos taken with the camera. They are
backed up automatically to the device's memory card.
You may incur additional data transmission charges when you restore applications from
Google Play™.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-9D77D8EF-C130-46A7-BD2E-E39C78715514
Types of content you can back up
Device Term Change
MikeCao
Released
Resetting your device
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-DC1A8CCE-C51A-44BB-A9F7-5C0D0C3E15FA
Resetting your device
New heading for HTML user guide to be used from Hushan onwards
LisaY
Released
About resetting your device
Indexterm: "resetting"
You can reset your device to its original settings, with or without deleting all of your
personal data. It is possible to reset your device to the state it was in before you first
turned it on. But before you perform a reset, make sure to back up any important
data saved on your device.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-B575DCE7-245D-4510-A1C6-20E50282D7F5
About resetting your device
change "Resetting your device" to "About resetting your device" for html
Userguide
7.1.1
LisaY
Released
To perform a factory data reset
To avoid permanent damage to your device, do not restart your device while a reset
procedure is underway.
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Backup & reset [privacy_settings] .
Tap Factory data reset [master_clear_title] .
If you also want to erase data such as pictures and music, which is saved to
your device's internal storage, mark the Erase internal storage [erase_external_storage] checkbox.
Tap Reset phone [master_clear_button_text] .
To confirm, tap Erase everything [master_clear_final_button_text] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-7AEF8CEC-825F-4962-976F-522A7D71D5FE
To reset the factory data
device term change only for Huashan html userguide
LisaY
Released
Locking and protecting your device
Indexterm: "screen"
Sub-indexterm: "screen unlock pattern"
Indexterm: "PIN"
Indexterm: "PUK"
Indexterm: "SIM card"
GUID
GUID-2639F9EC-B210-437E-BCCC-DC2A951FFD2D
212
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
Locking and protecting your device - heading
Device term change
PengLeon
Released*
IMEI number
Every device has a unique IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity) number.
You should keep a copy of this number. If your device is stolen, your network
provider can use your IMEI number to stop the device from accessing the network in
your country.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D05972EA-29A9-4C5D-B5DB-9714DD83632E
IMEI number
Device term change
PengLeon
Released
To view your IMEI number
ID: ILL-SONY-13NY-KRC-SS
•
•
Turn off your device, then remove the battery cover and battery to view your IMEI
number.
Open the phone dialer on your device and enter *#06#*.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-0DA2A023-E45B-4D48-8205-AA78D4887688
To view your IMEI number - Odin
Device term change
PengLeon
Draft
To view your IMEI number in the device
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > About phone [about_settings] > Status
[device_status] .
Scroll to IMEI [status_imei] to view the IMEI [status_imei] number.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-8EC38745-EBB2-49E3-BD47-B16DC4DCC17F
To view your IMEI number in the phone
Device term change
PengLeon
Released
213
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
SIM card protection
Indexterm: "SIM card"
Indexterm: "PIN"
Indexterm: "PUK"
The SIM card lock only protects your subscription. Your device will still work with a
new SIM card. If the SIM card lock is on, you have to enter a PIN (Personal Identity
Number). If you enter your PIN incorrectly more times than the maximum number of
attempts allowed, your SIM card will become blocked. You need to enter your PUK
(Personal Unblocking Key) and then a new PIN. Your PIN, PIN2 and PUK are supplied
by your network operator.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To enable the SIM card PIN lock
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] > Set up SIM/RUIM
card lock [sim_lock_settings_category] .
Tap Lock SIM card [sim_enable_sim_lock] .
Enter the SIM card PIN and tap OK [ph_ok] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-5356FA5C-1394-42B5-925F-6D2EF991D4D7
To enable the SIM card PIN lock
Update for Tapioca DS. Add new steps and condtions for DS and icons.
Hu Pan
Released
To change the SIM card PIN
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL .
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] > Set up SIM/RUIM
card lock [sim_lock_settings_category] .
Tap Change SIM PIN [sim_pin_change] .
Enter the old SIM card PIN and tap OK [ph_ok] .
Enter the new SIM card PIN and tap OK [ph_ok] .
Re-type the new SIM card PIN and tap OK [ph_ok] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-ABAFC2D8-055E-4E92-87A7-DB201A033D00
SIM card protection
Device term change
PengLeon
Released*
GUID-66762638-590B-495A-98A3-1FB8ED5F6955
To change the SIM card PIN
Update for Tapioca DS. Add steps and condition for Tapioca DS.
Hu Pan
Released
To change the SIM card PIN2
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Call settings [call_settings_title]
Tap Fixed dialing numbers [fdn] > Change PIN2 [change_pin2] .
Enter the old SIM card PIN2 and tap OK [ph_ok] .
Enter the new SIM card PIN2 and tap OK [ph_ok] .
Confirm the new PIN2 and tap OK [ph_ok] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-8A252C68-D2E2-4CC7-B5F0-47D151159933
To change the SIM card PIN2
Update for Tapioca DS. Add steps and conditions.
Hu Pan
Released
214
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To unlock a locked SIM card
When Enter PUK and new PIN code. [keyguard_password_enter_puk_code] appears, enter
the PUK code.
Enter a new PIN code and tap OK [ph_ok] .
Re-enter the new PIN code and tap OK [ph_ok] .
If you enter an incorrect PUK code too many times, the SIM card becomes locked. If this
happens, contact your service provider to get a new SIM card.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-6654AA24-3864-4B15-A219-FC7C1CC95986
To unblock a locked SIM card
Add one step from Tsubasa Gina TID reviewing
PanL
Released
Setting a screen lock
There are several ways to lock your device screen. For example, you can use the
Face Unlock feature, which uses a picture of your face to unlock the screen. You can
also set a screen unlock pattern, a number-based PIN lock, or a text-based
password.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To set a screen lock
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL > Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] >
Screen lock [unlock_set_unlock_launch_picker_title] .
Select an option.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-08EC7630-FD8C-447A-BD76-199317B4BB3F
Set up screen lock
Device term change
PengLeon
Released
GUID-89E19A3B-4420-48D4-A449-6DEF928CE0C0
To set a screen lock
Valid from Dogo only Tip removed according to Jorgen comments
PengLeon
Released
To set up the Face Unlock feature
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL > Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] >
Screen lock [unlock_set_unlock_launch_picker_title] .
Tap Face Unlock [udoc_trans_unlock_set_ face_unlock] , then follow the instructions in your
device to capture your face.
After your face is successfully captured, tap Continue [lockpassword_continue_label] .
Select a backup lock method and follow the instructions in the device to
complete the setup.
The Face Unlock feature is less secure than a screen lock pattern, PIN, or password. Someone
who looks similar to you could unlock your device.
For best results, capture your face in an indoor area that is well lit but not too bright, and hold
the device at eye level.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-94EBF99A-4C98-44AD-81B1-620DBDD534C5
To set up the Face Unlock protection
Device term change
PengLeon
Released
215
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To unlock the screen using the Face Unlock feature
Activate the screen.
Look at your device from the same angle you used to capture your Face
Unlock photo.
If the Face Unlock feature fails to recognise your face, you need to draw the backup pattern
or enter the PIN to unlock the screen.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To disable the Face Unlock feature
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL > Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] >
Screen lock [unlock_set_unlock_launch_picker_title] .
Draw your backup screen unlock pattern or enter your PIN.
Tap Swipe [unlock_set_unlock_none_title] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-64709CE2-6987-4E3B-B2F2-934689181A69
To disable the Face Unlock feature
Valid from Pollux (Updated according to editorial comments)
PengLeon
Released
To create a screen unlock pattern
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] > Screen lock [unlock_set_unlock_launch_picker_title] > Pattern [unlock_set_unlock_pattern_title] .
Follow the instructions in your device. You are asked to select a security
question that will be used to unlock the device if you forget your screen unlock
pattern.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-9D3616A6-A462-45ED-BFDC-26D20002A3CB
To unlock the screen using the Face Unlock feature
Device term change
PengLeon
Released
GUID-346DE791-CADA-4BF1-A919-5CAC0817272A
To create a screen unlock pattern
Device term change
PengLeon
Released
To unlock the screen using a screen unlock pattern
Activate the screen.
Draw your screen unlock pattern.
If the unlock pattern you draw on the screen is rejected five times in a row, you can select to
either wait 30 seconds and then try again, or to answer the security question you have
selected.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-01E17F5F-AD94-4FC1-ABFD-A22C37526813
To unlock the screen using a screen unlock pattern
Remove one step from Tsubasa Gina TID reviewing
PanL
Released
216
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To change the screen unlock pattern
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Find and tap Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] > Screen lock [unlock_set_unlock_launch_picker_title] .
Draw your screen unlock pattern.
Tap Pattern [unlock_set_unlock_pattern_title] .
Follow the instructions in your device.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
To disable the screen unlock pattern
From your Home screen, tap ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL >
Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] > Screen lock [unlock_set_unlock_launch_picker_title] .
Draw the screen unlock pattern.
Tap Swipe [unlock_set_unlock_none_title] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-953E76D2-861C-43EA-968C-96E2C0D6FCE7
To disable the screen unlock pattern
Update for ICS function. Update the task steps.
Hu Pan
Released*
To create a screen unlock PIN
From your Home screen, tap ID: ICN-SONY-HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL >
Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] > Screen lock [unlock_set_unlock_launch_picker_title] > PIN [unlock_set_unlock_pin_title] .
Enter a numeric PIN.
If necessary, tap
ID: KEY-TEXT-INPUT-BACK to minimise the keyboard.
Tap Continue [lockpassword_continue_label] .
Re-enter and confirm your PIN.
If necessary, tap
ID: KEY-TEXT-INPUT-BACK to minimise the keyboard.
Tap OK [ok] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-4D9F9FE9-FB5F-4CE2-A6B2-FFEC5389E3C3
To change the screen unlock pattern
Device term change
PengLeon
Released
GUID-BDD43B55-3A1E-4985-9722-9214A515C52B
To create a screen unlock PIN
Valid from Odin and Yuga (Only icon changed no text updated)
PengLeon
Released
To disable the screen unlock PIN
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL > Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] >
Screen lock [unlock_set_unlock_launch_picker_title] .
Enter your PIN, then tap Next [next_button_label] .
Tap Swipe [unlock_set_unlock_none_title] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-83C4262A-3A90-400B-B579-FCA8166DA93C
To disable the screen unlock PIN
Update for ICS function.
Hu Pan
Released*
217
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
To create a screen lock password
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL > Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] >
Screen lock [unlock_set_unlock_launch_picker_title] > Password [lockscreen_glogin_password_hint] .
Enter a password.
If necessary, tap
ID: KEY-TEXT-INPUT-BACK to minimise the keyboard.
Tap Continue [lockpassword_continue_label] .
Re-enter and confirm your password.
If necessary, tap
ID: KEY-TEXT-INPUT-BACK to minimise the keyboard.
Tap OK [ok] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-CC50D2CE-E557-4CAE-AEF5-5372F02B7D39
To create the screen unlock password
Valid from Odin and Yuga (only icon changed no text updated)
PengLeon
Released
To disable the screen unlock password
From your Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap ID: ICN-SONYHOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL > Settings [settings_label] > Security [security_settings_title] >
Screen lock [unlock_set_unlock_launch_picker_title] .
Enter your password and tap Continue [lockpassword_continue_label] .
Tap Swipe [unlock_set_unlock_none_title] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E2143224-2786-4FA5-9574-701F849BB063
To disable the screen unlock password
Update one label comment from Tsubasa Gina TID reviewing
PanL
Released*
Support application
Indexterm: "Support application"
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-7A88A756-3B21-4970-9E9F-1EC73D4277B4
Help application - heading only
Software chagnes "Help" to "Support" App for Taoshan
LisaY
Released
To access the Support application
From your Application screen, find and tap
Find and tap the required support item.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-APP-SUPPORT.
GUID-588EA450-00B8-46C6-892D-58CF7E2CB19B
To access the Support application
Same text as version5 only capitalized S for support application
CynthiaH
Released
Recycling your phone
Indexterm: "recycling your phone"
Got an old phone lying around the house? Why not recycle it? By doing so, you will
help us reuse its materials and components, and you’ll protect the environment, too!
Find out more about the recycling options in your region at blogs.sonymobile.com/
about-us/sustainability/commitment/overview/.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-D08F930B-B234-4D13-B1A2-FD4F5B866A9B
Recycling your phone
For Tsubasa html User guide. Updated cross reference
1.1.1
JorgenL
Released
218
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Reference
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-0CE60553-0706-4B38-B614-3AFED70B2C2F
Reference - heading only
JorgenL
Released
Settings overview
Get to know the settings in your device so that you can personalise them to your own
requirements.
Wi-Fi [wifi]
Turn Wi-Fi® on or off, scan for available Wi-Fi®
networks, or add a Wi-Fi® network.
Bluetooth [bluetooth_quick_tog-
Turn Bluetooth™ on or off, search for available
Bluetooth™ devices, and make your device visible or
invisible to other Bluetooth™ devices.
gle_title]
Data usage [account_settings_da- Turn the mobile data traffic on or off, and keep track of
your data usage details over a specified period of time.
ta_usage]
More… [radio_controls_title]
Turn Airplane mode on or off, configure settings for VPN
and mobile networks, and enable your device to share its
mobile data connection as a portable Wi-Fi® hotspot, or
via USB tethering or Bluetooth™ tethering. You can also
enable or disable the NFC function.
Call settings [call_settings_title]
Manage and configure settings for fixed dialing numbers,
voicemail and Internet calls.
Sound [sound_settings]
Configure how your device rings, vibrates, or alerts you
when you receive communications. You can also use
these settings to set the volume level for music, video,
games or other media with audio, and to make related
adjustments.
Display [display_settings_title]
Enable the screen to switch orientation when you rotate
your device. You can also set the brightness, font size,
wallpaper and screen timeout.
Storage [storage_settings]
Check out the available space on the internal storage
and on the SD card. You can also erase the SD card, or
unmount it for safe removal.
Power management [pow-
Turn the power saving modes on or off. You can also
view your battery status and see how different
applications consume battery power.
er_settings_title]
Apps [applications_settings]
Manage running applications, downloaded applications
and applications on the SD card.
Xperia™ [sonyericsson_settings_ti- Access a range of settings tailored to your Xperia device,
for example, USB connection mode and Internet.
tle]
Location services [loca-
Enable or disable access to your location information.
tion_settings_title]
Security [security_settings_title]
Protect your device by setting up different locks and
passwords. You can also allow the installation of
applications not from Google Play™.
219
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Language & input [language_settings]
Select the device language, adjust text input options and
configure speech settings.
Backup & reset [privacy_set-
Back up your data and reset your device.
tings]
Setup guide [setupguide_set-
Get help setting up your device.
tings_title]
Add account [add_account_label]
Add an account on your device, for example, an email
account or a Google™ account.
Date & time [date_and_time_set- Set the time and date, or choose the network-provided
values. Select your preferred date and hour format.
tings_title]
Accessibility [accessibility_settings]
Enable your installed accessibility services and adjust
related settings.
Developer options [develop- Set options for application development. For example,
you can display CPU usage on the Home screen or set
ment_settings_title]
your device to enter debug mode when USB connections
are active.
About phone [about_settings]
GUID
Title
Changes
View information about your device, such as the model
number and signal strength. You can also update your
software to the latest version.
GUID-41CE9920-8E92-421A-873A-20C132CA49F2
Phone settings overview
Update from v14. For Aoba JB. Remove "screen mirroring security and
Throw settings" in Xperia. Remove "add words to the personal dictionary" in
Language input.
14.2.1
Vera Qu
Released
Version
Author
Status
Status and notification icons overview
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-8CCE681D-6FAB-4172-9224-6CFCEF0A966A
Icons overview
Valid for eDream 6.0 (changed the title to be more specific)
PengLeon
Released
Status icons
Indexterm: "status"
Indexterm: "icons"
The following status icons may appear on your screen:
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
-SYSSIGN
AL-4
Signal strength
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
-SYSSIGN
AL-0
No signal
220
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
-SYSDATA
CON
NECT
EDROA
MING
Roaming
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
-SYSDATA
CON
NECT
ED-G
GPRS is available
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
-SYSDATA
CON
NECT
ED-E
EDGE is available
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
-SYSDATA
CON
NECT
ED-3
3G is available
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
-SYSDATA
FULL
YINAN
DOU
T-G
Sending and downloading GPRS data
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
-SYSDATA
FULL
YINAN
DOU
T-E
Sending and downloading EDGE data
221
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
-SYSDATA
FULL
YINAN
DOU
T-3G
Sending and downloading 3G data
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
-SYSBATT
ERY60
Battery status
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
-SYSBATT
ERYCHA
RGEANIM
The battery is charging
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
USBA
RGPSON
GPS is activated
ID:
ICNSON
YSYSFLIG
HTMOD
Airplane mode is activated
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
-SYSDATA
BLUE
TOOT
The Bluetooth™ function is activated
ID:
ICNSON
YSYSNOSIM-
The SIM card is not inserted
222
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
CAR
ID:
ICNSON
YSYSCALL
MUT
The microphone is muted
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
-SYSSPEA
KERP
HON
The speakerphone is on
ID:
ICNSON
YSYSRING
ERSILE
NT
Silent mode
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
-SYSRING
ERVIBR
ATE
Vibrate mode
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
NOTI
FYALAR
An alarm is set
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
NOTI
FYSYNC
ANIM
Synchronisation is ongoing
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
NOTI
FYSYNC
Problem with sign-in or synchronisation
223
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
ERRO
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
-SYSWIFISIGN
AL-4
A Wi-Fi® connection is enabled and wireless networks are available
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-608EF053-148E-44EB-8B03-5B0E9CE88C10
Status icons
Valid from Hikari (only one icon removed no text updated)
10
PengLeon
Released*
Notification icons
Indexterm: "notification"
Indexterm: "icons"
The following notification icons may appear on your screen:
ID:
ICNSON
YSUPP
ORTMAILSE
New email message
ID:
ICNSON
YSYMACTI
ONSMS
New text message or multimedia message
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
NOTI
FYVOIC
EMAI
New voicemail
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
NOTI
FYCALE
NDA
An upcoming calendar event
ID:
ICNSON
YMUSI
CLIBR
ARY-
A song is playing
224
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
TRAC
KSBG
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
-SYSTETH
ERUSB
The phone is connected to a computer via a USB cable
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
-SYSWAR
NING
Warning message
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
NOTI
FYERRO
Error message
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
NOTI
FYMISS
EDCALL
Missed call
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
-SYSPHO
NECALL
Call ongoing
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
-SYSPHO
NECALL
-ONHOL
Call on hold
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
-SYSPHO
NECALL
Call forwarding on
225
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
FOR
WAR
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
NOTI
FYSYNC
ANIM
Software updates available
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
-SYSDOW
NLOA
DANIM
Downloading data
ID:
ICNSON
YSYSUPLO
AD
Uploading data
ID:
ICNSON
YSTAT
NOTI
FYMOR
More (undisplayed) notifications
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-E62A6282-5CCC-42BE-ABF4-FB624175420A
Notification icons
For eDream 4.0. Remove New Instant Message icon
WangT
Released*
Application overview
Indexterm: "applications"
Sub-indexterm: "overview"
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPALAR
Use the Clock application to set various kinds of alarms.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPBRO
WSE
Use your web browser to navigate and view web pages, manage bookmarks,
and manage text and images.
226
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPCALC
ULAT
OR
Use the Calculator application to perform basic calculations.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPCALE
NDA
Use the Calendar application to keep track of your events and manage your
appointments.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPCAM
ERA
Use the camera to take photos and record video clips.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPPHO
NEB
OOK
Use the Contact application to manage phone numbers, email address and
other information related to your contacts.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPDOW
NLOA
DS
Access your downloaded applications.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPEMAI
Use the Email application to send and receive emails through both private
and corporate accounts.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPFACE
BOO
Use the Facebook application to engage in social networking with friends,
family members and colleagues around the world.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPRADI
Browse and listen to FM radio stations.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPGALL
ERY
Use the Gallery application to view and to work with your photos and videos.
227
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPGMAI
Use the Gmail™ application in your phone to read, write and organise email
messages.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPGOO
GLESEAR
CH
Search for information in your phone and on the web.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPLATIT
UDE
Use the Latitude application to view your friends’ locations on a map and
share your location.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPGOO
GLEMAP
View your current location, find other locations, and calculate routes using
Google Maps™.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPMAR
KETPLAC
Go to Google Play™ to download free and paid applications for your phone.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPMES
SAGI
NG
Use the Messaging application to send and receive text and multimedia
messages.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPMUSI
CPLAY
ER
Use the WALKMAN application to organise and play music, audio books and
podcasts.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPMUSI
CVIDE
OS
View the updates of music and videos that your friends have shared on
Facebook.
ID:
ICNSON
Navigate your way using spoken, turn-by-turn instructions.
228
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
YAPPNAVI
GATI
ON
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPWEA
THER
View news stories and weather forecasts.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPDIAL
ER
Make phone calls by dialling the number manually.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPPLAC
ES
Search for places, for example, restaurants and cafés.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPSETTI
NGS
Optimise phone settings to suit your own requirements.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPSETU
PGUID
Use the Setup guide application to learn about basic functions and to get
help setting up the phone.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPGOO
GLETALK
Use the Google Talk™ application to chat with friends online.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPTRAC
K-ID
Identify music tracks that you hear playing in your surroundings, and get
artist, album and other info.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPSUPP
ORT
Use the Help application to access user support directly in the phone. For
example, you can access a User guide, troubleshooting information, plus tips
and tricks.
ID:
ICNSON
YAPP-
Use YouTube™ to share and view videos from around the world.
229
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
YOUT
UBE
ID:
ICNSON
YAPPUPDA
TECENT
ER
Download and install new applications and updates.
Some applications are not supported by all networks and/or service providers in all areas.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-C91B8D79-CD60-4158-9600-63B728C514EB
Applications overview
Changed from TapiocaSSand JLO removed somes apps that not preload in
phone
26
CynthiaH
Released*
230
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Important information
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-649D6144-4BB8-4D37-8311-A6303D21E672
Important information - heading only
JorgenL
Released
Important information leaflet
Before you use your device, please read the Important information leaflet provided
in the Setup guide in your device or in the box.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-4EB461AA-46A2-4B40-A84B-BFF5E93028AF
Important information leaflet
JorgenL
Released*
To access the setup guide manually
From the Home screen [homescreen_strings_application_name_txt] , tap
HOME-APPTRAY-NORMAL.
Tap Settings [settings_label] > Setup guide [setupguide_settings_title] .
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
ID: ICN-SONY-
GUID-45BAC9AF-99A4-4D6C-979B-E6E88255911E
To access the setup guide manually
For Jelly Bean projects. Steps changed.
QianWang
Released
Limitations to services and features
Some of the services and features described in this User guide are not supported in all
countries/regions or by all networks and/or service providers in all areas. Without limitation,
this applies to the GSM International Emergency Number, 112. Please contact your network
operator or service provider to determine availability of any specific service or feature and
whether additional access or usage fees apply.
Use of certain features and applications described in this guide may require access
to the Internet. You may incur data connection charges when you connect to the
Internet from your phone. Contact your wireless service provider for more
information.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-2871DC0F-1733-400C-A0A4-6AEC258F6444
Limitations to services and features
JorgenL
Released*
Legal information
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-1A9D3F04-6F50-46B0-98ED-788E34A611F3
Legal information - heading
Generic
JorgenL
Released
231
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Sony [Emptylabel][]/[Emptylabel][] [Empty label] []
This User guide is published by Sony Mobile Communications AB or its local affiliated company, without any
warranty. Improvements and changes to this User guide necessitated by typographical errors, inaccuracies of
current information, or improvements to programs and/or equipment, may be made by Sony Mobile
Communications AB at any time and without notice. Such changes will, however, be incorporated into new
editions of this User guide.
©Sony Mobile Communications AB, 2012.
All rights reserved.
Your mobile phone has the capability to download, store and forward additional content, for example,
ringtones. The use of such content may be restricted or prohibited by rights of third parties, including but not
limited to restriction under applicable copyright laws. You, and not Sony, are entirely responsible for additional
content that you download to or forward from your mobile phone. Prior to your use of any additional content,
please verify that your intended use is properly licensed or is otherwise authorized. Sony does not guarantee
the accuracy, integrity or quality of any additional content or any other third party content. Under no
circumstances will Sony be liable in any way for your improper use of additional content or other third party
content.
This User guide may reference services or applications provided by third parties. Use of such programming or
services may require separate registration with the third party provider and may be subject to additional terms
of use. For applications accessed on or through a third-party website, please review such websites’ terms of
use and applicable privacy policy in advance. Sony does not warrant or guarantee the availability or
performance of any third-party websites or offered services.
Remove the battery to see regulatory information such as the CE mark.
All product and company names mentioned herein are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their
respective owners. Any rights not expressly granted herein are reserved. All other trademarks are property of
their respective owners.
Visit www.sonymobile.com for more information.
All illustrations are for illustration purposes only and may not accurately depict the actual phone.
This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use or distribution of such
technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft.
Content owners use Windows Media digital rights management technology (WMDRM) to protect their
intellectual property, including copyrights. This device uses WMDRM software to access WMDRM-protected
content. If the WMDRM software fails to protect the content, content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke the
software's ability to use WMDRM to play or copy protected content. Revocation does not affect unprotected
content. When you download licenses for protected content, you agree that Microsoft may include a
revocation list with the licenses. Content owners may require you to upgrade WMDRM to access their content.
If you decline an upgrade, you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade.
This product is licensed under the MPEG-4 visual and AVC patent portfolio licenses for the personal and noncommercial use of a consumer for (i) encoding video in compliance with the MPEG-4 visual standard
("MPEG-4 video") or the AVC standard ("AVC video") and/or (ii) decoding MPEG- 4 or AVC video that was
encoded by a consumer engaged in a personal and non-commercial activity and/or was obtained from a video
provider licensed by MPEG LA to provide MPEG-4 and/or AVC video. No license is granted or shall be implied
for any other use. Additional information including that relating to promotional, internal and commercial uses
and licensing may be obtained from MPEG LA, L.L.C. See http://www.mpegla.com. MPEG Layer-3 audio
decoding technology licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.
GUID
Title
Changes
Version
Author
Status
GUID-BA620967-57C4-482B-9882-A32947F9CFB9
Legal text - html User guide - Tsubasa
Part number is removed
JorgenL
Released*
232
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Index
..............................................................................135
accounts ..................................................................14
Exchange Active Sync® ..................................14
Facebook™ .....................................................14
Google™ .........................................................14
adjusting volume ...................................................104
Airplane mode .........................................................53
alarm ......................................................................204
Album ....................................................141, 142, 143
map ...............................................................153
My albums .....................................................144
online albums ................................................155
opening .........................................................141
pictures ..........................................................142
SensMe™ slideshow .....................................147
thumbnail size ...............................................143
viewing ..................................142, 144, 153, 155
viewing local content .....................................142
analysing
photos ...........................................................150
Android Market™ - See Google Play™ ..................62
Android™ ..................................................................8
animated wallpaper .................................................30
answering service ....................................................71
applications
arranging .........................................................35
overview ........................................................226
screen ..............................................................31
sorting .............................................................35
audio ......................................................................109
adjusting volume ...........................................104
playing ...........................................................103
playing tracks in random order .....................109
audio content
related content ..............................................106
back cover
attaching ..........................................................11
removing ..........................................................10
backing up
contacts ...................................................86, 211
content ..........................................................211
battery .....................................................................17
Bluetooth™ wireless technology ...........................183
brightness ................................................................51
business cards
sending ............................................................86
calendar .................................................................203
create an event ..............................................203
calls ...................................................................66, 75
barring .............................................................70
diverting .....................................................70, 74
emergency .......................................................66
forwarding .......................................................74
log ....................................................................70
missed .............................................................70
multiple ............................................................72
reject ................................................................69
settings ............................................................74
waiting .............................................................72
camera ...........................................121, 125, 126, 135
closing ...........................................................122
controls .........................................................121
face detection ................................................124
geotagging ....................................................125
icons ..............................................................135
overview ........................................................121
recording videos ....................................133, 134
screen ............................................................121
self-portraits ..................................................123
settings ..................................126, 127, 134, 135
smile detection ..............................................125
Smile Shutter™ .............................................125
taking photos ................................122, 124, 125
using the flash ...............................................123
video ..............................................................133
viewing photos ..............................................123
viewing videos ...............................................134
zoom ..............................................................123
caps lock .................................................................39
charging ...................................................................17
chat ..........................................................................92
conference calls ......................................................73
connectivity ...........................................................168
contacts ...................................................................77
backing up .......................................................86
copying ............................................................86
favourite ...........................................................84
groups .............................................................85
importing from SIM card .................................79
joining contact information ..............................83
picture .............................................................81
sending ............................................................85
sharing .............................................................85
transferring ....................................77, 78, 79, 80
corporate email, calendar and contacts ................197
cropping
photos ...................................................147, 148
data traffic ...............................................................58
date
format ..............................................................50
deleting ..................................................................105
an alarm .........................................................204
music .............................................................114
photos ...........................................................150
tracks .............................................................105
videos ............................................................152
device
battery .............................................................18
performance ....................................................18
update ...........................................................209
download
Internet settings ...............................................56
driving directions ...................................................202
editing
faces ..............................................................150
photos ...........................................................148
email ........................................................................94
more than one account ...................................94
emergency numbers ................................................66
equaliser ........................................................104, 105
events
calendar .........................................................203
extensions ...............................................................26
face detection ........................................................124
233
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
Facebook™
"Like" a track on Facebook™ .......................106
synchronisation .............................................198
Xperia™ with Facebook ................................198
faces
editing ............................................................150
favourites
removing radio channels as ..........................118
saving radio channels as ...............................118
fixed dialling ............................................................75
flash
using when taking photos .............................123
Flight mode - See Airplane mode ............................53
FM radio
favourites .......................................................118
selecting a channel ........................................116
front camera ..........................................................121
geotagging
of photos .......................................................125
gesture input ...........................................................43
Gmail™ ....................................................................95
Google Latitude™ .................................................201
Google Maps™ .....................................................201
Google Play™ .........................................................62
Google Talk™ ..........................................................92
Google™ account setup .........................................96
Google™ synchronisation .....................................196
GPS .......................................................................200
headset ....................................................................55
using ................................................................55
Home screen ...........................................................26
customising .....................................................28
icons ..............................................................220, 224
in the camera .................................................135
importing SIM contacts ...........................................79
infinite button .................................................106, 107
instant messaging ...................................................92
Internet
settings ............................................................56
web browser ..................................................167
keyboard .................................................................39
settings ............................................................46
keys .........................................................................16
language ..................................................................52
writing ..............................................................46
Latitude .................................................................201
LCD backlight control ..............................................51
"Like" a photo on Facebook™ ..............................156
"Like" a track on Facebook™ ...............................106
"Like" a video on Facebook™ ...............................156
live wallpaper ...........................................................30
location ..........................................................126, 200
locations ................................................................200
locks
activating the screen .......................................13
locking the screen ...........................................13
screen lock ......................................................13
maintenance ..........................................................209
maps ......................................................................200
Maps ......................................................................201
marking options .......................................................21
Media Go™ ...........................................................190
messages
settings ............................................................56
micro SIM card
inserting ...........................................................11
Microsoft® Exchange synchronisation .................197
movies ...................................................................157
clearing video information .............................159
Movies ...................................................................157
Multimedia Messaging Service (MMS)
settings ............................................................56
music .......................................................55, 102, 111
adjusting volume ...........................................104
changing tracks .............................................103
deleting ..........................................................114
downloading music information ....................108
hearing protection .........................................111
My playlists ....................................................110
pausing a track ..............................................104
playing ...........................................................103
purchasing .....................................................113
recommending ..............................................114
searching using TrackID™ ............................112
sending ..........................................................106
sharing ...........................................................114
shortcuts .......................................................108
transferring to your device ............................103
transferring to/from a computer ....................103
using a headset ...............................................55
viewing artist info ..........................................114
My music ...............................................................107
Navigation application ...........................................202
notification .............................................................224
light ..................................................................36
panel ..........................................................36, 38
ringtone ...........................................................50
setting ..............................................................38
on-screen keyboard ................................................39
overview ................................................................107
pausing a track ......................................................104
personal information ................................................77
phone maintenance ...............................................209
Phonepad ..........................................................39, 44
photo albums
viewing ..........................................................141
photos ...................................................................149
adding a geotag ............................................149
adding the geographical position ..................125
analysing .......................................................150
associating with a contact ..............................81
cropping ................................................147, 148
deleting ..........................................................150
editing ............................................................148
photo viewer ..................................................142
rotating ..........................................................147
saturation level ..............................................149
selecting ........................................................143
SensMe™ slideshow .....................................147
sharing ...........................................................149
slideshow ......................................................146
taking .....................................122, 123, 124, 125
transferring to/from a computer ....................103
using as .........................................................147
viewing ..................................123, 141, 142, 143
viewing on a map ..........................................152
234
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
viewing same location ...................................126
zooming .........................................................146
PIN .................................................................212, 214
playing
music .............................................................103
playlists ..................................................................109
adding a track ...............................................110
creating .........................................................110
deleting ..........................................................111
playing your own ...........................................110
removing tracks .............................................110
powering off ............................................................12
powering on .............................................................12
presets
removing radio channels as ..........................118
saving radio channels as ...............................118
protective plastic sheet ...........................................21
PUK ...............................................................212, 214
purchasing
music .............................................................113
radio ..............................................................116, 117
favourites .......................................................118
listening to with the speaker .........................119
mono sound ..................................................119
moving between channels ............................116
opening .........................................................116
radio region ...................................................116
searching for channels ..................................118
selecting a channel ........................................116
stereo sound .................................................119
visualiser ........................................................117
radio sound ...........................................................119
receiving items using Bluetooth™ .........................185
recently used applications window .........................32
recommending music ....................................106, 114
recommending photos and videos ........................156
recording videos ....................................................121
using the camera key ....................................133
recycling your phone .............................................218
resetting .................................................................212
resizing
photos ...................................................147, 148
ringtone .................................................................204
rotating
photos ...........................................................147
scanning barcodes ................................................191
screen ......................................................................51
cracked ............................................................21
glass ................................................................21
screen unlock pattern ....................................212
warranty ...........................................................21
searching
music using TrackID™ ..................................112
track information ...........................................112
self-portrait ............................................................121
sending
business cards ................................................86
contacts ...........................................................85
music .............................................................106
sending items using Bluetooth™ ..................185
SensMe™ channels ......................................108, 109
services ...................................................................14
setting
light amount ..................................................148
photos ...........................................................149
settings
call ...................................................................74
camera ..................................................126, 135
data usage .......................................................58
Internet ............................................................56
messaging .......................................................56
MMS ................................................................56
quick settings ..................................................36
still camera ....................................................126
video camera .................................................134
setup guide ..............................................................13
sharing
music .............................................................114
photos ...........................................................149
shuffle music .........................................................109
silent mode ..............................................................48
SIM card ........................................................212, 214
exporting contacts to ......................................87
importing contacts from ..................................79
slideshow ..............................................................146
Smart Connect ......................................................194
smile detection ......................................................125
Smile Shutter™ .....................................................125
SOS - See emergency numbers ..............................66
STAMINA mode
changing settings ............................................19
standby time
estimating ........................................................20
status .....................................................................220
bar ...................................................................36
still camera ............................................121, 122, 127
settings ..........................................................126
support ..................................................................209
Support application ...............................................218
surround sound feature .........................................105
symbols ...................................................................39
synchronising ........................................................196
Facebook™ contacts, calendar, photos .......198
Google™ contacts, calendar, email ..............196
with Microsoft® Exchange ............................197
taking photos .........................................................121
by tapping .....................................................122
self-portraits ..................................................123
using face detection ......................................124
using smile detection ....................................125
using Smile Shutter™ ....................................125
using the camera key ....................................122
telephony - See calls ...............................................66
tethering
USB tethering ................................................172
with Xperia Link™ .........................................172
text input method ....................................................39
themes .....................................................................30
time ..........................................................................50
time management ..................................................203
TrackID™ technology ............................................112
buying a track ................................................113
deleting a track ..............................................114
opening .........................................................112
recommending a track ..................................114
searching for track information .....................112
sharing a track ...............................................114
using results ..................................................113
using with the FM Radio ...............................120
viewing artist info ..........................................114
viewing charts ...............................................113
transferring
contacts .........................................77, 78, 79, 80
turning off ................................................................12
turning on ................................................................12
235
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
This is a draft publication for internal use only.
updating your device .............................................209
USB connection ....................................................187
using Movies .........................................................158
using the equaliser ................................................104
vibration ...........................................................50, 204
video albums
viewing ..........................................................141
video camera .................................................121, 133
recording videos ............................................134
settings ..........................................................135
video player
pausing a video .............................................151
Video Unlimited .....................................................161
buying videos ................................................163
creating an account .......................................163
menu overview ......................................161, 165
notifications ...................................................163
renting videos ................................................163
watching a video ...........................................165
videos ....................................................................151
adjusting volume ...........................................152
deleting ..........................................................152
fast forwarding and rewinding .......................151
pausing ..........................................................151
playing ...........................................................151
recording ...............................................133, 134
selecting ........................................................143
sending ..........................................................152
sharing ...........................................................152
transferring to/from a computer ....................103
viewing ..................................134, 141, 142, 143
viewing
movies ...........................................................157
Movies ...........................................................157
photos ...........................................................123
videos recorded using the camera ................134
voice input ...............................................................47
voice recognition .....................................................47
voicemail .................................................................71
volume
adjusting video ..............................................152
key ...................................................................48
"WALKMAN" application
adding tracks to playlists ..............................110
creating playlists ...........................................110
deleting tracks ...............................................105
minimising .....................................................105
overview ........................................................102
playing tracks in random order .....................109
playlists .........................................................109
using ..............................................................103
using the equaliser ................................104, 105
"WALKMAN" application widget ...........................111
wallpaper .................................................................30
web browser ..........................................................167
Wi-Fi® ...................................................................171
widgets ....................................................................27
resizing ............................................................28
wireless networks ..................................................200
zoom ......................................................................123
zooming
photos ...........................................................146
236
This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : No
Author                          : Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications AB
Create Date                     : 2013:04:26 10:02:18+01:00
Modify Date                     : 2013:04:26 10:02:18+01:00
Creator                         : AH Formatter V5.3 MR1 (5,3,2011,0610) for Windows
Producer                        : Antenna House PDF Output Library 2.6.0 (Windows)
Title                           : Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications AB
Trapped                         : False
GTS PDFX Version                : PDF/X-1:2001
GTS PDFX Conformance            : PDF/X-1a:2001
Page Count                      : 236
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines